diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'gcc/dwarf2out.c')
| -rw-r--r-- | gcc/dwarf2out.c | 23828 |
1 files changed, 23828 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/gcc/dwarf2out.c b/gcc/dwarf2out.c new file mode 100644 index 000000000..025593cef --- /dev/null +++ b/gcc/dwarf2out.c @@ -0,0 +1,23828 @@ +/* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC. + Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, + 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 + Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com). + Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com). + Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com). + +This file is part of GCC. + +GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free +Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later +version. + +GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY +WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License +for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see +<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ + +/* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since + the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave + out locations for types and decls. + Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs. + Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */ + +/* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind + information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling + mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef + DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging + information. */ + +/* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary: + + CFA = Canonical Frame Address + a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame. + We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn. + The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course + of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime. + + CFI = Call Frame Instruction + an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine + + CIE = Common Information Entry + information describing information common to one or more FDEs + + DIE = Debugging Information Entry + + FDE = Frame Description Entry + information describing the stack call frame, in particular, + how to restore registers + + DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction + DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */ + +#include "config.h" +#include "system.h" +#include "coretypes.h" +#include "tm.h" +#include "tree.h" +#include "version.h" +#include "flags.h" +#include "rtl.h" +#include "hard-reg-set.h" +#include "regs.h" +#include "insn-config.h" +#include "reload.h" +#include "function.h" +#include "output.h" +#include "expr.h" +#include "libfuncs.h" +#include "except.h" +#include "dwarf2.h" +#include "dwarf2out.h" +#include "dwarf2asm.h" +#include "toplev.h" +#include "ggc.h" +#include "md5.h" +#include "tm_p.h" +#include "diagnostic.h" +#include "tree-pretty-print.h" +#include "debug.h" +#include "target.h" +#include "langhooks.h" +#include "hashtab.h" +#include "cgraph.h" +#include "input.h" +#include "gimple.h" +#include "tree-pass.h" +#include "tree-flow.h" + +static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool); +static rtx last_var_location_insn; + +#ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO +int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *); + +/* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications + which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */ +#define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1 +/* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain + from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance + if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to + process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */ +#define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1 +#else +#define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0 +#define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0 +#endif + +/* ??? Poison these here until it can be done generically. They've been + totally replaced in this file; make sure it stays that way. */ +#undef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO +#undef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO +#if (GCC_VERSION >= 3000) + #pragma GCC poison DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO DWARF2_FRAME_INFO +#endif + +#ifndef INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX +#define INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX (gcc_unreachable (), NULL_RTX) +#endif + +/* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has + collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in + .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */ +#ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT +#define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO) +#endif + +/* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */ +static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm = 0; + +/* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current + translation unit. */ + +int +dwarf2out_do_frame (void) +{ + /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we + have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if + we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */ + if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG) + return true; + + if (saved_do_cfi_asm) + return true; + + if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2) + return true; + + if ((flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions) + && targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2) + return true; + + return false; +} + +/* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */ + +int +dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void) +{ + int enc; + +#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO + return false; +#endif + if (saved_do_cfi_asm) + return true; + if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm || !dwarf2out_do_frame ()) + return false; + if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE) + return false; + + /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support. + In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */ + enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1); + if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel) + return false; + enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0); + if ((enc & 0x70) != 0 && (enc & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel) + return false; + + /* If we can't get the assembler to emit only .debug_frame, and we don't need + dwarf2 unwind info for exceptions, then emit .debug_frame by hand. */ + if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE + && !flag_unwind_tables && !flag_exceptions + && targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_DWARF2) + return false; + + saved_do_cfi_asm = true; + return true; +} + +/* The size of the target's pointer type. */ +#ifndef PTR_SIZE +#define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT) +#endif + +/* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore + must be kept around forever. */ +static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array; + +/* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be + completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a + VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about + it. */ +static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types; + +/* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration + scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting + of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing + scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to + define type declaration DIE's. */ +static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table; + +/* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */ +static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_dcall_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_vcall_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section; +static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section; + +/* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support + personality CFI. */ +static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality; + +/* How to start an assembler comment. */ +#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START +#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#" +#endif + +typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref; +typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref; +typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref; + +/* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame + Information instructions. The register number, offset + and address fields are provided as possible operands; + their use is selected by the opcode field. */ + +enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type { + dw_cfi_oprnd_unused, + dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num, + dw_cfi_oprnd_offset, + dw_cfi_oprnd_addr, + dw_cfi_oprnd_loc +}; + +typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct { + unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num; + HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset; + const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr; + struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc; +} +dw_cfi_oprnd; + +typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct { + dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next; + enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc; + dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)"))) + dw_cfi_oprnd1; + dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)"))) + dw_cfi_oprnd2; +} +dw_cfi_node; + +/* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it + as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex. + It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET. + Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy + of this structure. */ +typedef struct cfa_loc { + HOST_WIDE_INT offset; + HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset; + unsigned int reg; + BOOL_BITFIELD indirect : 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */ + BOOL_BITFIELD in_use : 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */ +} dw_cfa_location; + +/* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF + refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at + the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single + CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's + in the DWARF generation routines below. */ + +typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct { + tree decl; + const char *dw_fde_begin; + const char *dw_fde_current_label; + const char *dw_fde_end; + const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue; + const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue; + const char *dw_fde_second_begin; + const char *dw_fde_second_end; + dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi; + dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */ + HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment; + unsigned funcdef_number; + /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */ + unsigned int drap_reg; + /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */ + unsigned int vdrap_reg; + /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */ + unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1; + unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1; + unsigned nothrow : 1; + /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */ + unsigned stack_realign : 1; + /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */ + unsigned drap_reg_saved: 1; + /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */ + unsigned in_std_section : 1; + /* True iff dw_fde_second_begin label is in text_section or + cold_text_section. */ + unsigned second_in_std_section : 1; +} +dw_fde_node; + +/* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */ +#define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30 + +/* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data. + Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations, + but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines, + Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's + pointers. */ +#ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE +#define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT) +#endif + +/* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length + relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the + DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same + as PTR_SIZE. */ + +#ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE +#define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4 +#endif + +/* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */ + +#ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE +#define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8 +#endif + +/* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length + should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4 + bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8 + bytes. + + However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */ + +#ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE +#define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12) +#endif + +/* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */ +#define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \ + ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY)) + +/* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */ +#ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT +#ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD +#define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)) +#else +#define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD) +#endif +#endif + +/* CIE identifier. */ +#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64 +#define DWARF_CIE_ID \ + (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID) +#else +#define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID +#endif + +/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description + information for each routine. */ +static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table; + +/* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated; + +/* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use; + +/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the + fde_table. */ +#define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256 + +/* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */ + +static inline dw_fde_ref +current_fde (void) +{ + return fde_table_in_use ? &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1] : NULL; +} + +/* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */ +static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head; + +/* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram + attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated + with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE + associated with the current function (body) definition. */ +static unsigned current_funcdef_fde; + +struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node { + const char *str; + unsigned int refcount; + enum dwarf_form form; + char *label; +}; + +static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash; + +/* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference + debug strings. */ +static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced = false; + +static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter; +static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num; + +/* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */ +static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false; + +/* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */ + +static GTY(()) bool text_section_used = false; +static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used = false; + +/* The default cold text section. */ +static GTY(()) section *cold_text_section; + +/* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */ + +static char *stripattributes (const char *); +static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned); +static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void); +static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref); +static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref); +static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *, dw_cfa_location *); +static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *); +static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT); +static void initial_return_save (rtx); +static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, + HOST_WIDE_INT); +static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int); +static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref); +static void output_call_frame_info (int); +static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void); +static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx); +static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *); + +/* Support for complex CFA locations. */ +static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref, int); +static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref); +static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *, + struct dw_loc_descr_struct *); +static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc + (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT); +static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_aligned_loc + (HOST_WIDE_INT, HOST_WIDE_INT); +static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *); +static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *mem_loc_descriptor + (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, enum var_init_status); + +/* How to start an assembler comment. */ +#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START +#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#" +#endif + +/* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */ +#define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4) +#define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4) + +#ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION +#define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame" +#endif + +#ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL +#define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB" +#endif + +#ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL +#define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE" +#endif + +#ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL +#define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE" +#endif + +#ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL +#define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB" +#endif + +#ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL +#define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe" +#endif +#define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE" +#define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE" +#define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE" +#define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE" +#define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE" +#define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT" +#define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT" +#define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP" +#define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP" +#define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW" + +/* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this + is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard + registers. */ +#ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN +#ifdef PC_REGNUM +#define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM) +#else +#define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS +#endif +#endif + +/* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By + default, we just provide columns for all registers. */ +#ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM +#define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG) +#endif + +/* Match the base name of a file to the base name of a compilation unit. */ + +static int +matches_main_base (const char *path) +{ + /* Cache the last query. */ + static const char *last_path = NULL; + static int last_match = 0; + if (path != last_path) + { + const char *base; + int length = base_of_path (path, &base); + last_path = path; + last_match = (length == main_input_baselength + && memcmp (base, main_input_basename, length) == 0); + } + return last_match; +} + +#ifdef DEBUG_DEBUG_STRUCT + +static int +dump_struct_debug (tree type, enum debug_info_usage usage, + enum debug_struct_file criterion, int generic, + int matches, int result) +{ + /* Find the type name. */ + tree type_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (type); + tree t = type_decl; + const char *name = 0; + if (TREE_CODE (t) == TYPE_DECL) + t = DECL_NAME (t); + if (t) + name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t); + + fprintf (stderr, " struct %d %s %s %s %s %d %p %s\n", + criterion, + DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl) ? "sys" : "usr", + matches ? "bas" : "hdr", + generic ? "gen" : "ord", + usage == DINFO_USAGE_DFN ? ";" : + usage == DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE ? "." : "*", + result, + (void*) type_decl, name); + return result; +} +#define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \ + dump_struct_debug (type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) + +#else + +#define DUMP_GSTRUCT(type, usage, criterion, generic, matches, result) \ + (result) + +#endif + +static bool +should_emit_struct_debug (tree type, enum debug_info_usage usage) +{ + enum debug_struct_file criterion; + tree type_decl; + bool generic = lang_hooks.types.generic_p (type); + + if (generic) + criterion = debug_struct_generic[usage]; + else + criterion = debug_struct_ordinary[usage]; + + if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_NONE) + return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false); + if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_ANY) + return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, true); + + type_decl = TYPE_STUB_DECL (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)); + + if (criterion == DINFO_STRUCT_FILE_SYS && DECL_IN_SYSTEM_HEADER (type_decl)) + return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, true); + + if (matches_main_base (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (type_decl))) + return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, true, true); + return DUMP_GSTRUCT (type, usage, criterion, generic, false, false); +} + +/* Hook used by __throw. */ + +rtx +expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void) +{ + unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); + return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1)); +} + +/* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all + attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */ + +static inline char * +stripattributes (const char *s) +{ + char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2); + char *p = stripped; + + *p++ = '*'; + + while (*s && *s != ',') + *p++ = *s++; + + *p = '\0'; + return stripped; +} + +/* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of + which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */ + +static void +init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c) +{ + HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); + HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode); + emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size)); +} + +/* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */ + +static inline HOST_WIDE_INT +div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off) +{ + HOST_WIDE_INT r = off / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT; + gcc_assert (r * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == off); + return r; +} + +/* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode + (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */ + +static inline bool +need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off) +{ + return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT < 0 ? off > 0 : off < 0; +} + +/* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */ + +void +expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address) +{ + unsigned int i; + enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node); + rtx addr = expand_normal (address); + rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr); + bool wrote_return_column = false; + + for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++) + { + int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1); + + if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); + enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i]; + HOST_WIDE_INT size; + + if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode)) + save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true); + if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN) + { + if (save_mode == VOIDmode) + continue; + wrote_return_column = true; + } + size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode); + if (offset < 0) + continue; + + emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), + gen_int_mode (size, mode)); + } + } + + if (!wrote_return_column) + init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN); + +#ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN + init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN); +#endif + + targetm.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address); +} + +/* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */ + +static const char * +dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc) +{ + switch (cfi_opc) + { + case DW_CFA_advance_loc: + return "DW_CFA_advance_loc"; + case DW_CFA_offset: + return "DW_CFA_offset"; + case DW_CFA_restore: + return "DW_CFA_restore"; + case DW_CFA_nop: + return "DW_CFA_nop"; + case DW_CFA_set_loc: + return "DW_CFA_set_loc"; + case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: + return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1"; + case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: + return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2"; + case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: + return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4"; + case DW_CFA_offset_extended: + return "DW_CFA_offset_extended"; + case DW_CFA_restore_extended: + return "DW_CFA_restore_extended"; + case DW_CFA_undefined: + return "DW_CFA_undefined"; + case DW_CFA_same_value: + return "DW_CFA_same_value"; + case DW_CFA_register: + return "DW_CFA_register"; + case DW_CFA_remember_state: + return "DW_CFA_remember_state"; + case DW_CFA_restore_state: + return "DW_CFA_restore_state"; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa: + return "DW_CFA_def_cfa"; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: + return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register"; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: + return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset"; + + /* DWARF 3 */ + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: + return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression"; + case DW_CFA_expression: + return "DW_CFA_expression"; + case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: + return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf"; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: + return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf"; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: + return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf"; + + /* SGI/MIPS specific */ + case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8: + return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8"; + + /* GNU extensions */ + case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save: + return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save"; + case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size: + return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size"; + case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended: + return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended"; + + default: + return "DW_CFA_<unknown>"; + } +} + +/* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */ + +static inline dw_cfi_ref +new_cfi (void) +{ + dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node (); + + cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0; + + return cfi; +} + +/* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */ + +static inline void +add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi) +{ + dw_cfi_ref *p; + dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); + + /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine + CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */ + /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues, + because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the + stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */ + if (0 && fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM) + switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) + { + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: + gcc_unreachable (); + + default: + break; + } + + /* Find the end of the chain. */ + for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next) + ; + + *p = cfi; +} + +/* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true + if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */ + +char * +dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force) +{ + static char label[20]; + + if (!force && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) + { + /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of + the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the + interfaces happy. */ + strcpy (label, "<do not output>"); + } + else + { + int num = dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++; + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", num); + ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LCFI", num); + } + + return label; +} + +/* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */ +static bool emit_cfa_remember; + +/* True if any CFI directives were emitted at the current insn. */ +static bool any_cfis_emitted; + +/* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified, + or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */ + +static void +add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi) +{ + dw_cfi_ref *list_head; + + if (emit_cfa_remember) + { + dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember; + + /* Emit the state save. */ + emit_cfa_remember = false; + cfi_remember = new_cfi (); + cfi_remember->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_remember_state; + add_fde_cfi (label, cfi_remember); + } + + list_head = &cie_cfi_head; + + if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) + { + if (label) + { + dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); + + gcc_assert (fde != NULL); + + /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa + works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force + emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for + convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating + DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use + convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */ + if (dwarf_version == 2 + && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE + && (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG + || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)) + { + switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) + { + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: + case DW_CFA_restore_state: + if (*label == 0 || strcmp (label, "<do not output>") == 0) + label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (true); + + if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL + || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0) + { + dw_cfi_ref xcfi; + + label = xstrdup (label); + + /* Set the location counter to the new label. */ + xcfi = new_cfi (); + /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc + or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't + emitted into assembly, only looked up by + convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */ + xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_set_loc; + xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label; + add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi); + fde->dw_fde_current_label = label; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + } + + output_cfi_directive (cfi); + + list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi; + any_cfis_emitted = true; + } + /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This + assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler + uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler + uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite + sure how to address this for now. */ + } + else if (label) + { + dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); + + gcc_assert (fde != NULL); + + if (*label == 0) + label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false); + + if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL + || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0) + { + dw_cfi_ref xcfi; + + label = xstrdup (label); + + /* Set the location counter to the new label. */ + xcfi = new_cfi (); + /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise + set the location directly using set_loc. */ + xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label + ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4 + : DW_CFA_set_loc; + xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label; + add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi); + + fde->dw_fde_current_label = label; + } + + list_head = &fde->dw_fde_cfi; + any_cfis_emitted = true; + } + + add_cfi (list_head, cfi); +} + +/* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */ + +static void +lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc, dw_cfa_location *remember) +{ + switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) + { + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: + loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset; + break; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: + loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num; + break; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: + loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num; + loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset; + break; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: + get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc); + break; + + case DW_CFA_remember_state: + gcc_assert (!remember->in_use); + *remember = *loc; + remember->in_use = 1; + break; + case DW_CFA_restore_state: + gcc_assert (remember->in_use); + *loc = *remember; + remember->in_use = 0; + break; + + default: + break; + } +} + +/* Find the previous value for the CFA. */ + +static void +lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc) +{ + dw_cfi_ref cfi; + dw_fde_ref fde; + dw_cfa_location remember; + + memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc)); + loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM; + remember = *loc; + + for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) + lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember); + + fde = current_fde (); + if (fde) + for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) + lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc, &remember); +} + +/* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */ +static dw_cfa_location cfa; + +/* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset + from the CFA. */ +static dw_cfa_location cfa_store; + +/* The current save location around an epilogue. */ +static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember; + +/* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */ +static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size; + +/* The last args_size we actually output. */ +static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size; + +/* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA). + LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be + calculated from REG+OFFSET. */ + +void +dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + dw_cfa_location loc; + loc.indirect = 0; + loc.base_offset = 0; + loc.reg = reg; + loc.offset = offset; + def_cfa_1 (label, &loc); +} + +/* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */ + +static bool +cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2) +{ + return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg + && loc1->offset == loc2->offset + && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect + && (loc1->indirect == 0 + || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset)); +} + +/* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from + the dw_cfa_location structure. */ + +static void +def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p) +{ + dw_cfi_ref cfi; + dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc; + + cfa = *loc_p; + loc = *loc_p; + + if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0) + cfa_store.offset = loc.offset; + + loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg); + lookup_cfa (&old_cfa); + + /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */ + if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa)) + return; + + cfi = new_cfi (); + + if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect && !old_cfa.indirect) + { + /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating + the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data + factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or + in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */ + if (loc.offset < 0) + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf; + else + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset; + } + +#ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */ + else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset + && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM + && !loc.indirect + && !old_cfa.indirect) + { + /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction, + indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the + offset has not changed. */ + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg; + } +#endif + + else if (loc.indirect == 0) + { + /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction, + indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with + the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf + happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa + directive. */ + if (loc.offset < 0) + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf; + else + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset; + } + else + { + /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to + calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no + register-offset pair is available. */ + struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list; + + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression; + loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0); + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list; + } + + add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); +} + +/* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number. + LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. + If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA; + otherwise it is saved in SREG. */ + +static void +reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi (); + dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); + + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg; + + /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with + FP. */ + if (fde + && fde->stack_realign + && sreg == INVALID_REGNUM) + { + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc + = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset, fde->stack_realignment); + } + else if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM) + { + if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset)) + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf; + else if (reg & ~0x3f) + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended; + else + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset; + } + else if (sreg == reg) + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value; + else + { + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg; + } + + add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); +} + +/* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save. + This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers + from the previous frame's window save area. + + ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of + assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */ + +void +dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label) +{ + dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi (); + + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save; + add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); +} + +/* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register + number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */ + +void +dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset); +} + +/* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack. + LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */ + +void +dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset); +} + +/* Entry point for saving the return address in a register. + LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */ + +void +dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg) +{ + reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0); +} + +/* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is + INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */ + +static void +initial_return_save (rtx rtl) +{ + unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM; + HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; + + switch (GET_CODE (rtl)) + { + case REG: + /* RA is in a register. */ + reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl)); + break; + + case MEM: + /* RA is on the stack. */ + rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); + switch (GET_CODE (rtl)) + { + case REG: + gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); + offset = 0; + break; + + case PLUS: + gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); + offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)); + break; + + case MINUS: + gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); + offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)); + break; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + break; + + case PLUS: + /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can + actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just + ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */ + gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))); + initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0)); + return; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN) + reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset); +} + +/* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it + contains. */ + +static HOST_WIDE_INT +stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size, + HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset) +{ + const_rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern); + const_rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern); + HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; + enum rtx_code code; + + if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx) + { + code = GET_CODE (src); + + /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size + level to 0. */ + if (code == REG && src != stack_pointer_rtx) + { + offset = -cur_args_size; +#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD + offset = -offset; +#endif + return offset - cur_offset; + } + + if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS) + || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx + || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))) + return 0; + + /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */ + offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); + if (code == PLUS) + offset = -offset; + return offset; + } + + if (MEM_P (src) && !MEM_P (dest)) + dest = src; + if (MEM_P (dest)) + { + /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */ + src = XEXP (dest, 0); + code = GET_CODE (src); + + switch (code) + { + case PRE_MODIFY: + case POST_MODIFY: + if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) + { + rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1); + /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */ + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS + && CONST_INT_P (val)); + offset = -INTVAL (val); + break; + } + return 0; + + case PRE_DEC: + case POST_DEC: + if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) + { + offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)); + break; + } + return 0; + + case PRE_INC: + case POST_INC: + if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) + { + offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)); + break; + } + return 0; + + default: + return 0; + } + } + else + return 0; + + return offset; +} + +/* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them, + indexed by INSN_UID. */ + +static HOST_WIDE_INT *barrier_args_size; + +/* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */ + +static HOST_WIDE_INT +compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size, + VEC (rtx, heap) **next) +{ + HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; + int i; + + if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn)) + { + if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn)) + /* Nothing */; + else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET) + offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), cur_args_size, 0); + else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL + || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE) + { + /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search + for them. */ + for (i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET) + offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i), + cur_args_size, offset); + } + } + else + { + rtx expr = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX); + + if (expr) + { + expr = XEXP (expr, 0); + if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL + || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE) + for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (expr, 0); i++) + { + rtx elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, i); + + if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem)) + offset += stack_adjust_offset (elem, cur_args_size, offset); + } + } + } + +#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD + offset = -offset; +#endif + + cur_args_size += offset; + if (cur_args_size < 0) + cur_args_size = 0; + + if (JUMP_P (insn)) + { + rtx dest = JUMP_LABEL (insn); + + if (dest) + { + if (barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] < 0) + { + barrier_args_size [INSN_UID (dest)] = cur_args_size; + VEC_safe_push (rtx, heap, *next, dest); + } + } + } + + return cur_args_size; +} + +/* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */ + +static void +compute_barrier_args_size (void) +{ + int max_uid = get_max_uid (), i; + rtx insn; + VEC (rtx, heap) *worklist, *next, *tmp; + + barrier_args_size = XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT, max_uid); + for (i = 0; i < max_uid; i++) + barrier_args_size[i] = -1; + + worklist = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20); + next = VEC_alloc (rtx, heap, 20); + insn = get_insns (); + barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = 0; + VEC_quick_push (rtx, worklist, insn); + for (;;) + { + while (!VEC_empty (rtx, worklist)) + { + rtx prev, body, first_insn; + HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size; + + first_insn = insn = VEC_pop (rtx, worklist); + cur_args_size = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)]; + prev = prev_nonnote_insn (insn); + if (prev && BARRIER_P (prev)) + barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (prev)] = cur_args_size; + + for (; insn; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn)) + { + if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn) || NOTE_P (insn)) + continue; + if (BARRIER_P (insn)) + break; + + if (LABEL_P (insn)) + { + if (insn == first_insn) + continue; + else if (barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] < 0) + { + barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)] = cur_args_size; + continue; + } + else + { + /* The insns starting with this label have been + already scanned or are in the worklist. */ + break; + } + } + + body = PATTERN (insn); + if (GET_CODE (body) == SEQUENCE) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size = cur_args_size; + for (i = 1; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++) + if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0)) + && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i))) + dest_args_size + = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i), + dest_args_size, &next); + else + cur_args_size + = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, i), + cur_args_size, &next); + + if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0))) + compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0), + dest_args_size, &next); + else + cur_args_size + = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body, 0, 0), + cur_args_size, &next); + } + else + cur_args_size + = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn, cur_args_size, &next); + } + } + + if (VEC_empty (rtx, next)) + break; + + /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */ + tmp = next; + next = worklist; + worklist = tmp; + VEC_truncate (rtx, next, 0); + } + + VEC_free (rtx, heap, worklist); + VEC_free (rtx, heap, next); +} + +/* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments + pushed onto the stack. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size) +{ + dw_cfi_ref cfi; + + if (size == old_args_size) + return; + + old_args_size = size; + + cfi = new_cfi (); + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size; + add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); +} + +/* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, const char *label) +{ + if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) + cfa.offset += offset; + + if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) + cfa_store.offset += offset; + + if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS) + return; + +#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD + offset = -offset; +#endif + + args_size += offset; + if (args_size < 0) + args_size = 0; + + def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); + if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables) + dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size); +} + +/* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and + make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out + how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p) +{ + HOST_WIDE_INT offset; + const char *label; + int i; + + /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so + with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related + insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around + epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */ + if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn)) + return; + + /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the + effects are for the target only and so current argument size + shouldn't change at all. */ + if (final_sequence + && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence, 0, 0)) + && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn)) + return; + + /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer, + save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */ + if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) + { + if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p) + { + /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */ + insn = PATTERN (insn); + if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL) + insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0); + if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET) + insn = SET_SRC (insn); + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL); + dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1))); + } + return; + } + + if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p) + { + if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables) + dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size); + return; + } + else if (BARRIER_P (insn)) + { + /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only + BARRIER is at the end of function. */ + if (barrier_args_size == NULL && next_nonnote_insn (insn)) + compute_barrier_args_size (); + if (barrier_args_size == NULL) + offset = 0; + else + { + offset = barrier_args_size[INSN_UID (insn)]; + if (offset < 0) + offset = 0; + } + + offset -= args_size; +#ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD + offset = -offset; +#endif + } + else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET) + offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn), args_size, 0); + else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL + || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE) + { + /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search + for them. */ + for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET) + offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i), + args_size, offset); + } + else + return; + + if (offset == 0) + return; + + label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false); + dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label); +} + +/* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end + of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters + register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */ + +struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save { + struct queued_reg_save *next; + rtx reg; + HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset; + rtx saved_reg; +}; + +static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves; + +/* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */ +struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data { + rtx orig_reg; + rtx saved_in_reg; +}; + +/* A list of registers saved in other registers. + The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your + port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a + more efficient data structure. */ +static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4]; +static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs; + +static const char *last_reg_save_label; + +/* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at + SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */ + +static void +queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + struct queued_reg_save *q; + + /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them + for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse + order. */ + for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next) + if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg)) + break; + + if (q == NULL) + { + q = ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save (); + q->next = queued_reg_saves; + queued_reg_saves = q; + } + + q->reg = reg; + q->cfa_offset = offset; + q->saved_reg = sreg; + + last_reg_save_label = label; +} + +/* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */ + +void +dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (void) +{ + struct queued_reg_save *q; + + for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next) + { + size_t i; + unsigned int reg, sreg; + + for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++) + if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg)) + break; + if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs) + { + gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs)); + num_regs_saved_in_regs++; + } + if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs) + { + regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg; + regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg; + } + + reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg)); + if (q->saved_reg) + sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg)); + else + sreg = INVALID_REGNUM; + reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset); + } + + queued_reg_saves = NULL; + last_reg_save_label = NULL; +} + +/* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved + location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously + said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now + have a new location for? */ + +static bool +clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn) +{ + struct queued_reg_save *q; + + for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next) + { + size_t i; + if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn)) + return true; + for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++) + if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) + && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn)) + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +/* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */ + +void +dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg) +{ + size_t i; + unsigned int regno, sregno; + + for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++) + if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg)) + break; + if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs) + { + gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs)); + num_regs_saved_in_regs++; + } + regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg; + regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg; + + regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg)); + sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg)); + reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0); +} + +/* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */ + +static rtx +reg_saved_in (rtx reg) +{ + unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg); + size_t i; + struct queued_reg_save *q; + + for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next) + if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg)) + return q->reg; + + for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++) + if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg + && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg)) + return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg; + + return NULL_RTX; +} + + +/* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP + or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer + value, not an offset. */ +static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp; + +/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label) +{ + memset (&cfa, 0, sizeof (cfa)); + + switch (GET_CODE (pat)) + { + case PLUS: + cfa.reg = REGNO (XEXP (pat, 0)); + cfa.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1)); + break; + + case REG: + cfa.reg = REGNO (pat); + break; + + case MEM: + cfa.indirect = 1; + pat = XEXP (pat, 0); + if (GET_CODE (pat) == PLUS) + { + cfa.base_offset = INTVAL (XEXP (pat, 1)); + pat = XEXP (pat, 0); + } + cfa.reg = REGNO (pat); + break; + + default: + /* Recurse and define an expression. */ + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); +} + +/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat, const char *label) +{ + rtx src, dest; + + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET); + dest = XEXP (pat, 0); + src = XEXP (pat, 1); + + switch (GET_CODE (src)) + { + case PLUS: + gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg); + cfa.offset -= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); + break; + + case REG: + break; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + cfa.reg = REGNO (dest); + gcc_assert (cfa.indirect == 0); + + def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); +} + +/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set, const char *label) +{ + HOST_WIDE_INT offset; + rtx src, addr, span; + + src = XEXP (set, 1); + addr = XEXP (set, 0); + gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr)); + addr = XEXP (addr, 0); + + /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */ + switch (GET_CODE (addr)) + { + case REG: + gcc_assert (REGNO (addr) == cfa.reg); + offset = -cfa.offset; + break; + case PLUS: + gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr, 0)) == cfa.reg); + offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)) - cfa.offset; + break; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src); + + /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with + a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */ + if (!span) + reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)), INVALID_REGNUM, offset); + else + { + /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live. + Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */ + int par_index; + int limit; + HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset; + + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL); + + limit = XVECLEN (span, 0); + for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++) + { + rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index); + + reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem)), + INVALID_REGNUM, span_offset); + span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem)); + } + } +} + +/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set, const char *label) +{ + rtx src, dest; + unsigned sregno, dregno; + + src = XEXP (set, 1); + dest = XEXP (set, 0); + + if (src == pc_rtx) + sregno = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN; + else + sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)); + + dregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest)); + + /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with + a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */ + reg_save (label, sregno, dregno, 0); +} + +/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_EXPRESSION note. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (rtx set, const char *label) +{ + rtx src, dest, span; + dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi (); + + dest = SET_DEST (set); + src = SET_SRC (set); + + gcc_assert (REG_P (src)); + gcc_assert (MEM_P (dest)); + + span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src); + gcc_assert (!span); + + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_expression; + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)); + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc + = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (dest, 0), GET_MODE (dest), + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + + /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, were the interface different, + and, as above, we could manage flushing for epilogues. */ + add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); +} + +/* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg, const char *label) +{ + dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi (); + unsigned int regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg)); + + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = (regno & ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended : DW_CFA_restore); + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = regno; + + add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); +} + +/* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR, + which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame + address) or saves a register to the stack or another register. + LABEL indicates the address of EXPR. + + This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on + cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so + users need not read the source code. + + The High-Level Picture + + Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we + assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we + should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to + work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple + enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question. + + Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack: + This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you + copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register), + then the new register is the one we will be using for register + saves. This also seems to work. + + Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if + RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a + register save, and the register used to calculate the destination + had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose. + It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another + register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on + that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to + the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same + value as in the caller. + + Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the + offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to + use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that + the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame. + + In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different + register, + + Invariants / Summaries of Rules + + cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually + consists of a register and an offset. + cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack + cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of + cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA + cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset + stores the value, which will be used to adjust the + stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store, + to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg. + + Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression + with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its + cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and + cfa_temp.offset. + + Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an + expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg + and cfa_temp.offset. + + Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the + stack. + + Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the + difference of the original location and cfa_store's + location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used). + + Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume + stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX + expressions to represent the location of the stored + register instead of CFA+offset. + + The Rules + + "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b. + "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg. + + Rule 1: + (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg) + effects: cfa.reg = <reg1> + cfa.offset unchanged + cfa_temp.reg = <reg1> + cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset + + Rule 2: + (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg + {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg})) + effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used + cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp + cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} + if cfa_store.reg==sp + + Rule 3: + (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>)) + effects: cfa.reg = fp + cfa_offset += +/- <const_int> + + Rule 4: + (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>)) + constraints: <reg1> != fp + <reg1> != sp + effects: cfa.reg = <reg1> + cfa_temp.reg = <reg1> + cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset + + Rule 5: + (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg)) + constraints: <reg1> != fp + <reg1> != sp + effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1> + cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset + + Rule 6: + (set <reg> <const_int>) + effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg> + cfa_temp.offset = <const_int> + + Rule 7: + (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>)) + effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1> + cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int> + + Rule 8: + (set <reg> (high <exp>)) + effects: none + + Rule 9: + (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>)) + effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg> + cfa_temp.offset = <const_int> + + Rule 10: + (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>) + effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int> + cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp + cfa.reg = sp + cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset + + Rule 11: + (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec,post_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>) + effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem) + cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp + cfa.reg = sp + cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset + + Rule 12: + (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>)) + + <reg2>) + effects: cfa.reg = <reg1> + cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset + + Rule 13: + (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>) + effects: cfa.reg = <reg1> + cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset + + Rule 14: + (set (mem (post_inc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>) + effects: cfa.reg = <reg1> + cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset + cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) + + Rule 15: + (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile}) + effects: target-dependent + + Rule 16: + (set sp (and: sp <const_int>)) + constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp + effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1 + cfa_store.offset = 0 + fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp + + Rule 17: + (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int)))) + effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem) + + Rule 18: + (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp) + constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1 + effects: cfa_store.offset = 0 + cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM + + Rule 19: + (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg) + constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1 + && cfa.offset == 0 + && cfa.indirect == 0 + && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM + effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa + cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */ + +static void +dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label) +{ + rtx src, dest, span; + HOST_WIDE_INT offset; + dw_fde_ref fde; + + /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of + the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if + it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements + are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P + flag is set in them. */ + if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE) + { + int par_index; + int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0); + rtx elem; + + /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we + ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue. + It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an + easy approximation that is enough for all current users: + handle register saves before register assignments. */ + if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL) + for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++) + { + elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index); + if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET + && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) + && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0)) + dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label); + } + + for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++) + { + elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index); + if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET + && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE) + && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0)) + dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label); + else if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET + && par_index != 0 + && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem)) + { + /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue + stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */ + HOST_WIDE_INT offset = stack_adjust_offset (elem, args_size, 0); + + if (offset != 0) + dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset, label); + } + } + return; + } + + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET); + + src = SET_SRC (expr); + dest = SET_DEST (expr); + + if (REG_P (src)) + { + rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src); + if (rsi) + src = rsi; + } + + fde = current_fde (); + + switch (GET_CODE (dest)) + { + case REG: + switch (GET_CODE (src)) + { + /* Setting FP from SP. */ + case REG: + if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src)) + { + /* Rule 1 */ + /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is + relative to the current CFA register. + + We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the + ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to + FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set + RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */ + cfa.reg = REGNO (dest); + cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg; + cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset; + } + else + { + /* Saving a register in a register. */ + gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)] + /* For the SPARC and its register window. */ + || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src)) + == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)); + + /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP + if drap register is used. In this case, we have + to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we + don't generate this DWARF information. */ + if (fde + && fde->stack_realign + && REGNO (src) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) + gcc_assert (REGNO (dest) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM + && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM + && cfa.reg != REGNO (src)); + else + queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0); + } + break; + + case PLUS: + case MINUS: + case LO_SUM: + if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx) + { + /* Rule 2 */ + /* Adjusting SP. */ + switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1))) + { + case CONST_INT: + offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); + break; + case REG: + gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) + == cfa_temp.reg); + offset = cfa_temp.offset; + break; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx) + { + /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */ + gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM); + cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM; + } + else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM) + /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */ + ; + else + gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx); + + if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS) + offset = -offset; + if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) + cfa.offset += offset; + if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) + cfa_store.offset += offset; + } + else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx) + { + /* Rule 3 */ + /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP, + or adjusting the FP */ + gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed); + + gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)) + && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg + && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))); + offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); + if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS) + offset = -offset; + cfa.offset += offset; + cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM; + } + else + { + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS); + + /* Rule 4 */ + if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)) + && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg + && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))) + { + /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied + into the FP later on. */ + offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); + cfa.offset += offset; + cfa.reg = REGNO (dest); + /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */ + cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg; + cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset; + } + + /* Rule 5 */ + else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)) + && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg + && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx) + { + /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead + of SP for saving registers to the stack. */ + gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); + cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest); + cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset; + } + + /* Rule 9 */ + else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM + && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))) + { + cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest); + cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); + } + else + gcc_unreachable (); + } + break; + + /* Rule 6 */ + case CONST_INT: + cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest); + cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src); + break; + + /* Rule 7 */ + case IOR: + gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0)) + && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg + && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src, 1))); + + if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg) + cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest); + cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); + break; + + /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM, + which will fill in all of the bits. */ + /* Rule 8 */ + case HIGH: + break; + + /* Rule 15 */ + case UNSPEC: + case UNSPEC_VOLATILE: + gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec); + targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1)); + return; + + /* Rule 16 */ + case AND: + /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue, + we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the + alignment. */ + if (fde && XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx) + { + /* We interpret reg_save differently with stack_realign set. + Thus we must flush whatever we have queued first. */ + dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (); + + gcc_assert (cfa_store.reg == REGNO (XEXP (src, 0))); + fde->stack_realign = 1; + fde->stack_realignment = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1)); + cfa_store.offset = 0; + + if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM + && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) + fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg; + } + return; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); + break; + + case MEM: + + /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the + CFA register. */ + switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0))) + { + /* Rule 10 */ + /* With a push. */ + case PRE_MODIFY: + /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */ + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) + == CONST_INT); + offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)); + + gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM + && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); + + cfa_store.offset += offset; + if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) + cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset; + + offset = -cfa_store.offset; + break; + + /* Rule 11 */ + case PRE_INC: + case PRE_DEC: + case POST_DEC: + offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)); + if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC) + offset = -offset; + + gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) + == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) + && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM); + + cfa_store.offset += offset; + + /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a + reference to represent the address of the stored + regiser. */ + if (fde + && fde->stack_realign + && src == hard_frame_pointer_rtx) + { + gcc_assert (cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM); + cfa_store.offset = 0; + } + + if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM) + cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset; + + if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == POST_DEC) + offset += -cfa_store.offset; + else + offset = -cfa_store.offset; + break; + + /* Rule 12 */ + /* With an offset. */ + case PLUS: + case MINUS: + case LO_SUM: + { + int regno; + + gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) + && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))); + offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)); + if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS) + offset = -offset; + + regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)); + + if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) regno) + offset -= cfa.offset; + else if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno) + offset -= cfa_store.offset; + else + { + gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno); + offset -= cfa_temp.offset; + } + } + break; + + /* Rule 13 */ + /* Without an offset. */ + case REG: + { + int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)); + + if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) regno) + offset = -cfa.offset; + else if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno) + offset = -cfa_store.offset; + else + { + gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno); + offset = -cfa_temp.offset; + } + } + break; + + /* Rule 14 */ + case POST_INC: + gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg + == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0))); + offset = -cfa_temp.offset; + cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest)); + break; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + /* Rule 17 */ + /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a + register, basically the source is return address. Here + we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */ + if (!REG_P (src)) + break; + + if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM + && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM + && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg) + { + /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */ + + if (cfa.offset == 0) + { + /* Rule 19 */ + /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means + we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA. + Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The + result of this expression equals to the original CFA + value. */ + if (fde + && fde->stack_realign + && cfa.indirect == 0 + && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM) + { + dw_cfa_location cfa_exp; + + gcc_assert (fde->drap_reg == cfa.reg); + + cfa_exp.indirect = 1; + cfa_exp.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM; + cfa_exp.base_offset = offset; + cfa_exp.offset = 0; + + fde->drap_reg_saved = 1; + + def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa_exp); + break; + } + + /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume + we're saving SP like any other register; this happens + on the ARM. */ + def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); + queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset); + break; + } + else + { + /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to + calculate the CFA. */ + rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0); + + if (!REG_P (x)) + x = XEXP (x, 0); + gcc_assert (REG_P (x)); + + cfa.reg = REGNO (x); + cfa.base_offset = offset; + cfa.indirect = 1; + def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); + break; + } + } + + def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa); + { + span = targetm.dwarf_register_span (src); + + if (!span) + queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset); + else + { + /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC + live. Queue register saves for each piece of the + PARALLEL. */ + int par_index; + int limit; + HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset = offset; + + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span) == PARALLEL); + + limit = XVECLEN (span, 0); + for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++) + { + rtx elem = XVECEXP (span, 0, par_index); + + queue_reg_save (label, elem, NULL_RTX, span_offset); + span_offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem)); + } + } + } + break; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } +} + +/* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either + sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a + register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. + + If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted, + otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */ + +void +dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p) +{ + const char *label; + rtx note, n; + bool handled_one = false; + + if (insn == NULL_RTX) + { + size_t i; + + /* Flush any queued register saves. */ + dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (); + + /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */ + lookup_cfa (&cfa); + gcc_assert (cfa.reg + == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)); + + cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM; + cfa_store = cfa; + cfa_temp.reg = -1; + cfa_temp.offset = 0; + + for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++) + { + regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX; + regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX; + } + num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0; + + if (barrier_args_size) + { + XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size); + barrier_args_size = NULL; + } + return; + } + + if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)) + dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (); + + if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn)) + { + /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments + matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but + is still used to save registers. */ + if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS) + dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn, after_p); + return; + } + + label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false); + any_cfis_emitted = false; + + for (note = REG_NOTES (insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1)) + switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note)) + { + case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR: + insn = XEXP (note, 0); + goto found; + + case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA: + dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note, 0), label); + handled_one = true; + break; + + case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA: + n = XEXP (note, 0); + if (n == NULL) + { + n = PATTERN (insn); + if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL) + n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0); + } + dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n, label); + handled_one = true; + break; + + case REG_CFA_OFFSET: + n = XEXP (note, 0); + if (n == NULL) + n = single_set (insn); + dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n, label); + handled_one = true; + break; + + case REG_CFA_REGISTER: + n = XEXP (note, 0); + if (n == NULL) + { + n = PATTERN (insn); + if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL) + n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0); + } + dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n, label); + handled_one = true; + break; + + case REG_CFA_EXPRESSION: + n = XEXP (note, 0); + if (n == NULL) + n = single_set (insn); + dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_expression (n, label); + handled_one = true; + break; + + case REG_CFA_RESTORE: + n = XEXP (note, 0); + if (n == NULL) + { + n = PATTERN (insn); + if (GET_CODE (n) == PARALLEL) + n = XVECEXP (n, 0, 0); + n = XEXP (n, 0); + } + dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n, label); + handled_one = true; + break; + + case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP: + n = XEXP (note, 0); + if (REG_P (n)) + { + dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); + if (fde) + { + gcc_assert (fde->vdrap_reg == INVALID_REGNUM); + if (REG_P (n)) + fde->vdrap_reg = REGNO (n); + } + } + handled_one = true; + break; + + default: + break; + } + if (handled_one) + { + if (any_cfis_emitted) + dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (); + return; + } + + insn = PATTERN (insn); + found: + dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label); + + /* Check again. A parallel can save and update the same register. + We could probably check just once, here, but this is safer than + removing the check above. */ + if (any_cfis_emitted || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)) + dwarf2out_flush_queued_reg_saves (); +} + +/* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this + epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If + we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a + NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */ + +void +dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn) +{ + bool saw_frp = false; + rtx i; + + /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible + frame related insns. */ + for (i = NEXT_INSN (insn); i ; i = NEXT_INSN (i)) + { + if (!INSN_P (i)) + continue; + + /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */ + if (returnjump_p (i)) + break; + if (CALL_P (i) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i)) + break; + + if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i)) == SEQUENCE) + { + int idx; + rtx seq = PATTERN (i); + + if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))) + break; + if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0)) + && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, 0))) + break; + + for (idx = 0; idx < XVECLEN (seq, 0); idx++) + if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq, 0, idx))) + saw_frp = true; + } + + if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i)) + saw_frp = true; + } + + /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a + save/restore pair. */ + if (!saw_frp) + return; + + /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last + basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */ + gcc_assert (i != NULL); + i = next_real_insn (i); + if (i == NULL) + return; + + /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before + a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be + properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This + will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */ + while (1) + { + rtx p = PREV_INSN (i); + if (!NOTE_P (p)) + break; + if (NOTE_KIND (p) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK) + break; + i = p; + } + emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE, i); + + emit_cfa_remember = true; + + /* And emulate the state save. */ + gcc_assert (!cfa_remember.in_use); + cfa_remember = cfa; + cfa_remember.in_use = 1; +} + +/* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore + required. */ + +void +dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void) +{ + dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi (); + const char *label = dwarf2out_cfi_label (false); + + cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_restore_state; + add_fde_cfi (label, cfi); + + gcc_assert (cfa_remember.in_use); + cfa = cfa_remember; + cfa_remember.in_use = 0; +} + +/* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */ +static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc + (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi); + +static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type +dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi) +{ + switch (cfi) + { + case DW_CFA_nop: + case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save: + case DW_CFA_remember_state: + case DW_CFA_restore_state: + return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused; + + case DW_CFA_set_loc: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: + case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8: + return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr; + + case DW_CFA_offset: + case DW_CFA_offset_extended: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa: + case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: + case DW_CFA_restore: + case DW_CFA_restore_extended: + case DW_CFA_undefined: + case DW_CFA_same_value: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: + case DW_CFA_register: + case DW_CFA_expression: + return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: + case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: + return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: + return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } +} + +/* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */ +static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc + (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi); + +static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type +dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi) +{ + switch (cfi) + { + case DW_CFA_def_cfa: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: + case DW_CFA_offset: + case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: + case DW_CFA_offset_extended: + return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset; + + case DW_CFA_register: + return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num; + + case DW_CFA_expression: + return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc; + + default: + return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused; + } +} + +/* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section, + switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label + for collect2 the first time around. */ + +static void +switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back) +{ + tree label; + +#ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME + if (eh_frame_section == 0) + { + int flags; + + if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY) + { + int fde_encoding; + int per_encoding; + int lsda_encoding; + + fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, + /*global=*/0); + per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, + /*global=*/1); + lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, + /*global=*/0); + flags = ((! flag_pic + || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr + && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned + && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr + && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned + && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr + && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned)) + ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE); + } + else + flags = SECTION_WRITE; + eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL); + } +#endif /* EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME */ + + if (eh_frame_section) + switch_to_section (eh_frame_section); + else + { + /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in + the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */ + switch_to_section (data_section); + + if (!back) + { + label = get_file_function_name ("F"); + ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE)); + targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, + IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label)); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label)); + } + } +} + +/* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on + FOR_EH. */ + +static void +switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh, bool back) +{ + if (for_eh) + switch_to_eh_frame_section (back); + else + { + if (!debug_frame_section) + debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + switch_to_section (debug_frame_section); + } +} + +/* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */ + +static void +output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh) +{ + unsigned long r; + HOST_WIDE_INT off; + + if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc + | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)), + "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, + ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset)); + else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset) + { + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)), + "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r); + off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL); + } + else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore) + { + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)), + "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r); + } + else + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc, + "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)); + + switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) + { + case DW_CFA_set_loc: + if (for_eh) + dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx ( + ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0), + gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr), + false, NULL); + else + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL); + fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; + break; + + case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: + dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, + fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL); + fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; + break; + + case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: + dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, + fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL); + fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; + break; + + case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: + dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, + fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL); + fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; + break; + + case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8: + dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, + fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL); + fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; + break; + + case DW_CFA_offset_extended: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); + off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off, NULL); + break; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL); + break; + + case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); + off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL); + break; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); + off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL); + break; + + case DW_CFA_restore_extended: + case DW_CFA_undefined: + case DW_CFA_same_value: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); + break; + + case DW_CFA_register: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); + break; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: + case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size: + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL); + break; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: + off = div_data_align (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset); + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off, NULL); + break; + + case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save: + break; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: + case DW_CFA_expression: + output_cfa_loc (cfi, for_eh); + break; + + case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended: + /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */ + gcc_unreachable (); + + default: + break; + } + } +} + +/* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */ + +static void +output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi) +{ + unsigned long r, r2; + + switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) + { + case DW_CFA_advance_loc: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: + case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8: + case DW_CFA_set_loc: + /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not + followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is + going to take care of this for us. */ + gcc_unreachable (); + + case DW_CFA_offset: + case DW_CFA_offset_extended: + case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n", + r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); + break; + + case DW_CFA_restore: + case DW_CFA_restore_extended: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r); + break; + + case DW_CFA_undefined: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r); + break; + + case DW_CFA_same_value: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r); + break; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n", + r, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset); + break; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r); + break; + + case DW_CFA_register: + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); + r2 = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r, r2); + break; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset " + HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC"\n", + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset); + break; + + case DW_CFA_remember_state: + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n"); + break; + case DW_CFA_restore_state: + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n"); + break; + + case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size: + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset); + if (flag_debug_asm) + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, + ASM_COMMENT_START, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset); + fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); + break; + + case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save: + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_window_save\n"); + break; + + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: + case DW_CFA_expression: + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi->dw_cfi_opc); + output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi); + fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); + break; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } +} + +DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref); +DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref, heap); + +/* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing + CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall + be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the + other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */ + +static void +output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi, bool do_cfi_asm, dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh) +{ + struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf; + dw_cfi_ref cfi2; + dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size = NULL, cfi_cfa = NULL, cfi_cfa_offset = NULL; + VEC (dw_cfi_ref, heap) *regs = VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref, heap, 32); + unsigned int len, idx; + + for (;; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) + switch (cfi ? cfi->dw_cfi_opc : DW_CFA_nop) + { + case DW_CFA_advance_loc: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: + case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8: + case DW_CFA_set_loc: + /* All advances should be ignored. */ + break; + case DW_CFA_remember_state: + { + dw_cfi_ref args_size = cfi_args_size; + + /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and + .cfi_restore_state. */ + for (cfi2 = cfi->dw_cfi_next; cfi2; cfi2 = cfi2->dw_cfi_next) + if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore_state) + break; + else if (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_GNU_args_size) + args_size = cfi2; + else + gcc_assert (cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_remember_state); + + if (cfi2 == NULL) + goto flush_all; + else + { + cfi = cfi2; + cfi_args_size = args_size; + } + break; + } + case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size: + cfi_args_size = cfi; + break; + case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save: + goto flush_all; + case DW_CFA_offset: + case DW_CFA_offset_extended: + case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf: + case DW_CFA_restore: + case DW_CFA_restore_extended: + case DW_CFA_undefined: + case DW_CFA_same_value: + case DW_CFA_register: + case DW_CFA_val_offset: + case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf: + case DW_CFA_expression: + case DW_CFA_val_expression: + case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended: + if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs) <= cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num) + VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs, + cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num + 1); + VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, cfi); + break; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression: + cfi_cfa = cfi; + cfi_cfa_offset = cfi; + break; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register: + cfi_cfa = cfi; + break; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: + cfi_cfa_offset = cfi; + break; + case DW_CFA_nop: + gcc_assert (cfi == NULL); + flush_all: + len = VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref, regs); + for (idx = 0; idx < len; idx++) + { + cfi2 = VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref, regs, idx, NULL); + if (cfi2 != NULL + && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore + && cfi2->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_restore_extended) + { + if (do_cfi_asm) + output_cfi_directive (cfi2); + else + output_cfi (cfi2, fde, for_eh); + } + } + if (cfi_cfa && cfi_cfa_offset && cfi_cfa_offset != cfi_cfa) + { + gcc_assert (cfi_cfa->dw_cfi_opc != DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression); + cfi_buf = *cfi_cfa; + switch (cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc) + { + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset: + cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa; + cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1; + break; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf: + cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf; + cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd1; + break; + case DW_CFA_def_cfa: + case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf: + cfi_buf.dw_cfi_opc = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_opc; + cfi_buf.dw_cfi_oprnd2 = cfi_cfa_offset->dw_cfi_oprnd2; + break; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + cfi_cfa = &cfi_buf; + } + else if (cfi_cfa_offset) + cfi_cfa = cfi_cfa_offset; + if (cfi_cfa) + { + if (do_cfi_asm) + output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa); + else + output_cfi (cfi_cfa, fde, for_eh); + } + cfi_cfa = NULL; + cfi_cfa_offset = NULL; + if (cfi_args_size + && cfi_args_size->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset) + { + if (do_cfi_asm) + output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size); + else + output_cfi (cfi_args_size, fde, for_eh); + } + cfi_args_size = NULL; + if (cfi == NULL) + { + VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref, heap, regs); + return; + } + else if (do_cfi_asm) + output_cfi_directive (cfi); + else + output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh); + break; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } +} + +/* Output one FDE. */ + +static void +output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde, bool for_eh, bool second, + char *section_start_label, int fde_encoding, char *augmentation, + bool any_lsda_needed, int lsda_encoding) +{ + const char *begin, *end; + static unsigned int j; + char l1[20], l2[20]; + dw_cfi_ref cfi; + + targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, + /* empty */ 0); + targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, + for_eh + j); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + j); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + j); + if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh) + dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value" + " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1, + "FDE Length"); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1); + + if (for_eh) + dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset"); + else + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label, + debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset"); + + begin = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_begin : fde->dw_fde_begin; + end = second ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end; + + if (for_eh) + { + rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, begin); + SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL; + dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref, false, + "FDE initial location"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding), + end, begin, "FDE address range"); + } + else + { + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, begin, "FDE initial location"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, end, begin, "FDE address range"); + } + + if (augmentation[0]) + { + if (any_lsda_needed) + { + int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding); + + if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned) + { + int offset = ( 4 /* Length */ + + 4 /* CIE offset */ + + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding) + + 1 /* Augmentation size */ ); + int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1); + + size += pad; + gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1); + } + + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size"); + + if (fde->uses_eh_lsda) + { + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA", + fde->funcdef_number); + dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding, + gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1), + false, + "Language Specific Data Area"); + } + else + { + if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned) + ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE)); + dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0, + "Language Specific Data Area (none)"); + } + } + else + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size"); + } + + /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with + this FDE. */ + fde->dw_fde_current_label = begin; + if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL) + for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) + output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh); + else if (!second) + { + if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi) + for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) + { + output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh); + if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi) + break; + } + } + else + { + dw_cfi_ref cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_cfi; + + if (fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi) + { + cfi_next = fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next; + fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL; + output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, false, fde, for_eh); + fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi->dw_cfi_next = cfi_next; + } + for (cfi = cfi_next; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) + output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh); + } + + /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables, + do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables + associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in + garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to + cope with -ffunction-sections. */ + +#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF + /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and + switch *back* into the table section. */ + switch_to_section (function_section (fde->decl)); + ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label); + switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, true); +#endif + + /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */ + ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, + floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE))); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2); + + j += 2; +} + +/* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */ + +static bool +fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde) +{ + if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables) + return true; + + if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde->decl)) + return true; + + if (fde->uses_eh_lsda) + return true; + + /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */ + if (flag_exceptions && (fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls || fde->nothrow)) + return false; + + return true; +} + +/* Output the call frame information used to record information + that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the + location of saved registers. */ + +static void +output_call_frame_info (int for_eh) +{ + unsigned int i; + dw_fde_ref fde; + dw_cfi_ref cfi; + char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20]; + bool any_lsda_needed = false; + char augmentation[6]; + int augmentation_size; + int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr; + int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr; + int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr; + int return_reg; + rtx personality = NULL; + int dw_cie_version; + + /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */ + if (fde_table_in_use == 0) + return; + + /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */ + if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) + return; + + /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit + any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to + emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We + want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to + is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template + in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */ + if (for_eh) + { + bool any_eh_needed = false; + + for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++) + if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda) + any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true; + else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table[i])) + any_eh_needed = true; + else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO) + targetm.asm_out.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl, + 1, 1); + + if (!any_eh_needed) + return; + } + + /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */ + if (flag_debug_asm) + app_enable (); + + /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */ + switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh, false); + + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label); + + /* Output the CIE. */ + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh); + if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh) + dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, + "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1, + "Length of Common Information Entry"); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1); + + /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH, + use 0 to identify the CIE. */ + dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE), + (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID), + "CIE Identifier Tag"); + + /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to + use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results + due to overflowing the return register column. */ + return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh); + dw_cie_version = 1; + if (return_reg >= 256 || dwarf_version > 2) + dw_cie_version = 3; + dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version, "CIE Version"); + + augmentation[0] = 0; + augmentation_size = 0; + + personality = current_unit_personality; + if (for_eh) + { + char *p; + + /* Augmentation: + z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the + augmentation section. + L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of + an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation. + R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for + FDE code pointers. + P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language + personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */ + + fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0); + per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1); + lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0); + + p = augmentation + 1; + if (personality) + { + *p++ = 'P'; + augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding); + assemble_external_libcall (personality); + } + if (any_lsda_needed) + { + *p++ = 'L'; + augmentation_size += 1; + } + if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr) + { + *p++ = 'R'; + augmentation_size += 1; + } + if (p > augmentation + 1) + { + augmentation[0] = 'z'; + *p = '\0'; + } + + /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */ + if (personality && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned) + { + int offset = ( 4 /* Length */ + + 4 /* CIE Id */ + + 1 /* CIE version */ + + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */ + + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */ + + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT) + + 1 /* RA column */ + + 1 /* Augmentation size */ + + 1 /* Personality encoding */ ); + int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1); + + augmentation_size += pad; + + /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to + iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */ + gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1); + } + } + + dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation"); + if (dw_cie_version >= 4) + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "CIE Address Size"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size"); + } + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor"); + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, + "CIE Data Alignment Factor"); + + if (dw_cie_version == 1) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column"); + else + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column"); + + if (augmentation[0]) + { + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size"); + if (personality) + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)", + eh_data_format_name (per_encoding)); + dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding, + personality, + true, NULL); + } + + if (any_lsda_needed) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)", + eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding)); + + if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)", + eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding)); + } + + for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) + output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh); + + /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */ + ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, + floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2); + + /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */ + for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++) + { + unsigned int k; + fde = &fde_table[i]; + + /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */ + if (for_eh && !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde)) + continue; + + for (k = 0; k < (fde->dw_fde_second_begin ? 2 : 1); k++) + output_fde (fde, for_eh, k, section_start_label, fde_encoding, + augmentation, any_lsda_needed, lsda_encoding); + } + + if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info) + dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table"); +#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO + /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section + get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */ + ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0); +#endif + + /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */ + if (flag_debug_asm) + app_disable (); +} + +/* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second) +{ + int enc; + rtx ref; + rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl); + + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n"); + + if (personality) + { + enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1); + ref = personality; + + /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to + handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done + in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any + of the weirder relocation types. */ + if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect) + ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true); + + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc); + output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref); + fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); + } + + if (crtl->uses_eh_lsda) + { + char lab[20]; + + enc = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab, second ? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA", + current_function_funcdef_no); + ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, lab); + SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL; + + if (enc & DW_EH_PE_indirect) + ref = dw2_force_const_mem (ref, true); + + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc); + output_addr_const (asm_out_file, ref); + fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); + } +} + +/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before + the prologue. */ + +void +dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + char * dup_label; + dw_fde_ref fde; + section *fnsec; + bool do_frame; + + current_function_func_begin_label = NULL; + + do_frame = dwarf2out_do_frame (); + + /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c for + call-site information. We must emit this label if it might be used. */ + if (!do_frame + && (!flag_exceptions + || targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_TARGET)) + return; + + fnsec = function_section (current_function_decl); + switch_to_section (fnsec); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + dup_label = xstrdup (label); + current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label; + + /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */ + if (!do_frame) + return; + + /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */ + if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated) + { + fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT; + fde_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node, fde_table, fde_table_allocated); + memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0, + FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node)); + } + + /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */ + current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use; + + /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */ + fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++]; + fde->decl = current_function_decl; + fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label; + fde->dw_fde_end = NULL; + fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label; + fde->dw_fde_second_begin = NULL; + fde->dw_fde_second_end = NULL; + fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = NULL; + fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = NULL; + fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL; + fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = NULL; + fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no; + fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = crtl->all_throwers_are_sibcalls; + fde->uses_eh_lsda = crtl->uses_eh_lsda; + fde->nothrow = crtl->nothrow; + fde->drap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM; + fde->vdrap_reg = INVALID_REGNUM; + fde->in_std_section = (fnsec == text_section + || (cold_text_section && fnsec == cold_text_section)); + fde->second_in_std_section = 0; + + args_size = old_args_size = 0; + + /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2 + prologue case, not the eh frame case. */ +#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO + if (file) + dwarf2out_source_line (line, file, 0, true); +#endif + + if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) + dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false); + else + { + rtx personality = get_personality_function (current_function_decl); + if (!current_unit_personality) + current_unit_personality = personality; + + /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI + asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current + function anymore. */ + if (personality && current_unit_personality != personality) + sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers " + "supporting .cfi_personality directive"); + } +} + +/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code + for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has + been generated. */ + +void +dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + dw_fde_ref fde; + char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + + /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this + function. */ + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1]; + fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue = xstrdup (label); +} + +/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code + for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has + been generated. */ + +void +dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + dw_fde_ref fde; + char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + + fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1]; + if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue) + return; + + /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this + function. */ + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue = xstrdup (label); +} + +/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code + for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has + been generated. */ + +void +dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + dw_fde_ref fde; + char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + + last_var_location_insn = NULL_RTX; + + if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n"); + + /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this + function. */ + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label); + fde = current_fde (); + gcc_assert (fde != NULL); + if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL) + fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label); +} + +void +dwarf2out_frame_init (void) +{ + /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */ + fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT); + fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT; + fde_table_in_use = 0; + + /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the + sake of lookup_cfa. */ + + /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */ + dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET); + + if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2 + || targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2) + initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX); +} + +void +dwarf2out_frame_finish (void) +{ + /* Output call frame information. */ + if (targetm.debug_unwind_info () == UI_DWARF2) + output_call_frame_info (0); + + /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */ + if ((flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions) + && targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) == UI_DWARF2) + output_call_frame_info (1); +} + +/* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_note_section_used (void) +{ + section *sec = current_function_section (); + if (sec == text_section) + text_section_used = true; + else if (sec == cold_text_section) + cold_text_section_used = true; +} + +static void var_location_switch_text_section (void); + +void +dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void) +{ + section *sect; + dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); + dw_cfi_ref cfi; + + gcc_assert (cfun && fde && fde->dw_fde_second_begin == NULL); + + if (!in_cold_section_p) + { + fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label; + fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.hot_section_label; + fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label; + } + else + { + fde->dw_fde_end = crtl->subsections.hot_section_end_label; + fde->dw_fde_second_begin = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label; + fde->dw_fde_second_end = crtl->subsections.cold_section_end_label; + } + have_multiple_function_sections = true; + + /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we + don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */ + fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL; + + /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */ + if (cold_text_section != NULL) + dwarf2out_note_section_used (); + + if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n"); + + /* Now do the real section switch. */ + sect = current_function_section (); + switch_to_section (sect); + + fde->second_in_std_section + = (sect == text_section + || (cold_text_section && sect == cold_text_section)); + + if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ()) + { + dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true); + /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions + again. */ + output_cfis (fde->dw_fde_cfi, true, fde, true); + } + cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; + if (cfi) + while (cfi->dw_cfi_next != NULL) + cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next; + fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi = cfi; + var_location_switch_text_section (); +} + +/* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary + for emitting location expressions. */ + +/* Data about a single source file. */ +struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data { + const char * filename; + int emitted_number; +}; + +typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref; +typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref; +typedef const struct die_struct *const_dw_die_ref; +typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref; +typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref; + +typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct +{ + tree variable; + dw_die_ref die; +} deferred_locations; + +DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations); +DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations,gc); + +static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations, gc) *deferred_locations_list; + +DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref); +DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref,heap); + +/* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values + can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this + implementation are listed below. */ + +enum dw_val_class +{ + dw_val_class_addr, + dw_val_class_offset, + dw_val_class_loc, + dw_val_class_loc_list, + dw_val_class_range_list, + dw_val_class_const, + dw_val_class_unsigned_const, + dw_val_class_const_double, + dw_val_class_vec, + dw_val_class_flag, + dw_val_class_die_ref, + dw_val_class_fde_ref, + dw_val_class_lbl_id, + dw_val_class_lineptr, + dw_val_class_str, + dw_val_class_macptr, + dw_val_class_file, + dw_val_class_data8, + dw_val_class_decl_ref, + dw_val_class_vms_delta +}; + +/* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */ + +typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct { + unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array; + unsigned length; + unsigned elt_size; +} +dw_vec_const; + +/* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is + represented internally. */ + +typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct { + enum dw_val_class val_class; + union dw_val_struct_union + { + rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr; + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset; + dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list; + dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc; + HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int; + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned; + double_int GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double; + dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec; + struct dw_val_die_union + { + dw_die_ref die; + int external; + } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref; + unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index; + struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str; + char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id; + unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag; + struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file; + unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8[8]; + tree GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_decl_ref"))) val_decl_ref; + struct dw_val_vms_delta_union + { + char * lbl1; + char * lbl2; + } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta; + } + GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v; +} +dw_val_node; + +/* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine + operations. */ + +typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct { + dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next; + ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom) dw_loc_opc : 8; + /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation + from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */ + unsigned int dtprel : 1; + int dw_loc_addr; + dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1; + dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2; +} +dw_loc_descr_node; + +/* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range, + so you can track variables that are in different places over + their entire life. */ +typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct { + dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next; + const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */ + const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */ + char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list. + Only on head of list */ + const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */ + dw_loc_descr_ref expr; + hashval_t hash; + /* True if all addresses in this and subsequent lists are known to be + resolved. */ + bool resolved_addr; + /* True if this list has been replaced by dw_loc_next. */ + bool replaced; + bool emitted; +} dw_loc_list_node; + +static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT); + +/* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */ + +static const char * +dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op) +{ + switch (op) + { + case DW_OP_addr: + return "DW_OP_addr"; + case DW_OP_deref: + return "DW_OP_deref"; + case DW_OP_const1u: + return "DW_OP_const1u"; + case DW_OP_const1s: + return "DW_OP_const1s"; + case DW_OP_const2u: + return "DW_OP_const2u"; + case DW_OP_const2s: + return "DW_OP_const2s"; + case DW_OP_const4u: + return "DW_OP_const4u"; + case DW_OP_const4s: + return "DW_OP_const4s"; + case DW_OP_const8u: + return "DW_OP_const8u"; + case DW_OP_const8s: + return "DW_OP_const8s"; + case DW_OP_constu: + return "DW_OP_constu"; + case DW_OP_consts: + return "DW_OP_consts"; + case DW_OP_dup: + return "DW_OP_dup"; + case DW_OP_drop: + return "DW_OP_drop"; + case DW_OP_over: + return "DW_OP_over"; + case DW_OP_pick: + return "DW_OP_pick"; + case DW_OP_swap: + return "DW_OP_swap"; + case DW_OP_rot: + return "DW_OP_rot"; + case DW_OP_xderef: + return "DW_OP_xderef"; + case DW_OP_abs: + return "DW_OP_abs"; + case DW_OP_and: + return "DW_OP_and"; + case DW_OP_div: + return "DW_OP_div"; + case DW_OP_minus: + return "DW_OP_minus"; + case DW_OP_mod: + return "DW_OP_mod"; + case DW_OP_mul: + return "DW_OP_mul"; + case DW_OP_neg: + return "DW_OP_neg"; + case DW_OP_not: + return "DW_OP_not"; + case DW_OP_or: + return "DW_OP_or"; + case DW_OP_plus: + return "DW_OP_plus"; + case DW_OP_plus_uconst: + return "DW_OP_plus_uconst"; + case DW_OP_shl: + return "DW_OP_shl"; + case DW_OP_shr: + return "DW_OP_shr"; + case DW_OP_shra: + return "DW_OP_shra"; + case DW_OP_xor: + return "DW_OP_xor"; + case DW_OP_bra: + return "DW_OP_bra"; + case DW_OP_eq: + return "DW_OP_eq"; + case DW_OP_ge: + return "DW_OP_ge"; + case DW_OP_gt: + return "DW_OP_gt"; + case DW_OP_le: + return "DW_OP_le"; + case DW_OP_lt: + return "DW_OP_lt"; + case DW_OP_ne: + return "DW_OP_ne"; + case DW_OP_skip: + return "DW_OP_skip"; + case DW_OP_lit0: + return "DW_OP_lit0"; + case DW_OP_lit1: + return "DW_OP_lit1"; + case DW_OP_lit2: + return "DW_OP_lit2"; + case DW_OP_lit3: + return "DW_OP_lit3"; + case DW_OP_lit4: + return "DW_OP_lit4"; + case DW_OP_lit5: + return "DW_OP_lit5"; + case DW_OP_lit6: + return "DW_OP_lit6"; + case DW_OP_lit7: + return "DW_OP_lit7"; + case DW_OP_lit8: + return "DW_OP_lit8"; + case DW_OP_lit9: + return "DW_OP_lit9"; + case DW_OP_lit10: + return "DW_OP_lit10"; + case DW_OP_lit11: + return "DW_OP_lit11"; + case DW_OP_lit12: + return "DW_OP_lit12"; + case DW_OP_lit13: + return "DW_OP_lit13"; + case DW_OP_lit14: + return "DW_OP_lit14"; + case DW_OP_lit15: + return "DW_OP_lit15"; + case DW_OP_lit16: + return "DW_OP_lit16"; + case DW_OP_lit17: + return "DW_OP_lit17"; + case DW_OP_lit18: + return "DW_OP_lit18"; + case DW_OP_lit19: + return "DW_OP_lit19"; + case DW_OP_lit20: + return "DW_OP_lit20"; + case DW_OP_lit21: + return "DW_OP_lit21"; + case DW_OP_lit22: + return "DW_OP_lit22"; + case DW_OP_lit23: + return "DW_OP_lit23"; + case DW_OP_lit24: + return "DW_OP_lit24"; + case DW_OP_lit25: + return "DW_OP_lit25"; + case DW_OP_lit26: + return "DW_OP_lit26"; + case DW_OP_lit27: + return "DW_OP_lit27"; + case DW_OP_lit28: + return "DW_OP_lit28"; + case DW_OP_lit29: + return "DW_OP_lit29"; + case DW_OP_lit30: + return "DW_OP_lit30"; + case DW_OP_lit31: + return "DW_OP_lit31"; + case DW_OP_reg0: + return "DW_OP_reg0"; + case DW_OP_reg1: + return "DW_OP_reg1"; + case DW_OP_reg2: + return "DW_OP_reg2"; + case DW_OP_reg3: + return "DW_OP_reg3"; + case DW_OP_reg4: + return "DW_OP_reg4"; + case DW_OP_reg5: + return "DW_OP_reg5"; + case DW_OP_reg6: + return "DW_OP_reg6"; + case DW_OP_reg7: + return "DW_OP_reg7"; + case DW_OP_reg8: + return "DW_OP_reg8"; + case DW_OP_reg9: + return "DW_OP_reg9"; + case DW_OP_reg10: + return "DW_OP_reg10"; + case DW_OP_reg11: + return "DW_OP_reg11"; + case DW_OP_reg12: + return "DW_OP_reg12"; + case DW_OP_reg13: + return "DW_OP_reg13"; + case DW_OP_reg14: + return "DW_OP_reg14"; + case DW_OP_reg15: + return "DW_OP_reg15"; + case DW_OP_reg16: + return "DW_OP_reg16"; + case DW_OP_reg17: + return "DW_OP_reg17"; + case DW_OP_reg18: + return "DW_OP_reg18"; + case DW_OP_reg19: + return "DW_OP_reg19"; + case DW_OP_reg20: + return "DW_OP_reg20"; + case DW_OP_reg21: + return "DW_OP_reg21"; + case DW_OP_reg22: + return "DW_OP_reg22"; + case DW_OP_reg23: + return "DW_OP_reg23"; + case DW_OP_reg24: + return "DW_OP_reg24"; + case DW_OP_reg25: + return "DW_OP_reg25"; + case DW_OP_reg26: + return "DW_OP_reg26"; + case DW_OP_reg27: + return "DW_OP_reg27"; + case DW_OP_reg28: + return "DW_OP_reg28"; + case DW_OP_reg29: + return "DW_OP_reg29"; + case DW_OP_reg30: + return "DW_OP_reg30"; + case DW_OP_reg31: + return "DW_OP_reg31"; + case DW_OP_breg0: + return "DW_OP_breg0"; + case DW_OP_breg1: + return "DW_OP_breg1"; + case DW_OP_breg2: + return "DW_OP_breg2"; + case DW_OP_breg3: + return "DW_OP_breg3"; + case DW_OP_breg4: + return "DW_OP_breg4"; + case DW_OP_breg5: + return "DW_OP_breg5"; + case DW_OP_breg6: + return "DW_OP_breg6"; + case DW_OP_breg7: + return "DW_OP_breg7"; + case DW_OP_breg8: + return "DW_OP_breg8"; + case DW_OP_breg9: + return "DW_OP_breg9"; + case DW_OP_breg10: + return "DW_OP_breg10"; + case DW_OP_breg11: + return "DW_OP_breg11"; + case DW_OP_breg12: + return "DW_OP_breg12"; + case DW_OP_breg13: + return "DW_OP_breg13"; + case DW_OP_breg14: + return "DW_OP_breg14"; + case DW_OP_breg15: + return "DW_OP_breg15"; + case DW_OP_breg16: + return "DW_OP_breg16"; + case DW_OP_breg17: + return "DW_OP_breg17"; + case DW_OP_breg18: + return "DW_OP_breg18"; + case DW_OP_breg19: + return "DW_OP_breg19"; + case DW_OP_breg20: + return "DW_OP_breg20"; + case DW_OP_breg21: + return "DW_OP_breg21"; + case DW_OP_breg22: + return "DW_OP_breg22"; + case DW_OP_breg23: + return "DW_OP_breg23"; + case DW_OP_breg24: + return "DW_OP_breg24"; + case DW_OP_breg25: + return "DW_OP_breg25"; + case DW_OP_breg26: + return "DW_OP_breg26"; + case DW_OP_breg27: + return "DW_OP_breg27"; + case DW_OP_breg28: + return "DW_OP_breg28"; + case DW_OP_breg29: + return "DW_OP_breg29"; + case DW_OP_breg30: + return "DW_OP_breg30"; + case DW_OP_breg31: + return "DW_OP_breg31"; + case DW_OP_regx: + return "DW_OP_regx"; + case DW_OP_fbreg: + return "DW_OP_fbreg"; + case DW_OP_bregx: + return "DW_OP_bregx"; + case DW_OP_piece: + return "DW_OP_piece"; + case DW_OP_deref_size: + return "DW_OP_deref_size"; + case DW_OP_xderef_size: + return "DW_OP_xderef_size"; + case DW_OP_nop: + return "DW_OP_nop"; + + case DW_OP_push_object_address: + return "DW_OP_push_object_address"; + case DW_OP_call2: + return "DW_OP_call2"; + case DW_OP_call4: + return "DW_OP_call4"; + case DW_OP_call_ref: + return "DW_OP_call_ref"; + case DW_OP_implicit_value: + return "DW_OP_implicit_value"; + case DW_OP_stack_value: + return "DW_OP_stack_value"; + case DW_OP_form_tls_address: + return "DW_OP_form_tls_address"; + case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa: + return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa"; + case DW_OP_bit_piece: + return "DW_OP_bit_piece"; + + case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address: + return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address"; + case DW_OP_GNU_uninit: + return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit"; + case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr: + return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr"; + case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer: + return "DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer"; + + default: + return "OP_<unknown>"; + } +} + +/* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location + descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung + together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */ + +static inline dw_loc_descr_ref +new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1, + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node (); + + descr->dw_loc_opc = op; + descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const; + descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1; + descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const; + descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2; + + return descr; +} + +/* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for + REG and OFFSET. */ + +static inline dw_loc_descr_ref +new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + if (reg <= 31) + return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + reg), + offset, 0); + else + return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset); +} + +/* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */ + +static inline void +add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref *d; + + /* Find the end of the chain. */ + for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next) + ; + + *d = descr; +} + +/* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */ + +static void +loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref loc; + HOST_WIDE_INT *p; + + gcc_assert (*list_head != NULL); + + if (!offset) + return; + + /* Find the end of the chain. */ + for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) + ; + + p = NULL; + if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_fbreg + || (loc->dw_loc_opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && loc->dw_loc_opc <= DW_OP_breg31)) + p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int; + else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bregx) + p = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int; + + /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its + offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */ + if (p != NULL + && ((offset > 0 && *p <= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset) + || (offset < 0 && *p >= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT) - offset))) + *p += offset; + + else if (offset > 0) + loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0); + + else + { + loc->dw_loc_next = int_loc_descriptor (-offset); + add_loc_descr (&loc->dw_loc_next, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0)); + } +} + +/* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */ + +static void +loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + dw_loc_list_ref d; + for (d = list_head; d != NULL; d = d->dw_loc_next) + loc_descr_plus_const (&d->expr, offset); +} + +#define DWARF_REF_SIZE \ + (dwarf_version == 2 ? DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) + +/* Return the size of a location descriptor. */ + +static unsigned long +size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) +{ + unsigned long size = 1; + + switch (loc->dw_loc_opc) + { + case DW_OP_addr: + size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; + break; + case DW_OP_const1u: + case DW_OP_const1s: + size += 1; + break; + case DW_OP_const2u: + case DW_OP_const2s: + size += 2; + break; + case DW_OP_const4u: + case DW_OP_const4s: + size += 4; + break; + case DW_OP_const8u: + case DW_OP_const8s: + size += 8; + break; + case DW_OP_constu: + size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); + break; + case DW_OP_consts: + size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int); + break; + case DW_OP_pick: + size += 1; + break; + case DW_OP_plus_uconst: + size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); + break; + case DW_OP_skip: + case DW_OP_bra: + size += 2; + break; + case DW_OP_breg0: + case DW_OP_breg1: + case DW_OP_breg2: + case DW_OP_breg3: + case DW_OP_breg4: + case DW_OP_breg5: + case DW_OP_breg6: + case DW_OP_breg7: + case DW_OP_breg8: + case DW_OP_breg9: + case DW_OP_breg10: + case DW_OP_breg11: + case DW_OP_breg12: + case DW_OP_breg13: + case DW_OP_breg14: + case DW_OP_breg15: + case DW_OP_breg16: + case DW_OP_breg17: + case DW_OP_breg18: + case DW_OP_breg19: + case DW_OP_breg20: + case DW_OP_breg21: + case DW_OP_breg22: + case DW_OP_breg23: + case DW_OP_breg24: + case DW_OP_breg25: + case DW_OP_breg26: + case DW_OP_breg27: + case DW_OP_breg28: + case DW_OP_breg29: + case DW_OP_breg30: + case DW_OP_breg31: + size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int); + break; + case DW_OP_regx: + size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); + break; + case DW_OP_fbreg: + size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int); + break; + case DW_OP_bregx: + size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); + size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int); + break; + case DW_OP_piece: + size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); + break; + case DW_OP_bit_piece: + size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); + size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned); + break; + case DW_OP_deref_size: + case DW_OP_xderef_size: + size += 1; + break; + case DW_OP_call2: + size += 2; + break; + case DW_OP_call4: + size += 4; + break; + case DW_OP_call_ref: + size += DWARF_REF_SIZE; + break; + case DW_OP_implicit_value: + size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned) + + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned; + break; + case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer: + size += DWARF_REF_SIZE + size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int); + break; + default: + break; + } + + return size; +} + +/* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */ + +static unsigned long +size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref l; + unsigned long size; + + /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr + field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */ + for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next) + { + if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra) + break; + size += size_of_loc_descr (l); + } + if (! l) + return size; + + for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next) + { + l->dw_loc_addr = size; + size += size_of_loc_descr (l); + } + + return size; +} + +static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned); +static void get_ref_die_offset_label (char *, dw_die_ref); + +/* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). + The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are + converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that + hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind + info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted + (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */ + +static void +output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip) +{ + dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1; + dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2; + + switch (loc->dw_loc_opc) + { +#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO + case DW_OP_const2u: + case DW_OP_const2s: + dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_const4u: + if (loc->dtprel) + { + gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel); + targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 4, + val1->v.val_addr); + fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); + break; + } + /* FALLTHRU */ + case DW_OP_const4s: + dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_const8u: + if (loc->dtprel) + { + gcc_assert (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel); + targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, 8, + val1->v.val_addr); + fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); + break; + } + /* FALLTHRU */ + case DW_OP_const8s: + gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64); + dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_skip: + case DW_OP_bra: + { + int offset; + + gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc); + offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3); + + dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL); + } + break; + case DW_OP_implicit_value: + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); + switch (val2->val_class) + { + case dw_val_class_const: + dw2_asm_output_data (val1->v.val_unsigned, val2->v.val_int, NULL); + break; + case dw_val_class_vec: + { + unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size; + unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length; + unsigned int i; + unsigned char *p; + + if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) + { + elt_size /= 2; + len *= 2; + } + for (i = 0, p = val2->v.val_vec.array; + i < len; + i++, p += elt_size) + dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size), + "fp or vector constant word %u", i); + } + break; + case dw_val_class_const_double: + { + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second; + + if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) + { + first = val2->v.val_double.high; + second = val2->v.val_double.low; + } + else + { + first = val2->v.val_double.low; + second = val2->v.val_double.high; + } + dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR, + first, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR, + second, NULL); + } + break; + case dw_val_class_addr: + gcc_assert (val1->v.val_unsigned == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); + dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val2->v.val_addr, NULL); + break; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + break; +#else + case DW_OP_const2u: + case DW_OP_const2s: + case DW_OP_const4u: + case DW_OP_const4s: + case DW_OP_const8u: + case DW_OP_const8s: + case DW_OP_skip: + case DW_OP_bra: + case DW_OP_implicit_value: + /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are + aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so + don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're + only doing unwinding. */ + gcc_unreachable (); +#endif + case DW_OP_const1u: + case DW_OP_const1s: + dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_constu: + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_consts: + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_pick: + dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_plus_uconst: + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_breg0: + case DW_OP_breg1: + case DW_OP_breg2: + case DW_OP_breg3: + case DW_OP_breg4: + case DW_OP_breg5: + case DW_OP_breg6: + case DW_OP_breg7: + case DW_OP_breg8: + case DW_OP_breg9: + case DW_OP_breg10: + case DW_OP_breg11: + case DW_OP_breg12: + case DW_OP_breg13: + case DW_OP_breg14: + case DW_OP_breg15: + case DW_OP_breg16: + case DW_OP_breg17: + case DW_OP_breg18: + case DW_OP_breg19: + case DW_OP_breg20: + case DW_OP_breg21: + case DW_OP_breg22: + case DW_OP_breg23: + case DW_OP_breg24: + case DW_OP_breg25: + case DW_OP_breg26: + case DW_OP_breg27: + case DW_OP_breg28: + case DW_OP_breg29: + case DW_OP_breg30: + case DW_OP_breg31: + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_regx: + { + unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned; + if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0) + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip); + gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r) + == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned)); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); + } + break; + case DW_OP_fbreg: + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_bregx: + { + unsigned r = val1->v.val_unsigned; + if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0) + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip); + gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r) + == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned)); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL); + } + break; + case DW_OP_piece: + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_bit_piece: + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2->v.val_unsigned, NULL); + break; + case DW_OP_deref_size: + case DW_OP_xderef_size: + dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL); + break; + + case DW_OP_addr: + if (loc->dtprel) + { + if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel) + { + targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file, + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, + val1->v.val_addr); + fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); + } + else + gcc_unreachable (); + } + else + { +#ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO + dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL); +#else + gcc_unreachable (); +#endif + } + break; + + case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer: + { + char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + + HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / 2 + 2]; + gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref); + get_ref_die_offset_label (label, val1->v.val_die_ref.die); + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_REF_SIZE, label, debug_info_section, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL); + } + break; + + default: + /* Other codes have no operands. */ + break; + } +} + +/* Output a sequence of location operations. + The for_eh_or_skip parameter controls whether register numbers are + converted using DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT, which is needed in the case that + hard reg numbers have been processed via DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i.e. for unwind + info). This should be suppressed for the cases that have not been converted + (i.e. symbolic debug info), by setting the parameter < 0. See PR47324. */ + +static void +output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, int for_eh_or_skip) +{ + for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) + { + enum dwarf_location_atom opc = loc->dw_loc_opc; + /* Output the opcode. */ + if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0 + && opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && opc <= DW_OP_breg31) + { + unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_breg0); + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip); + gcc_assert (r <= 31); + opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + r); + } + else if (for_eh_or_skip >= 0 + && opc >= DW_OP_reg0 && opc <= DW_OP_reg31) + { + unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_reg0); + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, for_eh_or_skip); + gcc_assert (r <= 31); + opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + r); + } + + dw2_asm_output_data (1, opc, + "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (opc)); + + /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */ + output_loc_operands (loc, for_eh_or_skip); + } +} + +/* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). + The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */ + +static void +output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) +{ + dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1; + dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2; + + switch (loc->dw_loc_opc) + { + case DW_OP_addr: + case DW_OP_implicit_value: + /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */ + gcc_unreachable (); + + case DW_OP_const1u: + case DW_OP_const1s: + case DW_OP_pick: + case DW_OP_deref_size: + case DW_OP_xderef_size: + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1->v.val_int); + break; + + case DW_OP_const2u: + case DW_OP_const2s: + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1->v.val_int); + break; + + case DW_OP_const4u: + case DW_OP_const4s: + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1->v.val_int); + break; + + case DW_OP_const8u: + case DW_OP_const8s: + gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64); + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1->v.val_int); + break; + + case DW_OP_skip: + case DW_OP_bra: + { + int offset; + + gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc); + offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3); + + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset); + } + break; + + case DW_OP_regx: + { + unsigned r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1->v.val_unsigned, 1); + gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r) + == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned)); + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r); + } + break; + + case DW_OP_constu: + case DW_OP_plus_uconst: + case DW_OP_piece: + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned); + break; + + case DW_OP_bit_piece: + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1->v.val_unsigned); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2->v.val_unsigned); + break; + + case DW_OP_consts: + case DW_OP_breg0: + case DW_OP_breg1: + case DW_OP_breg2: + case DW_OP_breg3: + case DW_OP_breg4: + case DW_OP_breg5: + case DW_OP_breg6: + case DW_OP_breg7: + case DW_OP_breg8: + case DW_OP_breg9: + case DW_OP_breg10: + case DW_OP_breg11: + case DW_OP_breg12: + case DW_OP_breg13: + case DW_OP_breg14: + case DW_OP_breg15: + case DW_OP_breg16: + case DW_OP_breg17: + case DW_OP_breg18: + case DW_OP_breg19: + case DW_OP_breg20: + case DW_OP_breg21: + case DW_OP_breg22: + case DW_OP_breg23: + case DW_OP_breg24: + case DW_OP_breg25: + case DW_OP_breg26: + case DW_OP_breg27: + case DW_OP_breg28: + case DW_OP_breg29: + case DW_OP_breg30: + case DW_OP_breg31: + case DW_OP_fbreg: + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1->v.val_int); + break; + + case DW_OP_bregx: + { + unsigned r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (val1->v.val_unsigned, 1); + gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (r) + == size_of_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned)); + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (r); + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2->v.val_int); + } + break; + + case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer: + gcc_unreachable (); + break; + + default: + /* Other codes have no operands. */ + break; + } +} + +static void +output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) +{ + while (1) + { + enum dwarf_location_atom opc = loc->dw_loc_opc; + /* Output the opcode. */ + if (opc >= DW_OP_breg0 && opc <= DW_OP_breg31) + { + unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_breg0); + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, 1); + gcc_assert (r <= 31); + opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + r); + } + else if (opc >= DW_OP_reg0 && opc <= DW_OP_reg31) + { + unsigned r = (opc - DW_OP_reg0); + r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (r, 1); + gcc_assert (r <= 31); + opc = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + r); + } + /* Output the opcode. */ + fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x", opc); + output_loc_operands_raw (loc); + + if (!loc->dw_loc_next) + break; + loc = loc->dw_loc_next; + + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + } +} + +/* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location + description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */ + +static void +output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi, int for_eh) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref loc; + unsigned long size; + + if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression) + { + unsigned r = + DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, r, NULL); + loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc; + } + else + loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc; + + /* Output the size of the block. */ + size = size_of_locs (loc); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL); + + /* Now output the operations themselves. */ + output_loc_sequence (loc, for_eh); +} + +/* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */ + +static void +output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref loc; + unsigned long size; + + if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_expression) + { + unsigned r = + DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, 1); + fprintf (asm_out_file, "%#x,", r); + loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_loc; + } + else + loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc; + + /* Output the size of the block. */ + size = size_of_locs (loc); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size); + fputc (',', asm_out_file); + + /* Now output the operations themselves. */ + output_loc_sequence_raw (loc); +} + +/* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a + dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the + expression. */ + +static struct dw_loc_descr_struct * +build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp; + + offset += cfa->offset; + + if (cfa->indirect) + { + head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset); + head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const; + tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&head, tmp); + if (offset != 0) + { + tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0); + add_loc_descr (&head, tmp); + } + } + else + head = new_reg_loc_descr (cfa->reg, offset); + + return head; +} + +/* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for + the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to + ALIGNMENT byte. */ + +static struct dw_loc_descr_struct * +build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment) +{ + struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head; + unsigned int dwarf_fp + = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM); + + /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */ + if (cfa.reg == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && cfa.indirect == 0) + { + head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, 0); + add_loc_descr (&head, int_loc_descriptor (alignment)); + add_loc_descr (&head, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0)); + loc_descr_plus_const (&head, offset); + } + else + head = new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp, offset); + return head; +} + +/* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location + descriptor sequence. */ + +static void +get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc) +{ + struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr; + cfa->offset = 0; + cfa->base_offset = 0; + cfa->indirect = 0; + cfa->reg = -1; + + for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next) + { + enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc; + + switch (op) + { + case DW_OP_reg0: + case DW_OP_reg1: + case DW_OP_reg2: + case DW_OP_reg3: + case DW_OP_reg4: + case DW_OP_reg5: + case DW_OP_reg6: + case DW_OP_reg7: + case DW_OP_reg8: + case DW_OP_reg9: + case DW_OP_reg10: + case DW_OP_reg11: + case DW_OP_reg12: + case DW_OP_reg13: + case DW_OP_reg14: + case DW_OP_reg15: + case DW_OP_reg16: + case DW_OP_reg17: + case DW_OP_reg18: + case DW_OP_reg19: + case DW_OP_reg20: + case DW_OP_reg21: + case DW_OP_reg22: + case DW_OP_reg23: + case DW_OP_reg24: + case DW_OP_reg25: + case DW_OP_reg26: + case DW_OP_reg27: + case DW_OP_reg28: + case DW_OP_reg29: + case DW_OP_reg30: + case DW_OP_reg31: + cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0; + break; + case DW_OP_regx: + cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int; + break; + case DW_OP_breg0: + case DW_OP_breg1: + case DW_OP_breg2: + case DW_OP_breg3: + case DW_OP_breg4: + case DW_OP_breg5: + case DW_OP_breg6: + case DW_OP_breg7: + case DW_OP_breg8: + case DW_OP_breg9: + case DW_OP_breg10: + case DW_OP_breg11: + case DW_OP_breg12: + case DW_OP_breg13: + case DW_OP_breg14: + case DW_OP_breg15: + case DW_OP_breg16: + case DW_OP_breg17: + case DW_OP_breg18: + case DW_OP_breg19: + case DW_OP_breg20: + case DW_OP_breg21: + case DW_OP_breg22: + case DW_OP_breg23: + case DW_OP_breg24: + case DW_OP_breg25: + case DW_OP_breg26: + case DW_OP_breg27: + case DW_OP_breg28: + case DW_OP_breg29: + case DW_OP_breg30: + case DW_OP_breg31: + cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0; + cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int; + break; + case DW_OP_bregx: + cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int; + cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int; + break; + case DW_OP_deref: + cfa->indirect = 1; + break; + case DW_OP_plus_uconst: + cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned; + break; + default: + internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented", + dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc)); + } + } +} + +/* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */ + +/* .debug_str support. */ +static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *); + +static void dwarf2out_init (const char *); +static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *); +static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void); +static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *); +static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *); +static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *); +static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned); +static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree); +static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned); +static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned); +static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree); +static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree); +static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int); +static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree, tree, bool); +static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree, tree, tree, + dw_die_ref); +static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree); +static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx); +static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree); +static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree, int); +static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx, rtx); +static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int); +static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree); +static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree, tree); + +/* The debug hooks structure. */ + +const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks = +{ + dwarf2out_init, + dwarf2out_finish, + dwarf2out_assembly_start, + dwarf2out_define, + dwarf2out_undef, + dwarf2out_start_source_file, + dwarf2out_end_source_file, + dwarf2out_begin_block, + dwarf2out_end_block, + dwarf2out_ignore_block, + dwarf2out_source_line, + dwarf2out_begin_prologue, +#if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO + dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue, + dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue, +#else + debug_nothing_int_charstar, + debug_nothing_int_charstar, +#endif + dwarf2out_end_epilogue, + dwarf2out_begin_function, + debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */ + dwarf2out_function_decl, /* function_decl */ + dwarf2out_global_decl, + dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */ + dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl, + debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */ + /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not + emitting the abstract description of inline functions until + something tries to reference them. */ + dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */ + debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */ + debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */ + dwarf2out_var_location, + dwarf2out_switch_text_section, + dwarf2out_direct_call, + dwarf2out_virtual_call_token, + dwarf2out_copy_call_info, + dwarf2out_virtual_call, + dwarf2out_set_name, + 1, /* start_end_main_source_file */ + TYPE_SYMTAB_IS_DIE /* tree_type_symtab_field */ +}; + +/* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to + "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE' + throughout the remainder of this file. */ + +/* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then + walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal + representation is done after the entire program has been compiled. + The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */ + +/* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the + .debug_info section to refer to each other. */ + +typedef long int dw_offset; + +/* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */ + +typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref; +typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref; +typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref; +typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref; +typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref; +typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct *dw_ranges_by_label_ref; +typedef struct comdat_type_struct *comdat_type_node_ref; + +/* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and + line number associated with the label generated for that + entry. The label gives the PC value associated with + the line number entry. */ + +typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct { + unsigned long dw_file_num; + unsigned long dw_line_num; +} +dw_line_info_entry; + +/* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its + own sequence. */ +typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct { + unsigned long dw_file_num; + unsigned long dw_line_num; + unsigned long function; +} +dw_separate_line_info_entry; + +/* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind, + a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value. + Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */ + +typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct { + enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr; + dw_val_node dw_attr_val; +} +dw_attr_node; + +DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node); +DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc); + +/* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree. + The children of each node form a circular list linked by + die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */ + +typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct { + union die_symbol_or_type_node + { + char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol; + comdat_type_node_ref GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node; + } + GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id; + VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr; + dw_die_ref die_parent; + dw_die_ref die_child; + dw_die_ref die_sib; + dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */ + dw_offset die_offset; + unsigned long die_abbrev; + int die_mark; + /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */ + int die_perennial_p; + unsigned int decl_id; + enum dwarf_tag die_tag; +} +die_node; + +/* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */ +#define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \ + c = die->die_child; \ + if (c) do { \ + c = c->die_sib; \ + expr; \ + } while (c != die->die_child); \ +} while (0) + +/* The pubname structure */ + +typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct { + dw_die_ref die; + const char *name; +} +pubname_entry; + +DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry); +DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc); + +struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct { + /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a + bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */ + int num; +}; + +/* A structure to hold a macinfo entry. */ + +typedef struct GTY(()) macinfo_struct { + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT code; + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT lineno; + const char *info; +} +macinfo_entry; + +DEF_VEC_O(macinfo_entry); +DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(macinfo_entry, gc); + +struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct { + const char *begin; + const char *end; +}; + +/* The comdat type node structure. */ +typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct +{ + dw_die_ref root_die; + dw_die_ref type_die; + char signature[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE]; + struct comdat_type_struct *next; +} +comdat_type_node; + +/* The limbo die list structure. */ +typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct { + dw_die_ref die; + tree created_for; + struct limbo_die_struct *next; +} +limbo_die_node; + +typedef struct skeleton_chain_struct +{ + dw_die_ref old_die; + dw_die_ref new_die; + struct skeleton_chain_struct *parent; +} +skeleton_chain_node; + +/* How to start an assembler comment. */ +#ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START +#define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#" +#endif + +/* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was + implicitly generated for a tagged type. + + Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named + TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and + each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a + _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created. + These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to + generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */ + +#define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \ + (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \ + || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \ + && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \ + && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \ + /* This is necessary for stub decls that \ + appear in nested inline functions. */ \ + || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \ + && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \ + == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))))))) + +/* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming + language, and compiler version. */ + +/* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */ +#define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \ + (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3) + +/* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */ +#define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \ + (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \ + + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) + +/* Fixed size portion of public names info. */ +#define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2) + +/* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */ +#define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \ + (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \ + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \ + - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE) + +/* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be + aligned to twice the pointer size. */ +#define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \ + (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \ + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \ + - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4)) + +/* Use assembler line directives if available. */ +#ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO +#ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE +#define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1 +#else +#define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0 +#endif +#endif + +/* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode. + This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */ +#define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10 + +/* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */ +#define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10 + +/* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */ +#define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1) + +/* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag. + In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as + the beginning of a source statement, because that information + is not made available by the GCC front-end. */ +#define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1 + +/* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */ +#ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN +#define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1 +#endif + +/* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track + the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */ +static unsigned long next_die_offset; + +/* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */ +static GTY(()) dw_die_ref single_comp_unit_die; + +/* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */ +static GTY(()) comdat_type_node *comdat_type_list; + +/* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */ +static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list; + +/* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate + DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */ +static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *deferred_asm_name; + +/* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */ +static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table; + +/* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations. + The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */ +static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table; + +/* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks. + The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */ +static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t common_block_die_table; + +typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct { + dw_die_ref die; + tree arg; +} die_arg_entry; + +DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry); +DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry,gc); + +/* Node of the variable location list. */ +struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node { + /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables, + EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded + in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand + is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known + location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes, + mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize + as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp. + NULL as second operand. */ + rtx GTY (()) loc; + const char * GTY (()) label; + struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next; +}; + +/* Variable location list. */ +struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def { + struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first; + + /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the + chained list. If the list is empty, both first and + last are NULL, if the list contains just one node + or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points + to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one. + Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */ + struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last; + + /* Pointer to the last element before section switch, + if NULL, either sections weren't switched or first + is after section switch. */ + struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last_before_switch; + + /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */ + unsigned int decl_id; +}; +typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list; + + +/* Table of decl location linked lists. */ +static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table; + +/* A cached location list. */ +struct GTY (()) cached_dw_loc_list_def { + /* The DECL_UID of the decl that this entry describes. */ + unsigned int decl_id; + + /* The cached location list. */ + dw_loc_list_ref loc_list; +}; +typedef struct cached_dw_loc_list_def cached_dw_loc_list; + +/* Table of cached location lists. */ +static GTY ((param_is (cached_dw_loc_list))) htab_t cached_dw_loc_list_table; + +/* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that + are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of + children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */ +static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated"))) + dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table; + +/* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated; + +/* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use; + +/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the + abbrev_die_table. */ +#define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256 + +/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information + for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */ +static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated"))) + dw_line_info_ref line_info_table; + +/* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated; + +/* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use; + +/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information + for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */ +static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated"))) + dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table; + +/* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated; + +/* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use; + +/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the + line_info_table. */ +#define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024 + +/* A flag to tell pubnames/types export if there is an info section to + refer to. */ +static bool info_section_emitted; + +/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly + accessible names. */ +static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table; + +/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly + accessible types. */ +static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table; + +/* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of macro + defines/undefines (and file start/end markers). */ +static GTY (()) VEC (macinfo_entry, gc) * macinfo_table; + +/* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */ +static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table; + +/* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated; + +/* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use; + +/* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */ +static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated"))) + dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label; + +/* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated; + +/* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use; + +/* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the + ranges_table. */ +#define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64 + +/* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */ +static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists; + +/* Unique label counter. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num; + +/* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */ +static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num; + +/* The direct call table structure. */ + +typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct { + unsigned int poc_label_num; + tree poc_decl; + dw_die_ref targ_die; +} +dcall_entry; + +DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry); +DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry, gc); + +/* The virtual call table structure. */ + +typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct { + unsigned int poc_label_num; + unsigned int vtable_slot; +} +vcall_entry; + +DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry); +DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry, gc); + +/* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */ +static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry, gc) * dcall_table = NULL; +static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry, gc) * vcall_table = NULL; + +/* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */ + +struct GTY (()) vcall_insn { + int insn_uid; + unsigned int vtable_slot; +}; + +static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn))) htab_t vcall_insn_table; + +/* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */ +static int current_function_has_inlines; + +/* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */ +static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file; + +/* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */ +static GTY(()) int label_num; + +/* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */ +static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup; + +static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry,gc) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table; + +/* Instances of generic types for which we need to generate debug + info that describe their generic parameters and arguments. That + generation needs to happen once all types are properly laid out so + we do it at the end of compilation. */ +static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *generic_type_instances; + +/* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base, + within the current function. */ +static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset; +static bool frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid; + +/* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */ + +static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx); +static tree type_main_variant (tree); +static int is_tagged_type (const_tree); +static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned); +static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned); +static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned); +static tree decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree); +static tree decl_class_context (tree); +static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref); +static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref); +static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned); +static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref); +static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT); +static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref); +static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT); +static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref); +static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, + HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT); +static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int, + unsigned int, unsigned char *); +static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned char *); +static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *); +static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *); +static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *); +static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref); +static enum dwarf_form AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref); +static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref); +static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); +static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref); +static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref); +static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int); +static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned); +static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref); +static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref); +static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, + dw_loc_list_ref); +static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref); +static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx); +static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref); +static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *); +static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *); +static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *); +static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT); +static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, + unsigned long); +static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref); +static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); +static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref); +static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref); +static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); +static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); +static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); +static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); +static bool is_cxx (void); +static bool is_fortran (void); +static bool is_ada (void); +static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute); +static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag); +static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree); +static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree); +static dw_die_ref strip_naming_typedef (tree, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree); +static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *); +static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *); +static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree); +static hashval_t common_block_die_table_hash (const void *); +static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *); +static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *); +static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *); +static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (const_tree); +static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static struct var_loc_node *add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, rtx, const char *); +static void print_spaces (FILE *); +static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *); +static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *); +static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref); +static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *); +static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *); +static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *); +static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *); +static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, struct md5_ctx *); +static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *); +static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag, dw_attr_ref, + struct md5_ctx *, int *); +struct checksum_attributes; +static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *, dw_die_ref); +static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *); +static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *); +static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref, comdat_type_node *); +static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *); +static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *, const dw_val_node *, int *); +static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *); +static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *); +static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); +static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref); +static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref); +static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref); +static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref); +static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref); +static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref); +static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref); +static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref clone_die (dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref clone_tree (dw_die_ref); +static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); +static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *); +static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *); +static dw_die_ref generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref, + dw_die_ref); +static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t); +static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, htab_t); +static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref); + +static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *); +static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *); +static void htab_cu_del (void *); +static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *); +static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned); +static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref); +static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref); +static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref); +static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT); +static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref); +static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref); +static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref); +static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref); +static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref); +static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *); +static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void); +static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref); +static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref); +static void output_abbrev_section (void); +static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref); +static void output_die (dw_die_ref); +static void output_compilation_unit_header (void); +static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int); +static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *); +static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int); +static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref); +static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *); +static void output_aranges (unsigned long); +static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int); +static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree); +static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref, const char *, const char *, + bool *); +static void output_ranges (void); +static void output_line_info (void); +static void output_file_names (void); +static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree); +static int is_base_type (tree); +static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, tree, tree, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref generic_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref template_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref); +static int type_is_enum (const_tree); +static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx); +static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int); +static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum var_init_status); +static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int, + enum var_init_status); +static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx, + enum var_init_status); +static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT, + enum var_init_status); +static int is_based_loc (const_rtx); +static int resolve_one_addr (rtx *, void *); +static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx, + enum var_init_status); +static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, + enum var_init_status); +static dw_loc_list_ref loc_list_from_tree (tree, int); +static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree, int); +static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int); +static tree field_type (const_tree); +static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree); +static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree); +static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree); +static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (const_tree); +static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, + dw_loc_list_ref); +static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); +static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx); +static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *); +static void insert_double (double_int, unsigned char *); +static void insert_float (const_rtx, unsigned char *); +static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree); +static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, bool, + enum dwarf_attribute); +static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); +static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref, tree); +static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *); +static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref); +static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree); +static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree, bool); +static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); +static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); +static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); +static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); +static dw_die_ref add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); +static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); +static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree); +static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree); +static void push_decl_scope (tree); +static void pop_decl_scope (void); +static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref); +static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref); +static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref); +static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref); +static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref); +static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree); +static const char *type_tag (const_tree); +static tree member_declared_type (const_tree); +#if 0 +static const char *decl_start_label (tree); +#endif +static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree, struct array_descr_info *, dw_die_ref); +#if 0 +static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +#endif +static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, tree, bool, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref, tree*); +static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_variable_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_const_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int); +static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int); +static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *); +static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref, + enum debug_info_usage); +static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int); +static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int); +static inline int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree); +static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree); +static inline dw_die_ref get_context_die (tree); +static void gen_namespace_die (tree, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref gen_decl_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree); +static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree); +static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref); +static dw_die_ref declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref); +static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *); +static void retry_incomplete_types (void); +static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref); +static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree); +static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage); +static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree, dw_die_ref, enum debug_info_usage); +static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref); +static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *); +static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *, + const char *, const char *); +static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref); +static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *); + +static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref); +static void prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref); +static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int); +static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref); +static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref); +static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref); +static void prune_unused_types (void); +static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd); +static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref); +static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref); +static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, + const char *, const char *); +static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref, tree); +static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void); +static bool generic_type_p (tree); +static void schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t); +static void gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void); + +/* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */ +#ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION +#define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION +#define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION +#define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION +#define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION +#define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION +#define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION +#define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION +#define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION +#define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION +#define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION +#define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION +#define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges" +#endif + +/* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */ +#ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME +#define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text" +#endif + +/* Section flags for .debug_str section. */ +#define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \ + (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \ + ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \ + : SECTION_DEBUG) + +/* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of + the section names themselves. */ + +#ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL +#define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext" +#endif +#ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL +#define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL +#define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL +#define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL +#define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL +#define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL +#define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges" +#endif +#ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL +#define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo" +#endif + + +/* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special + (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g + options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect. + If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but + typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */ + +static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; +static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; +static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; +static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; +static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; +static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; +static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; +static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; +static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; +static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + +#ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL +#define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext" +#endif +#ifndef COLD_END_LABEL +#define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold" +#endif +#ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL +#define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB" +#endif +#ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL +#define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE" +#endif +#ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL +#define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM" +#endif +#ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL +#define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM" +#endif + + +/* Return the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */ +static dw_die_ref +comp_unit_die (void) +{ + if (!single_comp_unit_die) + single_comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL); + return single_comp_unit_die; +} + +/* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be + called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */ + +static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *); + +void +dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *)) +{ + demangle_name_func = func; +} + +/* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */ + +static inline int +is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl) +{ + return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) + || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG + && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)); +} + +/* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers + removed. */ + +static inline tree +type_main_variant (tree type) +{ + type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); + + /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of + variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all + members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C + front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug + here. */ + if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) + while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type)) + type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type); + + return type; +} + +/* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */ + +static inline int +is_tagged_type (const_tree type) +{ + enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type); + + return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE + || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE); +} + +/* Set label to debug_info_section_label + die_offset of a DIE reference. */ + +static void +get_ref_die_offset_label (char *label, dw_die_ref ref) +{ + sprintf (label, "%s+%ld", debug_info_section_label, ref->die_offset); +} + +/* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */ + +static const char * +dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag) +{ + switch (tag) + { + case DW_TAG_padding: + return "DW_TAG_padding"; + case DW_TAG_array_type: + return "DW_TAG_array_type"; + case DW_TAG_class_type: + return "DW_TAG_class_type"; + case DW_TAG_entry_point: + return "DW_TAG_entry_point"; + case DW_TAG_enumeration_type: + return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type"; + case DW_TAG_formal_parameter: + return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter"; + case DW_TAG_imported_declaration: + return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration"; + case DW_TAG_label: + return "DW_TAG_label"; + case DW_TAG_lexical_block: + return "DW_TAG_lexical_block"; + case DW_TAG_member: + return "DW_TAG_member"; + case DW_TAG_pointer_type: + return "DW_TAG_pointer_type"; + case DW_TAG_reference_type: + return "DW_TAG_reference_type"; + case DW_TAG_compile_unit: + return "DW_TAG_compile_unit"; + case DW_TAG_string_type: + return "DW_TAG_string_type"; + case DW_TAG_structure_type: + return "DW_TAG_structure_type"; + case DW_TAG_subroutine_type: + return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type"; + case DW_TAG_typedef: + return "DW_TAG_typedef"; + case DW_TAG_union_type: + return "DW_TAG_union_type"; + case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters: + return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters"; + case DW_TAG_variant: + return "DW_TAG_variant"; + case DW_TAG_common_block: + return "DW_TAG_common_block"; + case DW_TAG_common_inclusion: + return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion"; + case DW_TAG_inheritance: + return "DW_TAG_inheritance"; + case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine: + return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine"; + case DW_TAG_module: + return "DW_TAG_module"; + case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type: + return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type"; + case DW_TAG_set_type: + return "DW_TAG_set_type"; + case DW_TAG_subrange_type: + return "DW_TAG_subrange_type"; + case DW_TAG_with_stmt: + return "DW_TAG_with_stmt"; + case DW_TAG_access_declaration: + return "DW_TAG_access_declaration"; + case DW_TAG_base_type: + return "DW_TAG_base_type"; + case DW_TAG_catch_block: + return "DW_TAG_catch_block"; + case DW_TAG_const_type: + return "DW_TAG_const_type"; + case DW_TAG_constant: + return "DW_TAG_constant"; + case DW_TAG_enumerator: + return "DW_TAG_enumerator"; + case DW_TAG_file_type: + return "DW_TAG_file_type"; + case DW_TAG_friend: + return "DW_TAG_friend"; + case DW_TAG_namelist: + return "DW_TAG_namelist"; + case DW_TAG_namelist_item: + return "DW_TAG_namelist_item"; + case DW_TAG_packed_type: + return "DW_TAG_packed_type"; + case DW_TAG_subprogram: + return "DW_TAG_subprogram"; + case DW_TAG_template_type_param: + return "DW_TAG_template_type_param"; + case DW_TAG_template_value_param: + return "DW_TAG_template_value_param"; + case DW_TAG_thrown_type: + return "DW_TAG_thrown_type"; + case DW_TAG_try_block: + return "DW_TAG_try_block"; + case DW_TAG_variant_part: + return "DW_TAG_variant_part"; + case DW_TAG_variable: + return "DW_TAG_variable"; + case DW_TAG_volatile_type: + return "DW_TAG_volatile_type"; + case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure: + return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure"; + case DW_TAG_restrict_type: + return "DW_TAG_restrict_type"; + case DW_TAG_interface_type: + return "DW_TAG_interface_type"; + case DW_TAG_namespace: + return "DW_TAG_namespace"; + case DW_TAG_imported_module: + return "DW_TAG_imported_module"; + case DW_TAG_unspecified_type: + return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type"; + case DW_TAG_partial_unit: + return "DW_TAG_partial_unit"; + case DW_TAG_imported_unit: + return "DW_TAG_imported_unit"; + case DW_TAG_condition: + return "DW_TAG_condition"; + case DW_TAG_shared_type: + return "DW_TAG_shared_type"; + case DW_TAG_type_unit: + return "DW_TAG_type_unit"; + case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type: + return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type"; + case DW_TAG_template_alias: + return "DW_TAG_template_alias"; + case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack: + return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack"; + case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack: + return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack"; + case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop: + return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop"; + case DW_TAG_format_label: + return "DW_TAG_format_label"; + case DW_TAG_function_template: + return "DW_TAG_function_template"; + case DW_TAG_class_template: + return "DW_TAG_class_template"; + case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL: + return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL"; + case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL: + return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL"; + case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param: + return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param"; + default: + return "DW_TAG_<unknown>"; + } +} + +/* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */ + +static const char * +dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr) +{ + switch (attr) + { + case DW_AT_sibling: + return "DW_AT_sibling"; + case DW_AT_location: + return "DW_AT_location"; + case DW_AT_name: + return "DW_AT_name"; + case DW_AT_ordering: + return "DW_AT_ordering"; + case DW_AT_subscr_data: + return "DW_AT_subscr_data"; + case DW_AT_byte_size: + return "DW_AT_byte_size"; + case DW_AT_bit_offset: + return "DW_AT_bit_offset"; + case DW_AT_bit_size: + return "DW_AT_bit_size"; + case DW_AT_element_list: + return "DW_AT_element_list"; + case DW_AT_stmt_list: + return "DW_AT_stmt_list"; + case DW_AT_low_pc: + return "DW_AT_low_pc"; + case DW_AT_high_pc: + return "DW_AT_high_pc"; + case DW_AT_language: + return "DW_AT_language"; + case DW_AT_member: + return "DW_AT_member"; + case DW_AT_discr: + return "DW_AT_discr"; + case DW_AT_discr_value: + return "DW_AT_discr_value"; + case DW_AT_visibility: + return "DW_AT_visibility"; + case DW_AT_import: + return "DW_AT_import"; + case DW_AT_string_length: + return "DW_AT_string_length"; + case DW_AT_common_reference: + return "DW_AT_common_reference"; + case DW_AT_comp_dir: + return "DW_AT_comp_dir"; + case DW_AT_const_value: + return "DW_AT_const_value"; + case DW_AT_containing_type: + return "DW_AT_containing_type"; + case DW_AT_default_value: + return "DW_AT_default_value"; + case DW_AT_inline: + return "DW_AT_inline"; + case DW_AT_is_optional: + return "DW_AT_is_optional"; + case DW_AT_lower_bound: + return "DW_AT_lower_bound"; + case DW_AT_producer: + return "DW_AT_producer"; + case DW_AT_prototyped: + return "DW_AT_prototyped"; + case DW_AT_return_addr: + return "DW_AT_return_addr"; + case DW_AT_start_scope: + return "DW_AT_start_scope"; + case DW_AT_bit_stride: + return "DW_AT_bit_stride"; + case DW_AT_upper_bound: + return "DW_AT_upper_bound"; + case DW_AT_abstract_origin: + return "DW_AT_abstract_origin"; + case DW_AT_accessibility: + return "DW_AT_accessibility"; + case DW_AT_address_class: + return "DW_AT_address_class"; + case DW_AT_artificial: + return "DW_AT_artificial"; + case DW_AT_base_types: + return "DW_AT_base_types"; + case DW_AT_calling_convention: + return "DW_AT_calling_convention"; + case DW_AT_count: + return "DW_AT_count"; + case DW_AT_data_member_location: + return "DW_AT_data_member_location"; + case DW_AT_decl_column: + return "DW_AT_decl_column"; + case DW_AT_decl_file: + return "DW_AT_decl_file"; + case DW_AT_decl_line: + return "DW_AT_decl_line"; + case DW_AT_declaration: + return "DW_AT_declaration"; + case DW_AT_discr_list: + return "DW_AT_discr_list"; + case DW_AT_encoding: + return "DW_AT_encoding"; + case DW_AT_external: + return "DW_AT_external"; + case DW_AT_explicit: + return "DW_AT_explicit"; + case DW_AT_frame_base: + return "DW_AT_frame_base"; + case DW_AT_friend: + return "DW_AT_friend"; + case DW_AT_identifier_case: + return "DW_AT_identifier_case"; + case DW_AT_macro_info: + return "DW_AT_macro_info"; + case DW_AT_namelist_items: + return "DW_AT_namelist_items"; + case DW_AT_priority: + return "DW_AT_priority"; + case DW_AT_segment: + return "DW_AT_segment"; + case DW_AT_specification: + return "DW_AT_specification"; + case DW_AT_static_link: + return "DW_AT_static_link"; + case DW_AT_type: + return "DW_AT_type"; + case DW_AT_use_location: + return "DW_AT_use_location"; + case DW_AT_variable_parameter: + return "DW_AT_variable_parameter"; + case DW_AT_virtuality: + return "DW_AT_virtuality"; + case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location: + return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location"; + + case DW_AT_allocated: + return "DW_AT_allocated"; + case DW_AT_associated: + return "DW_AT_associated"; + case DW_AT_data_location: + return "DW_AT_data_location"; + case DW_AT_byte_stride: + return "DW_AT_byte_stride"; + case DW_AT_entry_pc: + return "DW_AT_entry_pc"; + case DW_AT_use_UTF8: + return "DW_AT_use_UTF8"; + case DW_AT_extension: + return "DW_AT_extension"; + case DW_AT_ranges: + return "DW_AT_ranges"; + case DW_AT_trampoline: + return "DW_AT_trampoline"; + case DW_AT_call_column: + return "DW_AT_call_column"; + case DW_AT_call_file: + return "DW_AT_call_file"; + case DW_AT_call_line: + return "DW_AT_call_line"; + case DW_AT_object_pointer: + return "DW_AT_object_pointer"; + + case DW_AT_signature: + return "DW_AT_signature"; + case DW_AT_main_subprogram: + return "DW_AT_main_subprogram"; + case DW_AT_data_bit_offset: + return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset"; + case DW_AT_const_expr: + return "DW_AT_const_expr"; + case DW_AT_enum_class: + return "DW_AT_enum_class"; + case DW_AT_linkage_name: + return "DW_AT_linkage_name"; + + case DW_AT_MIPS_fde: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde"; + case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin"; + case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin"; + case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin"; +#if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO + case DW_AT_HP_prologue: + return "DW_AT_HP_prologue"; +#else + case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor"; +#endif + case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth"; + case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name"; +#if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO + case DW_AT_HP_epilogue: + return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue"; +#else + case DW_AT_MIPS_stride: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride"; +#endif + case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name"; + case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin"; + case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines: + return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines"; + + case DW_AT_sf_names: + return "DW_AT_sf_names"; + case DW_AT_src_info: + return "DW_AT_src_info"; + case DW_AT_mac_info: + return "DW_AT_mac_info"; + case DW_AT_src_coords: + return "DW_AT_src_coords"; + case DW_AT_body_begin: + return "DW_AT_body_begin"; + case DW_AT_body_end: + return "DW_AT_body_end"; + case DW_AT_GNU_vector: + return "DW_AT_GNU_vector"; + case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by: + return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by"; + case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by: + return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by"; + case DW_AT_GNU_guarded: + return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded"; + case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded: + return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded"; + case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded: + return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded"; + case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required: + return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required"; + case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required: + return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required"; + case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature: + return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature"; + case DW_AT_GNU_template_name: + return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name"; + + case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address: + return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address"; + + default: + return "DW_AT_<unknown>"; + } +} + +/* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */ + +static const char * +dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form) +{ + switch (form) + { + case DW_FORM_addr: + return "DW_FORM_addr"; + case DW_FORM_block2: + return "DW_FORM_block2"; + case DW_FORM_block4: + return "DW_FORM_block4"; + case DW_FORM_data2: + return "DW_FORM_data2"; + case DW_FORM_data4: + return "DW_FORM_data4"; + case DW_FORM_data8: + return "DW_FORM_data8"; + case DW_FORM_string: + return "DW_FORM_string"; + case DW_FORM_block: + return "DW_FORM_block"; + case DW_FORM_block1: + return "DW_FORM_block1"; + case DW_FORM_data1: + return "DW_FORM_data1"; + case DW_FORM_flag: + return "DW_FORM_flag"; + case DW_FORM_sdata: + return "DW_FORM_sdata"; + case DW_FORM_strp: + return "DW_FORM_strp"; + case DW_FORM_udata: + return "DW_FORM_udata"; + case DW_FORM_ref_addr: + return "DW_FORM_ref_addr"; + case DW_FORM_ref1: + return "DW_FORM_ref1"; + case DW_FORM_ref2: + return "DW_FORM_ref2"; + case DW_FORM_ref4: + return "DW_FORM_ref4"; + case DW_FORM_ref8: + return "DW_FORM_ref8"; + case DW_FORM_ref_udata: + return "DW_FORM_ref_udata"; + case DW_FORM_indirect: + return "DW_FORM_indirect"; + case DW_FORM_sec_offset: + return "DW_FORM_sec_offset"; + case DW_FORM_exprloc: + return "DW_FORM_exprloc"; + case DW_FORM_flag_present: + return "DW_FORM_flag_present"; + case DW_FORM_ref_sig8: + return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8"; + default: + return "DW_FORM_<unknown>"; + } +} + +/* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined + instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline + function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain + to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the + given block. */ + +static tree +decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl) +{ + if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON)) + return NULL_TREE; + + /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the + nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if + we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */ + if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl) + return NULL_TREE; + + /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the + most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */ + gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl))); + + return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl); +} + +/* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT + of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this' + parameter. */ + +static tree +decl_class_context (tree decl) +{ + tree context = NULL_TREE; + + if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl)) + context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl); + else + context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT + (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl))))); + + if (context && !TYPE_P (context)) + context = NULL_TREE; + + return context; +} + +/* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr) +{ + /* Maybe this should be an assert? */ + if (die == NULL) + return; + + if (die->die_attr == NULL) + die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1); + VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr); +} + +static inline enum dw_val_class +AT_class (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + return a->dw_attr_val.val_class; +} + +/* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +static inline unsigned +AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag; +} + +/* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +static inline HOST_WIDE_INT +AT_int (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int; +} + +/* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT +AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned; +} + +/* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + HOST_WIDE_INT high, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high = high; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low = low; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + unsigned char data8[8]) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_data8; + memcpy (attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_data8, data8, 8); + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */ + +static hashval_t +debug_str_do_hash (const void *x) +{ + return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str); +} + +static int +debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2) +{ + return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str), + (const char *)x2) == 0; +} + +/* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */ + +static struct indirect_string_node * +find_AT_string (const char *str) +{ + struct indirect_string_node *node; + void **slot; + + if (! debug_str_hash) + debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash, + debug_str_eq, NULL); + + slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str, + htab_hash_string (str), INSERT); + if (*slot == NULL) + { + node = ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node (); + node->str = ggc_strdup (str); + *slot = node; + } + else + node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot; + + node->refcount++; + return node; +} + +/* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + struct indirect_string_node *node; + + node = find_AT_string (str); + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to + be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */ + +static inline void +gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node *node) +{ + char label[32]; + + if (node->label) + return; + + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter); + ++dw2_string_counter; + node->label = xstrdup (label); +} + +/* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a + debug string STR. */ + +static inline rtx +get_debug_string_label (const char *str) +{ + struct indirect_string_node *node = find_AT_string (str); + + debug_str_hash_forced = true; + + gen_label_for_indirect_string (node); + + return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, node->label); +} + +static inline const char * +AT_string (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str; +} + +/* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE + or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */ + +static enum dwarf_form +AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + struct indirect_string_node *node; + unsigned int len; + + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str); + + node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str; + if (node->form) + return node->form; + + len = strlen (node->str) + 1; + + /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is + always better to put it inline. */ + if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0) + return node->form = DW_FORM_string; + + /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str + section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this + single module. */ + if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET + || ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0 + && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)) + return node->form = DW_FORM_string; + + gen_label_for_indirect_string (node); + + return node->form = DW_FORM_strp; +} + +/* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + +#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING + gcc_assert (targ_die != NULL); +#else + /* With LTO we can end up trying to reference something we didn't create + a DIE for. Avoid crashing later on a NULL referenced DIE. */ + if (targ_die == NULL) + return; +#endif + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back + pointer from the specification to the definition. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die) +{ + add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die); + gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition); + targ_die->die_definition = die; +} + +static inline dw_die_ref +AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die; +} + +static inline int +AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref) + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external; + + return 0; +} + +static inline void +set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref); + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i; +} + +/* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +static inline dw_loc_descr_ref +AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc; +} + +static inline void +add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); + have_location_lists = true; +} + +static inline dw_loc_list_ref +AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list; +} + +static inline dw_loc_list_ref * +AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list); + return &a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list; +} + +/* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */ + +static inline rtx +AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr; +} + +/* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + struct dwarf_file_data *fd) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */ + +static inline struct dwarf_file_data * +AT_file (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file; +} + +/* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + const char *lbl1, const char *lbl2) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vms_delta; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1 = xstrdup (lbl1); + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2 = xstrdup (lbl2); + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id); + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the + debug_line section. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + const char *label) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label); + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the + debug_macinfo section. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + const char *label) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label); + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */ + +static void +add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + long unsigned int offset) +{ + dw_attr_node attr; + + attr.dw_attr = attr_kind; + attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list; + attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset; + add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr); +} + +/* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */ + +static inline const char * +AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta)); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl1; +} + +/* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */ + +static inline const char * +AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_vms_delta)); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vms_delta.lbl2; +} + +static inline const char * +AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id + || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr + || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr)); + return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id; +} + +/* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */ + +static dw_attr_ref +get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) +{ + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + dw_die_ref spec = NULL; + + if (! die) + return NULL; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind) + return a; + else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification + || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin) + spec = AT_ref (a); + + if (spec) + return get_AT (spec, attr_kind); + + return NULL; +} + +/* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram + DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it + cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */ + +static inline const char * +get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc); + + return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL; +} + +/* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram + DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it + cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */ + +static inline const char * +get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc); + + return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL; +} + +/* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or + NULL if it is not present. */ + +static inline const char * +get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) +{ + dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind); + + return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL; +} + +/* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1 + if it is not present. */ + +static inline int +get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) +{ + dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind); + + return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0; +} + +/* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0 + if it is not present. */ + +static inline unsigned +get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) +{ + dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind); + + return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0; +} + +static inline dw_die_ref +get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) +{ + dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind); + + return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL; +} + +static inline struct dwarf_file_data * +get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) +{ + dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind); + + return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL; +} + +/* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */ + +static inline bool +is_cxx (void) +{ + unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language); + + return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus; +} + +/* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */ + +static inline bool +is_fortran (void) +{ + unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language); + + return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 + || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90 + || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95); +} + +/* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */ + +static inline bool +is_ada (void) +{ + unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language); + + return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83; +} + +/* Remove the specified attribute if present. */ + +static void +remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind) +{ + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + if (! die) + return; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind) + { + if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str) + if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount) + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--; + + /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs + that are needed. */ + VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix); + return; + } +} + +/* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that + PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */ + +static void +remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev) +{ + gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent); + gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child); + if (prev == child) + { + gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child); + prev = NULL; + } + else + prev->die_sib = child->die_sib; + if (child->die_parent->die_child == child) + child->die_parent->die_child = prev; +} + +/* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that + PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */ + +static void +replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child, dw_die_ref new_child, dw_die_ref prev) +{ + dw_die_ref parent = old_child->die_parent; + + gcc_assert (parent == prev->die_parent); + gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == old_child); + + new_child->die_parent = parent; + if (prev == old_child) + { + gcc_assert (parent->die_child == old_child); + new_child->die_sib = new_child; + } + else + { + prev->die_sib = new_child; + new_child->die_sib = old_child->die_sib; + } + if (old_child->die_parent->die_child == old_child) + old_child->die_parent->die_child = new_child; +} + +/* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */ + +static void +move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent, dw_die_ref new_parent) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + new_parent->die_child = old_parent->die_child; + old_parent->die_child = NULL; + FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent, c, c->die_parent = new_parent); +} + +/* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child + matches TAG. */ + +static void +remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + c = die->die_child; + if (c) do { + dw_die_ref prev = c; + c = c->die_sib; + while (c->die_tag == tag) + { + remove_child_with_prev (c, prev); + /* Might have removed every child. */ + if (c == c->die_sib) + return; + c = c->die_sib; + } + } while (c != die->die_child); +} + +/* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */ + +static void +add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die) +{ + /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */ + if (! die || ! child_die) + return; + gcc_assert (die != child_die); + + child_die->die_parent = die; + if (die->die_child) + { + child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib; + die->die_child->die_sib = child_die; + } + else + child_die->die_sib = child_die; + die->die_child = child_die; +} + +/* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT + is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children. + This is done by removing and re-adding it. */ + +static void +splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child) +{ + dw_die_ref p; + + /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the + specification DIE at toplevel. */ + if (child->die_parent != parent) + { + dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification); + + if (tmp) + child = tmp; + } + + gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent + || (child->die_parent + == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))); + + for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib) + if (p->die_sib == child) + { + remove_child_with_prev (child, p); + break; + } + + add_child_die (parent, child); +} + +/* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */ + +static inline dw_die_ref +new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t) +{ + dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node (); + + die->die_tag = tag_value; + + if (parent_die != NULL) + add_child_die (parent_die, die); + else + { + limbo_die_node *limbo_node; + + limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node (); + limbo_node->die = die; + limbo_node->created_for = t; + limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list; + limbo_die_list = limbo_node; + } + + return die; +} + +/* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */ + +static inline dw_die_ref +lookup_type_die (tree type) +{ + return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type); +} + +/* Given a TYPE_DIE representing the type TYPE, if TYPE is an + anonymous type named by the typedef TYPE_DIE, return the DIE of the + anonymous type instead the one of the naming typedef. */ + +static inline dw_die_ref +strip_naming_typedef (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die) +{ + if (type + && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE + && type_die + && type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef + && is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type))) + type_die = get_AT_ref (type_die, DW_AT_type); + return type_die; +} + +/* Like lookup_type_die, but if type is an anonymous type named by a + typedef[1], return the DIE of the anonymous type instead the one of + the naming typedef. This is because in gen_typedef_die, we did + equate the anonymous struct named by the typedef with the DIE of + the naming typedef. So by default, lookup_type_die on an anonymous + struct yields the DIE of the naming typedef. + + [1]: Read the comment of is_naming_typedef_decl to learn about what + a naming typedef is. */ + +static inline dw_die_ref +lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (tree type) +{ + dw_die_ref die = lookup_type_die (type); + return strip_naming_typedef (type, die); +} + +/* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */ + +static inline void +equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die) +{ + TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die; +} + +/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */ + +static hashval_t +decl_die_table_hash (const void *x) +{ + return (hashval_t) ((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id; +} + +/* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */ + +static int +decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y) +{ + return (((const_dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y)); +} + +/* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */ + +static inline dw_die_ref +lookup_decl_die (tree decl) +{ + return (dw_die_ref) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl)); +} + +/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */ + +static hashval_t +decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x) +{ + return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id; +} + +/* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as + UID of decl *Y. */ + +static int +decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y) +{ + return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y)); +} + +/* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */ + +static inline var_loc_list * +lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl) +{ + if (!decl_loc_table) + return NULL; + return (var_loc_list *) + htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl)); +} + +/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a cached_dw_loc_list_list). */ + +static hashval_t +cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash (const void *x) +{ + return (hashval_t) ((const cached_dw_loc_list *) x)->decl_id; +} + +/* Return nonzero if decl_id of cached_dw_loc_list X is the same as + UID of decl *Y. */ + +static int +cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y) +{ + return (((const cached_dw_loc_list *) x)->decl_id + == DECL_UID ((const_tree) y)); +} + +/* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */ + +static void +equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die) +{ + unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl); + void **slot; + + slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT); + *slot = decl_die; + decl_die->decl_id = decl_id; +} + +/* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */ + +static int +decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece) +{ + int ret = (int) GET_MODE (piece); + if (ret) + return ret; + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece, 0)) == CONCAT + && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0))); + return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 0)); +} + +/* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */ + +static rtx * +decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece) +{ + if ((int) GET_MODE (piece)) + return &XEXP (piece, 0); + else + return &XEXP (XEXP (piece, 0), 1); +} + +/* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits. + Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */ + +static rtx +decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx next) +{ + if (bitsize <= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE) + return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize, loc_note, next); + else + return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode, + GEN_INT (bitsize), + loc_note), next); +} + +/* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for + LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */ + +static rtx +construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, + HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize) +{ + if (bitsize != -1) + { + loc_note = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, NULL_RTX); + if (bitpos != 0) + loc_note = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos, loc_note); + } + return loc_note; +} + +/* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in + place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list + *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified + to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp. + not copied and if needed some padding around it is added. + When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where + earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points + to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST + where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */ + +static void +adjust_piece_list (rtx *dest, rtx *src, rtx *inner, + HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos, + HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, rtx loc_note) +{ + int diff; + bool copy = inner != NULL; + + if (copy) + { + /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */ + while (src != inner) + { + *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src), + decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX); + dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1); + src = &XEXP (*src, 1); + } + } + /* Add padding if needed. */ + if (bitpos != piece_bitpos) + { + *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, bitpos - piece_bitpos, + copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest); + dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1); + } + else if (*dest && decl_piece_bitsize (*dest) == bitsize) + { + gcc_assert (!copy); + /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist, + just update the location for it and return. */ + *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest) = loc_note; + return; + } + /* Add the piece that changed. */ + *dest = decl_piece_node (loc_note, bitsize, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest); + dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1); + /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */ + diff = bitpos - piece_bitpos + bitsize; + if (!copy) + src = dest; + while (diff > 0 && *src) + { + rtx piece = *src; + diff -= decl_piece_bitsize (piece); + if (copy) + src = &XEXP (piece, 1); + else + { + *src = XEXP (piece, 1); + free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece); + } + } + /* Add padding if needed. */ + if (diff < 0 && *src) + { + if (!copy) + dest = src; + *dest = decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX, -diff, copy ? NULL_RTX : *dest); + dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1); + } + if (!copy) + return; + /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */ + while (*src) + { + *dest = decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src), + decl_piece_bitsize (*src), NULL_RTX); + dest = &XEXP (*dest, 1); + src = &XEXP (*src, 1); + } +} + +/* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */ + +static struct var_loc_node * +add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, rtx loc_note, const char *label) +{ + unsigned int decl_id; + var_loc_list *temp; + void **slot; + struct var_loc_node *loc = NULL; + HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize = -1, bitpos = -1; + + if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl)) + { + tree realdecl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl); + if (realdecl && handled_component_p (realdecl)) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize; + tree innerdecl; + innerdecl + = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl, &bitpos, &bitsize, &maxsize); + if (!DECL_P (innerdecl) + || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl) + || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl) + || bitsize <= 0 + || bitpos + bitsize > 256 + || bitsize != maxsize) + return NULL; + decl = innerdecl; + } + } + + decl_id = DECL_UID (decl); + slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT); + if (*slot == NULL) + { + temp = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list (); + temp->decl_id = decl_id; + *slot = temp; + } + else + temp = (var_loc_list *) *slot; + + if (temp->last) + { + struct var_loc_node *last = temp->last, *unused = NULL; + rtx *piece_loc = NULL, last_loc_note; + int piece_bitpos = 0; + if (last->next) + { + last = last->next; + gcc_assert (last->next == NULL); + } + if (bitsize != -1 && GET_CODE (last->loc) == EXPR_LIST) + { + piece_loc = &last->loc; + do + { + int cur_bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc); + if (piece_bitpos + cur_bitsize > bitpos) + break; + piece_bitpos += cur_bitsize; + piece_loc = &XEXP (*piece_loc, 1); + } + while (*piece_loc); + } + /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or + last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the + last element. */ + if (label && strcmp (last->label, label) == 0) + { + /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real + insns since last note, just modify the last node. */ + if (piece_loc != NULL) + { + adjust_piece_list (piece_loc, NULL, NULL, + bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note); + return NULL; + } + /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */ + if (temp->last != last) + { + temp->last->next = NULL; + unused = last; + last = temp->last; + gcc_assert (strcmp (last->label, label) != 0); + } + else + { + gcc_assert (temp->first == temp->last); + memset (temp->last, '\0', sizeof (*temp->last)); + temp->last->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize); + return temp->last; + } + } + if (bitsize == -1 && NOTE_P (last->loc)) + last_loc_note = last->loc; + else if (piece_loc != NULL + && *piece_loc != NULL_RTX + && piece_bitpos == bitpos + && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc) == bitsize) + last_loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc); + else + last_loc_note = NULL_RTX; + /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list, + and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized, + we have nothing to do. */ + if (last_loc_note == NULL_RTX + || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note), + NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note))) + || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note) + != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note)) + && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note) + == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) + || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note) + == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED)))) + { + /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last + element of the list has been removed above, reuse its + memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */ + if (unused) + { + loc = unused; + memset (loc, '\0', sizeof (*loc)); + } + else + loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node (); + if (bitsize == -1 || piece_loc == NULL) + loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize); + else + adjust_piece_list (&loc->loc, &last->loc, piece_loc, + bitpos, piece_bitpos, bitsize, loc_note); + last->next = loc; + /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one + element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */ + if (last != temp->last) + temp->last = last; + } + else if (unused) + ggc_free (unused); + } + else + { + loc = ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node (); + temp->first = loc; + temp->last = loc; + loc->loc = construct_piece_list (loc_note, bitpos, bitsize); + } + return loc; +} + +/* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the + output of the debugging routines that print the structure of + the DIE internal representation. */ +static int print_indent; + +/* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */ + +static inline void +print_spaces (FILE *outfile) +{ + fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, ""); +} + +/* Print a type signature in hex. */ + +static inline void +print_signature (FILE *outfile, char *sig) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++) + fprintf (outfile, "%02x", sig[i] & 0xff); +} + +/* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children. + This routine is a debugging aid only. */ + +static void +print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile) +{ + dw_attr_ref a; + dw_die_ref c; + unsigned ix; + + print_spaces (outfile); + fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s (%p)\n", + die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag), + (void*) die); + print_spaces (outfile); + fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev); + fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld", die->die_offset); + fprintf (outfile, " mark: %d\n", die->die_mark); + + if (dwarf_version >= 4 && die->die_id.die_type_node) + { + print_spaces (outfile); + fprintf (outfile, " signature: "); + print_signature (outfile, die->die_id.die_type_node->signature); + fprintf (outfile, "\n"); + } + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + { + print_spaces (outfile); + fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr)); + + switch (AT_class (a)) + { + case dw_val_class_addr: + fprintf (outfile, "address"); + break; + case dw_val_class_offset: + fprintf (outfile, "offset"); + break; + case dw_val_class_loc: + fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor"); + break; + case dw_val_class_loc_list: + fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s", + AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol); + break; + case dw_val_class_range_list: + fprintf (outfile, "range list"); + break; + case dw_val_class_const: + fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a)); + break; + case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: + fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a)); + break; + case dw_val_class_const_double: + fprintf (outfile, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC","\ + HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED")", + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high, + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low); + break; + case dw_val_class_vec: + fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant"); + break; + case dw_val_class_flag: + fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a)); + break; + case dw_val_class_die_ref: + if (AT_ref (a) != NULL) + { + if (dwarf_version >= 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node) + { + fprintf (outfile, "die -> signature: "); + print_signature (outfile, + AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node->signature); + } + else if (dwarf_version < 4 && AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol) + fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", + AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol); + else + fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset); + fprintf (outfile, " (%p)", (void *) AT_ref (a)); + } + else + fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>"); + break; + case dw_val_class_vms_delta: + fprintf (outfile, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)", + AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a)); + break; + case dw_val_class_lbl_id: + case dw_val_class_lineptr: + case dw_val_class_macptr: + fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a)); + break; + case dw_val_class_str: + if (AT_string (a) != NULL) + fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a)); + else + fprintf (outfile, "<null>"); + break; + case dw_val_class_file: + fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename, + AT_file (a)->emitted_number); + break; + case dw_val_class_data8: + { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) + fprintf (outfile, "%02x", a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i]); + break; + } + default: + break; + } + + fprintf (outfile, "\n"); + } + + if (die->die_child != NULL) + { + print_indent += 4; + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile)); + print_indent -= 4; + } + if (print_indent == 0) + fprintf (outfile, "\n"); +} + +/* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table. + This routine is a debugging aid only. */ + +static void +print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile) +{ + unsigned i; + dw_line_info_ref line_info; + + fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n"); + for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++) + { + line_info = &line_info_table[i]; + fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i, + line_info->dw_file_num, + line_info->dw_line_num); + } + + fprintf (outfile, "\n\n"); +} + +/* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */ + +DEBUG_FUNCTION void +debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die) +{ + print_die (die, stderr); +} + +/* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit. + This routine is a debugging aid only. */ + +DEBUG_FUNCTION void +debug_dwarf (void) +{ + print_indent = 0; + print_die (comp_unit_die (), stderr); + if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO) + print_dwarf_line_table (stderr); +} + +/* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU + for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL + DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */ + +static dw_die_ref +push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die) +{ + const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name); + dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename); + + new_unit->die_sib = old_unit; + return new_unit; +} + +/* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */ + +static dw_die_ref +pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit) +{ + dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib; + + old_unit->die_sib = NULL; + return new_unit; +} + +#define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx) +#define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx) + +/* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */ + +static inline void +loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx) +{ + int tem; + + tem = (loc->dtprel << 8) | ((unsigned int) loc->dw_loc_opc); + CHECKSUM (tem); + CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1); + CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2); +} + +/* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */ + +static void +attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref loc; + rtx r; + + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr); + + /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler + snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */ + if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer) + return; + + switch (AT_class (at)) + { + case dw_val_class_const: + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int); + break; + case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned); + break; + case dw_val_class_const_double: + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double); + break; + case dw_val_class_vec: + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec); + break; + case dw_val_class_flag: + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag); + break; + case dw_val_class_str: + CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at)); + break; + + case dw_val_class_addr: + r = AT_addr (at); + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF); + CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0)); + break; + + case dw_val_class_offset: + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset); + break; + + case dw_val_class_loc: + for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) + loc_checksum (loc, ctx); + break; + + case dw_val_class_die_ref: + die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark); + break; + + case dw_val_class_fde_ref: + case dw_val_class_vms_delta: + case dw_val_class_lbl_id: + case dw_val_class_lineptr: + case dw_val_class_macptr: + break; + + case dw_val_class_file: + CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename); + break; + + case dw_val_class_data8: + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8); + break; + + default: + break; + } +} + +/* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */ + +static void +die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + /* To avoid infinite recursion. */ + if (die->die_mark) + { + CHECKSUM (die->die_mark); + return; + } + die->die_mark = ++(*mark); + + CHECKSUM (die->die_tag); + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark); + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark)); +} + +#undef CHECKSUM +#undef CHECKSUM_STRING + +/* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */ +#define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx) +#define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx) +#define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx) +#define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx) +#define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \ + if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark) + +/* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */ + +static void +checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx) +{ + unsigned char byte; + bool more; + + while (1) + { + byte = (value & 0x7f); + value >>= 7; + more = !((value == 0 && (byte & 0x40) == 0) + || (value == -1 && (byte & 0x40) != 0)); + if (more) + byte |= 0x80; + CHECKSUM (byte); + if (!more) + break; + } +} + +/* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */ + +static void +checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value, struct md5_ctx *ctx) +{ + while (1) + { + unsigned char byte = (value & 0x7f); + value >>= 7; + if (value != 0) + /* More bytes to follow. */ + byte |= 0x80; + CHECKSUM (byte); + if (value == 0) + break; + } +} + +/* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any + surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */ + +static void +checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx) +{ + const char *name; + dw_die_ref spec; + int tag = die->die_tag; + + if (tag != DW_TAG_namespace + && tag != DW_TAG_structure_type + && tag != DW_TAG_class_type) + return; + + name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name); + + spec = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); + if (spec != NULL) + die = spec; + + if (die->die_parent != NULL) + checksum_die_context (die->die_parent, ctx); + + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C'); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag); + if (name != NULL) + CHECKSUM_STRING (name); +} + +/* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */ + +static inline void +loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx) +{ + /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location + were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */ + if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_plus_uconst && loc->dw_loc_next == NULL) + { + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata); + CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT) loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned); + return; + } + + /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */ + while (loc != NULL) + { + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc->dw_loc_opc); + CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1); + CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2); + loc = loc->dw_loc_next; + } +} + +/* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */ + +static void +attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag, dw_attr_ref at, + struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref loc; + rtx r; + + if (AT_class (at) == dw_val_class_die_ref) + { + dw_die_ref target_die = AT_ref (at); + + /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified) + name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries, + we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function. + This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type + is complete or not. */ + if ((at->dw_attr == DW_AT_type + && (tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type + || tag == DW_TAG_reference_type + || tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type + || tag == DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type)) + || (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_friend + && tag == DW_TAG_friend)) + { + dw_attr_ref name_attr = get_AT (target_die, DW_AT_name); + + if (name_attr != NULL) + { + dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification); + + if (decl == NULL) + decl = target_die; + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N'); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr); + if (decl->die_parent != NULL) + checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E'); + CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr)); + return; + } + } + + /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the + target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a + backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */ + if (target_die->die_mark > 0) + { + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R'); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die->die_mark); + } + else + { + dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (target_die, DW_AT_specification); + + if (decl == NULL) + decl = target_die; + target_die->die_mark = ++(*mark); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T'); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr); + if (decl->die_parent != NULL) + checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, ctx); + die_checksum_ordered (target_die, ctx, mark); + } + return; + } + + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A'); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr); + + switch (AT_class (at)) + { + case dw_val_class_const: + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata); + CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int); + break; + + case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata); + CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned); + break; + + case dw_val_class_const_double: + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double)); + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_double); + break; + + case dw_val_class_vec: + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec)); + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec); + break; + + case dw_val_class_flag: + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag ? 1 : 0); + break; + + case dw_val_class_str: + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string); + CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at)); + break; + + case dw_val_class_addr: + r = AT_addr (at); + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string); + CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0)); + break; + + case dw_val_class_offset: + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset); + break; + + case dw_val_class_loc: + for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) + loc_checksum_ordered (loc, ctx); + break; + + case dw_val_class_fde_ref: + case dw_val_class_lbl_id: + case dw_val_class_lineptr: + case dw_val_class_macptr: + break; + + case dw_val_class_file: + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string); + CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename); + break; + + case dw_val_class_data8: + CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8); + break; + + default: + break; + } +} + +struct checksum_attributes +{ + dw_attr_ref at_name; + dw_attr_ref at_type; + dw_attr_ref at_friend; + dw_attr_ref at_accessibility; + dw_attr_ref at_address_class; + dw_attr_ref at_allocated; + dw_attr_ref at_artificial; + dw_attr_ref at_associated; + dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale; + dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset; + dw_attr_ref at_bit_size; + dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride; + dw_attr_ref at_byte_size; + dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride; + dw_attr_ref at_const_value; + dw_attr_ref at_containing_type; + dw_attr_ref at_count; + dw_attr_ref at_data_location; + dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location; + dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale; + dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign; + dw_attr_ref at_default_value; + dw_attr_ref at_digit_count; + dw_attr_ref at_discr; + dw_attr_ref at_discr_list; + dw_attr_ref at_discr_value; + dw_attr_ref at_encoding; + dw_attr_ref at_endianity; + dw_attr_ref at_explicit; + dw_attr_ref at_is_optional; + dw_attr_ref at_location; + dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound; + dw_attr_ref at_mutable; + dw_attr_ref at_ordering; + dw_attr_ref at_picture_string; + dw_attr_ref at_prototyped; + dw_attr_ref at_small; + dw_attr_ref at_segment; + dw_attr_ref at_string_length; + dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled; + dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound; + dw_attr_ref at_use_location; + dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8; + dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter; + dw_attr_ref at_virtuality; + dw_attr_ref at_visibility; + dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location; +}; + +/* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */ + +static void +collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes *attrs, dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + { + switch (a->dw_attr) + { + case DW_AT_name: + attrs->at_name = a; + break; + case DW_AT_type: + attrs->at_type = a; + break; + case DW_AT_friend: + attrs->at_friend = a; + break; + case DW_AT_accessibility: + attrs->at_accessibility = a; + break; + case DW_AT_address_class: + attrs->at_address_class = a; + break; + case DW_AT_allocated: + attrs->at_allocated = a; + break; + case DW_AT_artificial: + attrs->at_artificial = a; + break; + case DW_AT_associated: + attrs->at_associated = a; + break; + case DW_AT_binary_scale: + attrs->at_binary_scale = a; + break; + case DW_AT_bit_offset: + attrs->at_bit_offset = a; + break; + case DW_AT_bit_size: + attrs->at_bit_size = a; + break; + case DW_AT_bit_stride: + attrs->at_bit_stride = a; + break; + case DW_AT_byte_size: + attrs->at_byte_size = a; + break; + case DW_AT_byte_stride: + attrs->at_byte_stride = a; + break; + case DW_AT_const_value: + attrs->at_const_value = a; + break; + case DW_AT_containing_type: + attrs->at_containing_type = a; + break; + case DW_AT_count: + attrs->at_count = a; + break; + case DW_AT_data_location: + attrs->at_data_location = a; + break; + case DW_AT_data_member_location: + attrs->at_data_member_location = a; + break; + case DW_AT_decimal_scale: + attrs->at_decimal_scale = a; + break; + case DW_AT_decimal_sign: + attrs->at_decimal_sign = a; + break; + case DW_AT_default_value: + attrs->at_default_value = a; + break; + case DW_AT_digit_count: + attrs->at_digit_count = a; + break; + case DW_AT_discr: + attrs->at_discr = a; + break; + case DW_AT_discr_list: + attrs->at_discr_list = a; + break; + case DW_AT_discr_value: + attrs->at_discr_value = a; + break; + case DW_AT_encoding: + attrs->at_encoding = a; + break; + case DW_AT_endianity: + attrs->at_endianity = a; + break; + case DW_AT_explicit: + attrs->at_explicit = a; + break; + case DW_AT_is_optional: + attrs->at_is_optional = a; + break; + case DW_AT_location: + attrs->at_location = a; + break; + case DW_AT_lower_bound: + attrs->at_lower_bound = a; + break; + case DW_AT_mutable: + attrs->at_mutable = a; + break; + case DW_AT_ordering: + attrs->at_ordering = a; + break; + case DW_AT_picture_string: + attrs->at_picture_string = a; + break; + case DW_AT_prototyped: + attrs->at_prototyped = a; + break; + case DW_AT_small: + attrs->at_small = a; + break; + case DW_AT_segment: + attrs->at_segment = a; + break; + case DW_AT_string_length: + attrs->at_string_length = a; + break; + case DW_AT_threads_scaled: + attrs->at_threads_scaled = a; + break; + case DW_AT_upper_bound: + attrs->at_upper_bound = a; + break; + case DW_AT_use_location: + attrs->at_use_location = a; + break; + case DW_AT_use_UTF8: + attrs->at_use_UTF8 = a; + break; + case DW_AT_variable_parameter: + attrs->at_variable_parameter = a; + break; + case DW_AT_virtuality: + attrs->at_virtuality = a; + break; + case DW_AT_visibility: + attrs->at_visibility = a; + break; + case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location: + attrs->at_vtable_elem_location = a; + break; + default: + break; + } + } +} + +/* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */ + +static void +die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_die_ref decl; + struct checksum_attributes attrs; + + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D'); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die->die_tag); + + memset (&attrs, 0, sizeof (attrs)); + + decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); + if (decl != NULL) + collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, decl); + collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs, die); + + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_name); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_accessibility); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_address_class); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_allocated); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_artificial); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_associated); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_binary_scale); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_offset); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_size); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_bit_stride); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_size); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_byte_stride); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_const_value); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_containing_type); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_count); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_location); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_data_member_location); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_scale); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_decimal_sign); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_default_value); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_digit_count); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_list); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_discr_value); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_encoding); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_endianity); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_explicit); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_is_optional); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_location); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_lower_bound); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_mutable); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_ordering); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_picture_string); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_prototyped); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_small); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_segment); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_string_length); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_threads_scaled); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_upper_bound); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_location); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_use_UTF8); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_variable_parameter); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_virtuality); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_visibility); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_vtable_elem_location); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_type); + CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs.at_friend); + + /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */ + c = die->die_child; + if (c) do { + dw_attr_ref name_attr; + + c = c->die_sib; + name_attr = get_AT (c, DW_AT_name); + if ((is_type_die (c) || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram) + && name_attr != NULL) + { + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S'); + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c->die_tag); + CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr)); + } + else + { + /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */ + if (c->die_mark == 0) + c->die_mark = -1; + die_checksum_ordered (c, ctx, mark); + } + } while (c != die->die_child); + + CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0); +} + +#undef CHECKSUM +#undef CHECKSUM_STRING +#undef CHECKSUM_ATTR +#undef CHECKSUM_LEB128 +#undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128 + +/* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an + MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its + children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed + by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion. + If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also + need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits + of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */ + +static void +generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die, comdat_type_node *type_node) +{ + int mark; + const char *name; + unsigned char checksum[16]; + struct md5_ctx ctx; + dw_die_ref decl; + + name = get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name); + decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); + + /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding + context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time + ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */ + + if (is_cxx() && name != NULL) + { + md5_init_ctx (&ctx); + + /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */ + if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL) + checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx); + + md5_process_bytes (&die->die_tag, sizeof (die->die_tag), &ctx); + md5_process_bytes (name, strlen (name) + 1, &ctx); + md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum); + + add_AT_data8 (type_node->root_die, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature, &checksum[8]); + } + + /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */ + + md5_init_ctx (&ctx); + mark = 1; + die->die_mark = mark; + + /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */ + if (decl != NULL && decl->die_parent != NULL) + checksum_die_context (decl->die_parent, &ctx); + + /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */ + die_checksum_ordered (die, &ctx, &mark); + unmark_all_dies (die); + md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum); + + /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the + type node together. */ + memcpy (type_node->signature, &checksum[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE], + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE); + die->die_id.die_type_node = type_node; + type_node->type_die = die; + + /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node + as well. */ + if (decl != NULL) + decl->die_id.die_type_node = type_node; +} + +/* Do the location expressions look same? */ +static inline int +same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark) +{ + return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc + && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark) + && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark); +} + +/* Do the values look the same? */ +static int +same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node *v1, const dw_val_node *v2, int *mark) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2; + rtx r1, r2; + + if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class) + return 0; + + switch (v1->val_class) + { + case dw_val_class_const: + return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int; + case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: + return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned; + case dw_val_class_const_double: + return v1->v.val_double.high == v2->v.val_double.high + && v1->v.val_double.low == v2->v.val_double.low; + case dw_val_class_vec: + if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length + || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size) + return 0; + if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array, + v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size)) + return 0; + return 1; + case dw_val_class_flag: + return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag; + case dw_val_class_str: + return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str); + + case dw_val_class_addr: + r1 = v1->v.val_addr; + r2 = v2->v.val_addr; + if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2)) + return 0; + return !rtx_equal_p (r1, r2); + + case dw_val_class_offset: + return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset; + + case dw_val_class_loc: + for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc; + loc1 && loc2; + loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next) + if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark)) + return 0; + return !loc1 && !loc2; + + case dw_val_class_die_ref: + return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark); + + case dw_val_class_fde_ref: + case dw_val_class_vms_delta: + case dw_val_class_lbl_id: + case dw_val_class_lineptr: + case dw_val_class_macptr: + return 1; + + case dw_val_class_file: + return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file; + + case dw_val_class_data8: + return !memcmp (v1->v.val_data8, v2->v.val_data8, 8); + + default: + return 1; + } +} + +/* Do the attributes look the same? */ + +static int +same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark) +{ + if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr) + return 0; + + /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler + snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */ + if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer) + return 1; + + return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark); +} + +/* Do the dies look the same? */ + +static int +same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark) +{ + dw_die_ref c1, c2; + dw_attr_ref a1; + unsigned ix; + + /* To avoid infinite recursion. */ + if (die1->die_mark) + return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark; + die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark); + + if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag) + return 0; + + if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr) + != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr)) + return 0; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1) + if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark)) + return 0; + + c1 = die1->die_child; + c2 = die2->die_child; + if (! c1) + { + if (c2) + return 0; + } + else + for (;;) + { + if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark)) + return 0; + c1 = c1->die_sib; + c2 = c2->die_sib; + if (c1 == die1->die_child) + { + if (c2 == die2->die_child) + break; + else + return 0; + } + } + + return 1; +} + +/* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */ + +static int +same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2) +{ + int mark = 0; + int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark); + + unmark_all_dies (die1); + unmark_all_dies (die2); + + return ret; +} + +/* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug + info section. */ +static char *comdat_symbol_id; + +/* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */ +static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number; + +/* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its + children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */ + +static void +compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die) +{ + const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name); + const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous"; + char *name = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base) + 64); + char *p; + int i, mark; + unsigned char checksum[16]; + struct md5_ctx ctx; + + /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to + the name filename of the unit. */ + + md5_init_ctx (&ctx); + mark = 0; + die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark); + unmark_all_dies (unit_die); + md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum); + + sprintf (name, "%s.", base); + clean_symbol_name (name); + + p = name + strlen (name); + for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]); + p += 2; + } + + comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (name); + comdat_symbol_number = 0; +} + +/* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */ + +static int +is_type_die (dw_die_ref die) +{ + switch (die->die_tag) + { + case DW_TAG_array_type: + case DW_TAG_class_type: + case DW_TAG_interface_type: + case DW_TAG_enumeration_type: + case DW_TAG_pointer_type: + case DW_TAG_reference_type: + case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type: + case DW_TAG_string_type: + case DW_TAG_structure_type: + case DW_TAG_subroutine_type: + case DW_TAG_union_type: + case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type: + case DW_TAG_set_type: + case DW_TAG_subrange_type: + case DW_TAG_base_type: + case DW_TAG_const_type: + case DW_TAG_file_type: + case DW_TAG_packed_type: + case DW_TAG_volatile_type: + case DW_TAG_typedef: + return 1; + default: + return 0; + } +} + +/* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU. + Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between + compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual + compilations (functions). */ + +static int +is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c) +{ + /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as + we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between + objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would + put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */ + + if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type) + return 0; + + if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type + || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type + || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type + || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type + || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type) + { + dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type); + + return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0; + } + + return is_type_die (c); +} + +/* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another + compilation unit. */ + +static int +is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c) +{ + return (is_type_die (c) + || is_declaration_die (c) + || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace + || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_module); +} + +/* Returns true iff C is a compile-unit DIE. */ + +static inline bool +is_cu_die (dw_die_ref c) +{ + return c && c->die_tag == DW_TAG_compile_unit; +} + +static char * +gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix) +{ + char buf[256]; + + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++); + return xstrdup (buf); +} + +/* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */ + +static void +assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + if (is_symbol_die (die)) + { + if (comdat_symbol_id) + { + char *p = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64); + + sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, + comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++); + die->die_id.die_symbol = xstrdup (p); + } + else + die->die_id.die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE"); + } + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c)); +} + +struct cu_hash_table_entry +{ + dw_die_ref cu; + unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num; + struct cu_hash_table_entry *next; +}; + +/* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */ +static hashval_t +htab_cu_hash (const void *of) +{ + const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry = + (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of; + + return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_id.die_symbol); +} + +static int +htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2) +{ + const struct cu_hash_table_entry *const entry1 = + (const struct cu_hash_table_entry *) of1; + const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2; + + return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_id.die_symbol, entry2->die_id.die_symbol); +} + +static void +htab_cu_del (void *what) +{ + struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, + *entry = (struct cu_hash_table_entry *) what; + + while (entry) + { + next = entry->next; + free (entry); + entry = next; + } +} + +/* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM + accordingly. */ +static int +check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num) +{ + struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy; + struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy; + + dummy.max_comdat_num = 0; + + slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **) + htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol), + INSERT); + entry = *slot; + + for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next) + { + if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu)) + break; + } + + if (entry) + { + *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num; + return 1; + } + + entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry); + entry->cu = cu; + entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num; + entry->next = *slot; + *slot = entry; + + return 0; +} + +/* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */ +static void +record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num) +{ + struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry; + + slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **) + htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_id.die_symbol), + NO_INSERT); + entry = *slot; + + entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num; +} + +/* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up + additional compilation units for each of the include files we see + bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */ + +static void +break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_die_ref unit = NULL; + limbo_die_node *node, **pnode; + htab_t cu_hash_table; + + c = die->die_child; + if (c) do { + dw_die_ref prev = c; + c = c->die_sib; + while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL + || (unit && is_comdat_die (c))) + { + dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib; + + /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */ + remove_child_with_prev (c, prev); + + if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL) + unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c); + else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL) + unit = pop_compile_unit (unit); + else + add_child_die (unit, c); + c = next; + if (c == die->die_child) + break; + } + } while (c != die->die_child); + +#if 0 + /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check + to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */ + gcc_assert (!unit); +#endif + + assign_symbol_names (die); + cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del); + for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list; + node; + node = node->next) + { + int is_dupl; + + compute_section_prefix (node->die); + is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table, + &comdat_symbol_number); + assign_symbol_names (node->die); + if (is_dupl) + *pnode = node->next; + else + { + pnode = &node->next; + record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table, + comdat_symbol_number); + } + } + htab_delete (cu_hash_table); +} + +/* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */ + +static int +is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_declaration) + return 1; + + return 0; +} + +/* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */ + +static int +is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); + + if (decl == NULL) + decl = die; + return local_scope_p (decl); +} + +/* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a + COMDAT .debug_types section. */ + +static int +should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die) +{ + switch (die->die_tag) + { + case DW_TAG_class_type: + case DW_TAG_structure_type: + case DW_TAG_enumeration_type: + case DW_TAG_union_type: + /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a + subprogram. */ + if (is_declaration_die (die) + || get_AT (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin) + || is_nested_in_subprogram (die)) + return 0; + return 1; + case DW_TAG_array_type: + case DW_TAG_interface_type: + case DW_TAG_pointer_type: + case DW_TAG_reference_type: + case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type: + case DW_TAG_string_type: + case DW_TAG_subroutine_type: + case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type: + case DW_TAG_set_type: + case DW_TAG_subrange_type: + case DW_TAG_base_type: + case DW_TAG_const_type: + case DW_TAG_file_type: + case DW_TAG_packed_type: + case DW_TAG_volatile_type: + case DW_TAG_typedef: + default: + return 0; + } +} + +/* Make a clone of DIE. */ + +static dw_die_ref +clone_die (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref clone; + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node (); + clone->die_tag = die->die_tag; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + add_dwarf_attr (clone, a); + + return clone; +} + +/* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */ + +static dw_die_ref +clone_tree (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die); + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_child_die (clone, clone_tree(c))); + + return clone; +} + +/* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */ + +static dw_die_ref +clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref clone; + dw_die_ref decl; + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */ + if (is_declaration_die (die)) + return clone_die (die); + + /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */ + decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); + if (decl != NULL) + return clone_die (decl); + + clone = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node (); + clone->die_tag = die->die_tag; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + { + /* We don't want to copy over all attributes. + For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no + longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */ + + switch (a->dw_attr) + { + case DW_AT_artificial: + case DW_AT_containing_type: + case DW_AT_external: + case DW_AT_name: + case DW_AT_type: + case DW_AT_virtuality: + case DW_AT_linkage_name: + case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name: + add_dwarf_attr (clone, a); + break; + case DW_AT_byte_size: + default: + break; + } + } + + if (die->die_id.die_type_node) + add_AT_die_ref (clone, DW_AT_signature, die); + + add_AT_flag (clone, DW_AT_declaration, 1); + return clone; +} + +/* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes + any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an + AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children + attached to the specification. */ + +static void +copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref decl; + dw_die_ref new_decl; + + decl = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_specification); + if (decl == NULL) + decl = die; + else + { + unsigned ix; + dw_die_ref c; + dw_attr_ref a; + + /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original + declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */ + decl->die_id.die_type_node = die->die_id.die_type_node; + + remove_AT (die, DW_AT_specification); + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, decl->die_attr, ix, a) + { + if (a->dw_attr != DW_AT_name + && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_declaration + && a->dw_attr != DW_AT_external) + add_dwarf_attr (die, a); + } + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl, c, add_child_die (die, clone_tree(c))); + } + + if (decl->die_parent != NULL + && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit + && decl->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit) + { + new_decl = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, decl, NULL); + if (new_decl != NULL) + { + remove_AT (new_decl, DW_AT_signature); + add_AT_specification (die, new_decl); + } + } +} + +/* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone + the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */ + +static void +generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node *node) +{ + if (node->new_die != NULL) + return; + + node->new_die = clone_as_declaration (node->old_die); + + if (node->parent != NULL) + { + generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node->parent); + add_child_die (node->parent->new_die, node->new_die); + } +} + +/* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are + found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration + DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */ + +static void +generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node *parent) +{ + skeleton_chain_node node; + dw_die_ref c; + dw_die_ref first; + dw_die_ref prev = NULL; + dw_die_ref next = NULL; + + node.parent = parent; + + first = c = parent->old_die->die_child; + if (c) + next = c->die_sib; + if (c) do { + if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c) + prev = c; + c = next; + next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib); + node.old_die = c; + node.new_die = NULL; + if (is_declaration_die (c)) + { + /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton + tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with + all the original's children, where the original came from. */ + dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (c); + move_all_children (c, clone); + + replace_child (c, clone, prev); + generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent); + add_child_die (parent->new_die, c); + node.new_die = c; + c = clone; + } + generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node); + } while (next != NULL); +} + +/* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */ + +static dw_die_ref +generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die) +{ + skeleton_chain_node node; + + node.old_die = die; + node.new_die = NULL; + node.parent = NULL; + + /* If this type definition is nested inside another type, + always leave at least a declaration in its place. */ + if (die->die_parent != NULL && is_type_die (die->die_parent)) + node.new_die = clone_as_declaration (die); + + generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node); + return node.new_die; +} + +/* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned + declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit + so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If + any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to + replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the + declarations back into the skeleton tree. */ + +static dw_die_ref +remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev) +{ + dw_die_ref skeleton; + + skeleton = generate_skeleton (child); + if (skeleton == NULL) + remove_child_with_prev (child, prev); + else + { + skeleton->die_id.die_type_node = child->die_id.die_type_node; + replace_child (child, skeleton, prev); + } + + return skeleton; +} + +/* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each + type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */ + +static void +break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_die_ref first; + dw_die_ref prev = NULL; + dw_die_ref next = NULL; + dw_die_ref unit = NULL; + + first = c = die->die_child; + if (c) + next = c->die_sib; + if (c) do { + if (prev == NULL || prev->die_sib == c) + prev = c; + c = next; + next = (c == first ? NULL : c->die_sib); + if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c)) + { + dw_die_ref replacement; + comdat_type_node_ref type_node; + + /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and + add it to the list of comdat types. */ + unit = new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit, NULL, NULL); + add_AT_unsigned (unit, DW_AT_language, + get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language)); + type_node = ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node (); + type_node->root_die = unit; + type_node->next = comdat_type_list; + comdat_type_list = type_node; + + /* Generate the type signature. */ + generate_type_signature (c, type_node); + + /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the + declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */ + copy_declaration_context (unit, c); + + /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */ + replacement = remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c, prev); + + /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */ + break_out_comdat_types (c); + + /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */ + add_child_die (unit, c); + + if (replacement != NULL) + c = replacement; + } + else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace + || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type + || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type + || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type) + { + /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */ + break_out_comdat_types (c); + } + } while (next != NULL); +} + +/* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */ + +struct decl_table_entry +{ + dw_die_ref orig; + dw_die_ref copy; +}; + +/* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */ + +static hashval_t +htab_decl_hash (const void *of) +{ + const struct decl_table_entry *const entry = + (const struct decl_table_entry *) of; + + return htab_hash_pointer (entry->orig); +} + +static int +htab_decl_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2) +{ + const struct decl_table_entry *const entry1 = + (const struct decl_table_entry *) of1; + const struct die_struct *const entry2 = (const struct die_struct *) of2; + + return entry1->orig == entry2; +} + +static void +htab_decl_del (void *what) +{ + struct decl_table_entry *entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) what; + + free (entry); +} + +/* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit + or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns + a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used + to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */ + +static dw_die_ref +copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table) +{ + dw_die_ref parent = die->die_parent; + dw_die_ref new_parent = unit; + dw_die_ref copy; + void **slot = NULL; + struct decl_table_entry *entry = NULL; + + if (decl_table) + { + /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */ + slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die, + htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT); + if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY) + { + entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot; + return entry->copy; + } + + /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */ + entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry); + entry->orig = die; + entry->copy = NULL; + *slot = entry; + } + + if (parent != NULL) + { + dw_die_ref spec = get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification); + if (spec != NULL) + parent = spec; + if (parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit + && parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit) + new_parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, parent, decl_table); + } + + copy = clone_as_declaration (die); + add_child_die (new_parent, copy); + + if (decl_table != NULL) + { + /* Record the pointer to the copy. */ + entry->copy = copy; + } + + return copy; +} + +/* Like clone_tree, but additionally enter all the children into + the hash table decl_table. */ + +static dw_die_ref +clone_tree_hash (dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_die_ref clone = clone_die (die); + struct decl_table_entry *entry; + void **slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, die, + htab_hash_pointer (die), INSERT); + /* Assert that DIE isn't in the hash table yet. If it would be there + before, the ancestors would be necessarily there as well, therefore + clone_tree_hash wouldn't be called. */ + gcc_assert (*slot == HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY); + entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry); + entry->orig = die; + entry->copy = clone; + *slot = entry; + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, + add_child_die (clone, clone_tree_hash (c, decl_table))); + + return clone; +} + +/* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete + or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current + type_unit). */ + +static void +copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit, dw_die_ref die, htab_t decl_table) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + { + if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref) + { + dw_die_ref targ = AT_ref (a); + comdat_type_node_ref type_node = targ->die_id.die_type_node; + void **slot; + struct decl_table_entry *entry; + + if (targ->die_mark != 0 || type_node != NULL) + continue; + + slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table, targ, + htab_hash_pointer (targ), INSERT); + + if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY) + { + /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to + modify the reference to point to the copy. */ + entry = (struct decl_table_entry *) *slot; + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = entry->copy; + } + else + { + dw_die_ref parent = unit; + dw_die_ref copy = clone_die (targ); + + /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied. + Need to do this now, before the recursive call, + because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT + would no longer be a valid pointer. */ + entry = XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry); + entry->orig = targ; + entry->copy = copy; + *slot = entry; + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (targ, c, + add_child_die (copy, + clone_tree_hash (c, decl_table))); + + /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the + type unit. */ + mark_dies (copy); + + /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree + into the new type unit. */ + if (targ->die_parent != NULL + && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit + && targ->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_type_unit) + parent = copy_ancestor_tree (unit, targ->die_parent, + decl_table); + + add_child_die (parent, copy); + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = copy; + + /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was + installed in a previously-added context, it won't + get visited otherwise. */ + if (parent != unit) + { + /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree, + mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */ + parent->die_mark = 1; + while (parent->die_parent + && parent->die_parent->die_mark == 0) + { + parent = parent->die_parent; + parent->die_mark = 1; + } + copy_decls_walk (unit, parent, decl_table); + } + } + } + } + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, copy_decls_walk (unit, c, decl_table)); +} + +/* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section. + Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken + out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature, + and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we + don't have an external reference. */ + +static void +copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit) +{ + htab_t decl_table; + + mark_dies (unit); + decl_table = htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash, htab_decl_eq, htab_decl_del); + copy_decls_walk (unit, unit, decl_table); + htab_delete (decl_table); + unmark_dies (unit); +} + +/* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the + effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space, + avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */ + +static void +add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + if (! die->die_child) + return; + + if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child) + add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib); + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c)); +} + +/* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */ + +static void +output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list) + output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a)); + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c)); +} + +/* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an + abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns + a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each + die are visited recursively. */ + +static void +build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die) +{ + unsigned long abbrev_id; + unsigned int n_alloc; + dw_die_ref c; + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to + DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */ + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref + && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0) + { + gcc_assert (dwarf_version >= 4 || AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol); + set_AT_ref_external (a, 1); + } + + for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id) + { + dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id]; + dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a; + unsigned ix; + bool ok = true; + + if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag) + continue; + if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL)) + continue; + + if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr) + != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr)) + continue; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a) + { + abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix); + if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr) + || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a))) + { + ok = false; + break; + } + } + if (ok) + break; + } + + if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use) + { + if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated) + { + n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT; + abbrev_die_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref, abbrev_die_table, + n_alloc); + + memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0, + (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref)); + abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc; + } + + ++abbrev_die_table_in_use; + abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die; + } + + die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id; + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c)); +} + +/* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */ + +static int +constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value) +{ + int log; + + if (value == 0) + log = 0; + else + log = floor_log2 (value); + + log = log / 8; + log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1); + + return log; +} + +/* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the + .debug_info section. */ + +static unsigned long +size_of_die (dw_die_ref die) +{ + unsigned long size = 0; + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev); + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + { + switch (AT_class (a)) + { + case dw_val_class_addr: + size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; + break; + case dw_val_class_offset: + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + break; + case dw_val_class_loc: + { + unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a)); + + /* Block length. */ + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + size += size_of_uleb128 (lsize); + else + size += constant_size (lsize); + size += lsize; + } + break; + case dw_val_class_loc_list: + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + break; + case dw_val_class_range_list: + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + break; + case dw_val_class_const: + size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a)); + break; + case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: + { + int csize = constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)); + if (dwarf_version == 3 + && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location + && csize >= 4) + size += size_of_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a)); + else + size += csize; + } + break; + case dw_val_class_const_double: + size += 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; + if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64) + size++; /* block */ + break; + case dw_val_class_vec: + size += constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length + * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size) + + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length + * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; /* block */ + break; + case dw_val_class_flag: + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument, + so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes, + we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization + in build_abbrev_table that will change those to + DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using + the same abbrev entry. */ + gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1); + else + size += 1; + break; + case dw_val_class_die_ref: + if (AT_ref_external (a)) + { + /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions + we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr + is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3 + it's always sized as an offset. */ + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + size += DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; + else if (dwarf_version == 2) + size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; + else + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + } + else + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + break; + case dw_val_class_fde_ref: + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + break; + case dw_val_class_lbl_id: + size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; + break; + case dw_val_class_lineptr: + case dw_val_class_macptr: + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + break; + case dw_val_class_str: + if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp) + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + else + size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1; + break; + case dw_val_class_file: + size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)); + break; + case dw_val_class_data8: + size += 8; + break; + case dw_val_class_vms_delta: + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + break; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + } + + return size; +} + +/* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the + DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on + each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the + die_offset field in each DIE. */ + +static void +calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + die->die_offset = next_die_offset; + next_die_offset += size_of_die (die); + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c)); + + if (die->die_child != NULL) + /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */ + next_die_offset += 1; +} + +/* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so + that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only + DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset + and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */ + +static void +mark_dies (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + gcc_assert (!die->die_mark); + + die->die_mark = 1; + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c)); +} + +/* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */ + +static void +unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + if (dwarf_version < 4) + gcc_assert (die->die_mark); + + die->die_mark = 0; + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c)); +} + +/* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */ + +static void +unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + if (!die->die_mark) + return; + die->die_mark = 0; + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c)); + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref) + unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a)); +} + +/* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table + generated for the compilation unit. */ + +static unsigned long +size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names) +{ + unsigned long size; + unsigned i; + pubname_ref p; + + size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE; + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, names, i, p) + if (names != pubtype_table + || p->die->die_offset != 0 + || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types) + size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1; + + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + return size; +} + +/* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */ + +static unsigned long +size_of_aranges (void) +{ + unsigned long size; + + size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE; + + /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */ + if (text_section_used) + size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; + if (cold_text_section_used) + size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; + if (have_multiple_function_sections) + { + unsigned fde_idx = 0; + + for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++) + { + dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx]; + + if (!fde->in_std_section) + size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; + if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section) + size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; + } + } + + /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */ + size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; + return size; +} + +/* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */ + +static enum dwarf_form +value_format (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class) + { + case dw_val_class_addr: + /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */ + switch (a->dw_attr) + { + case DW_AT_low_pc: + case DW_AT_high_pc: + case DW_AT_entry_pc: + case DW_AT_trampoline: + return DW_FORM_addr; + default: + break; + } + switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + case 1: + return DW_FORM_data1; + case 2: + return DW_FORM_data2; + case 4: + return DW_FORM_data4; + case 8: + return DW_FORM_data8; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + case dw_val_class_range_list: + case dw_val_class_loc_list: + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + return DW_FORM_sec_offset; + /* FALLTHRU */ + case dw_val_class_vms_delta: + case dw_val_class_offset: + switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) + { + case 4: + return DW_FORM_data4; + case 8: + return DW_FORM_data8; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + case dw_val_class_loc: + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + return DW_FORM_exprloc; + switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a)))) + { + case 1: + return DW_FORM_block1; + case 2: + return DW_FORM_block2; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + case dw_val_class_const: + return DW_FORM_sdata; + case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: + switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a))) + { + case 1: + return DW_FORM_data1; + case 2: + return DW_FORM_data2; + case 4: + /* In DWARF3 DW_AT_data_member_location with + DW_FORM_data4 or DW_FORM_data8 is a loclistptr, not + constant, so we need to use DW_FORM_udata if we need + a large constant. */ + if (dwarf_version == 3 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location) + return DW_FORM_udata; + return DW_FORM_data4; + case 8: + if (dwarf_version == 3 && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location) + return DW_FORM_udata; + return DW_FORM_data8; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + case dw_val_class_const_double: + switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) + { + case 8: + return DW_FORM_data2; + case 16: + return DW_FORM_data4; + case 32: + return DW_FORM_data8; + case 64: + default: + return DW_FORM_block1; + } + case dw_val_class_vec: + switch (constant_size (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length + * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size)) + { + case 1: + return DW_FORM_block1; + case 2: + return DW_FORM_block2; + case 4: + return DW_FORM_block4; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + case dw_val_class_flag: + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + { + /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument, + so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes, + we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization + in build_abbrev_table that will change those to + DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using + the same abbrev entry. */ + gcc_assert (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag == 1); + return DW_FORM_flag_present; + } + return DW_FORM_flag; + case dw_val_class_die_ref: + if (AT_ref_external (a)) + return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8 : DW_FORM_ref_addr; + else + return DW_FORM_ref; + case dw_val_class_fde_ref: + return DW_FORM_data; + case dw_val_class_lbl_id: + return DW_FORM_addr; + case dw_val_class_lineptr: + case dw_val_class_macptr: + return dwarf_version >= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset : DW_FORM_data; + case dw_val_class_str: + return AT_string_form (a); + case dw_val_class_file: + switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file))) + { + case 1: + return DW_FORM_data1; + case 2: + return DW_FORM_data2; + case 4: + return DW_FORM_data4; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + case dw_val_class_data8: + return DW_FORM_data8; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } +} + +/* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */ + +static void +output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a) +{ + enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a); + + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form)); +} + +/* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation + table. */ + +static void +output_abbrev_section (void) +{ + unsigned long abbrev_id; + + for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id) + { + dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id]; + unsigned ix; + dw_attr_ref a_attr; + + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)", + dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag)); + + if (abbrev->die_child != NULL) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes"); + else + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no"); + + for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr); + ix++) + { + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)", + dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr)); + output_value_format (a_attr); + } + + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL); + } + + /* Terminate the table. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL); +} + +/* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */ + +static inline void +output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die) +{ + char *sym = die->die_id.die_symbol; + + if (sym == 0) + return; + + if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0) + /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support + .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging + will break. */ + targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym); + + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym); +} + +/* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the + expression. */ + +static inline dw_loc_list_ref +new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end, + const char *section) +{ + dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node (); + + retlist->begin = begin; + retlist->end = end; + retlist->expr = expr; + retlist->section = section; + + return retlist; +} + +/* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it + hasn't got one yet. */ + +static inline void +gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list) +{ + gcc_assert (!list->ll_symbol); + list->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST"); +} + +/* Output the location list given to us. */ + +static void +output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head) +{ + dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head; + + if (list_head->emitted) + return; + list_head->emitted = true; + + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol); + + /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */ + for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next) + { + unsigned long size; + /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */ + if (strcmp (curr->begin, curr->end) == 0) + continue; + size = size_of_locs (curr->expr); + /* If the expression is too large, drop it on the floor. We could + perhaps put it into DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure and refer to that + in the expression, but >= 64KB expressions for a single value + in a single range are unlikely very useful. */ + if (size > 0xffff) + continue; + if (!have_multiple_function_sections) + { + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section, + "Location list begin address (%s)", + list_head->ll_symbol); + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section, + "Location list end address (%s)", + list_head->ll_symbol); + } + else + { + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, + "Location list begin address (%s)", + list_head->ll_symbol); + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, + "Location list end address (%s)", + list_head->ll_symbol); + } + + /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */ + gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff); + dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size"); + + output_loc_sequence (curr->expr, -1); + } + + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, + "Location list terminator begin (%s)", + list_head->ll_symbol); + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, + "Location list terminator end (%s)", + list_head->ll_symbol); +} + +/* Output a type signature. */ + +static inline void +output_signature (const char *sig, const char *name) +{ + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig[i], i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name); +} + +/* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate + the definitions of each child DIE. */ + +static void +output_die (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_attr_ref a; + dw_die_ref c; + unsigned long size; + unsigned ix; + + /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for + them to point to. */ + if (dwarf_version < 4 && die->die_id.die_symbol) + output_die_symbol (die); + + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)", + (unsigned long)die->die_offset, + dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag)); + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + { + const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr); + + switch (AT_class (a)) + { + case dw_val_class_addr: + dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name); + break; + + case dw_val_class_offset: + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset, + "%s", name); + break; + + case dw_val_class_range_list: + { + char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0'); + + sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX, + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset); + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label, + debug_ranges_section, "%s", name); + *p = '\0'; + } + break; + + case dw_val_class_loc: + size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a)); + + /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */ + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "%s", name); + else + dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name); + + output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a), -1); + break; + + case dw_val_class_const: + /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is + used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign + extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */ + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name); + break; + + case dw_val_class_unsigned_const: + { + int csize = constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)); + if (dwarf_version == 3 + && a->dw_attr == DW_AT_data_member_location + && csize >= 4) + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name); + else + dw2_asm_output_data (csize, AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name); + } + break; + + case dw_val_class_const_double: + { + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second; + + if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, + 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT + / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR, + NULL); + + if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) + { + first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high; + second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low; + } + else + { + first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.low; + second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_double.high; + } + + dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR, + first, name); + dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR, + second, NULL); + } + break; + + case dw_val_class_vec: + { + unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size; + unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length; + unsigned int i; + unsigned char *p; + + dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len * elt_size), + len * elt_size, "%s", name); + if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) + { + elt_size /= 2; + len *= 2; + } + for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array; + i < len; + i++, p += elt_size) + dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size), + "fp or vector constant word %u", i); + break; + } + + case dw_val_class_flag: + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + { + /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument, + so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes, + we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization + in build_abbrev_table that will change those to + DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using + the same abbrev entry. */ + gcc_assert (AT_flag (a) == 1); + if (flag_debug_asm) + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t\t\t%s %s\n", + ASM_COMMENT_START, name); + break; + } + dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name); + break; + + case dw_val_class_loc_list: + { + char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol; + + gcc_assert (sym); + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section, + "%s", name); + } + break; + + case dw_val_class_die_ref: + if (AT_ref_external (a)) + { + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + { + comdat_type_node_ref type_node = + AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_type_node; + + gcc_assert (type_node); + output_signature (type_node->signature, name); + } + else + { + char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_id.die_symbol; + int size; + + gcc_assert (sym); + /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address + length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an + offset. */ + if (dwarf_version == 2) + size = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; + else + size = DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE; + dw2_asm_output_offset (size, sym, debug_info_section, "%s", + name); + } + } + else + { + gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset); + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset, + "%s", name); + } + break; + + case dw_val_class_fde_ref: + { + char l1[20]; + + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL, + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2); + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section, + "%s", name); + } + break; + + case dw_val_class_vms_delta: + dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, + AT_vms_delta2 (a), AT_vms_delta1 (a), + "%s", name); + break; + + case dw_val_class_lbl_id: + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name); + break; + + case dw_val_class_lineptr: + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), + debug_line_section, "%s", name); + break; + + case dw_val_class_macptr: + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), + debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name); + break; + + case dw_val_class_str: + if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp) + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label, + debug_str_section, + "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a)); + else + dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name); + break; + + case dw_val_class_file: + { + int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file); + + dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name, + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename); + break; + } + + case dw_val_class_data8: + { + int i; + + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_data8[i], + i == 0 ? "%s" : NULL, name); + break; + } + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + } + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c)); + + /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */ + if (die->die_child != NULL) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx", + (unsigned long) die->die_offset); +} + +/* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the + .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */ + +static void +output_compilation_unit_header (void) +{ + int ver = dwarf_version; + + if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) + dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, + "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, + next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE, + "Length of Compilation Unit Info"); + dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF version number"); + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label, + debug_abbrev_section, + "Offset Into Abbrev. Section"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)"); +} + +/* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */ + +static void +output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty) +{ + const char *secname; + char *oldsym, *tmp; + + /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */ + if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL) + return; + + /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information + about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we + will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' + will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in + this CU so we know which get local refs. */ + mark_dies (die); + + build_abbrev_table (die); + + /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */ + next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE; + calc_die_sizes (die); + + oldsym = die->die_id.die_symbol; + if (oldsym) + { + tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym) + 24); + + sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym); + secname = tmp; + die->die_id.die_symbol = NULL; + switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL)); + } + else + { + switch_to_section (debug_info_section); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label); + info_section_emitted = true; + } + + /* Output debugging information. */ + output_compilation_unit_header (); + output_die (die); + + /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in + output_pubnames. */ + if (oldsym) + { + unmark_dies (die); + die->die_id.die_symbol = oldsym; + } +} + +/* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */ + +static void +output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node *node) +{ + const char *secname; + char *tmp; + int i; +#if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF) + tree comdat_key; +#endif + + /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */ + mark_dies (node->root_die); + + build_abbrev_table (node->root_die); + + /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */ + next_die_offset = DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE; + calc_die_sizes (node->root_die); + +#if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF) + secname = ".debug_types"; + tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2); + sprintf (tmp, "wt."); + for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++) + sprintf (tmp + 3 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff); + comdat_key = get_identifier (tmp); + targetm.asm_out.named_section (secname, + SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_LINKONCE, + comdat_key); +#else + tmp = XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE * 2); + sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wt."); + for (i = 0; i < DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE; i++) + sprintf (tmp + 17 + i * 2, "%02x", node->signature[i] & 0xff); + secname = tmp; + switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL)); +#endif + + /* Output debugging information. */ + output_compilation_unit_header (); + output_signature (node->signature, "Type Signature"); + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, node->type_die->die_offset, + "Offset to Type DIE"); + output_die (node->root_die); + + unmark_dies (node->root_die); +} + +/* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */ + +static const char * +dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope) +{ + if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl)) + return NULL; + return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0); +} + +/* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */ + +static void +add_pubname_string (const char *str, dw_die_ref die) +{ + if (targetm.want_debug_pub_sections) + { + pubname_entry e; + + e.die = die; + e.name = xstrdup (str); + VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e); + } +} + +static void +add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die) +{ + if (targetm.want_debug_pub_sections && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) + { + const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1); + if (name) + add_pubname_string (name, die); + } +} + +/* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */ + +static void +add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die) +{ + pubname_entry e; + + if (!targetm.want_debug_pub_sections) + return; + + e.name = NULL; + if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl) + || is_cu_die (die->die_parent)) + && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl))) + { + e.die = die; + if (TYPE_P (decl)) + { + if (TYPE_NAME (decl)) + { + if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE) + e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl)); + else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL + && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl))) + e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl))); + else + e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name)); + } + } + else + { + e.name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1); + if (e.name) + e.name = xstrdup (e.name); + } + + /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding + it to the table. */ + if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0') + VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e); + } +} + +/* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally + visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */ + +static void +output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names) +{ + unsigned i; + unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names); + pubname_ref pub; + + if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) + dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, + "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); + if (names == pubname_table) + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length, + "Length of Public Names Info"); + else + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length, + "Length of Public Type Names Info"); + /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version"); + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label, + debug_info_section, + "Offset of Compilation Unit Info"); + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset, + "Compilation Unit Length"); + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, names, i, pub) + { + /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */ + if (names == pubname_table) + gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark); + + if (names != pubtype_table + || pub->die->die_offset != 0 + || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types) + { + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset, + "DIE offset"); + + dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name"); + } + } + + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL); +} + +/* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table. + Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the + text section generated for this compilation unit. */ + +static void +output_aranges (unsigned long aranges_length) +{ + unsigned i; + + if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) + dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, + "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length, + "Length of Address Ranges Info"); + /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version"); + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label, + debug_info_section, + "Offset of Compilation Unit Info"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor"); + + /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */ + if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE) + { + /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any + pointer size. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary", + 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); + for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2) + dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL); + } + + /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were + not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and + the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld + --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be + confused with the terminator. */ + if (text_section_used) + { + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, + text_section_label, "Length"); + } + if (cold_text_section_used) + { + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label, + "Address"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label, + cold_text_section_label, "Length"); + } + + if (have_multiple_function_sections) + { + unsigned fde_idx = 0; + + for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++) + { + dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx]; + + if (!fde->in_std_section) + { + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin, + "Address"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_end, + fde->dw_fde_begin, "Length"); + } + if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section) + { + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_begin, + "Address"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_second_end, + fde->dw_fde_second_begin, "Length"); + } + } + } + + /* Output the terminator words. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL); +} + +/* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it + was placed. */ + +static unsigned int +add_ranges_num (int num) +{ + unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use; + + if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated) + { + ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT; + ranges_table = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct, ranges_table, + ranges_table_allocated); + memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0, + RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)); + } + + ranges_table[in_use].num = num; + ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1; + + return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE; +} + +/* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a + range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */ + +static unsigned int +add_ranges (const_tree block) +{ + return add_ranges_num (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0); +} + +/* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of + labels. */ + +static void +add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die, const char *begin, const char *end, + bool *added) +{ + unsigned int in_use = ranges_by_label_in_use; + unsigned int offset; + + if (in_use == ranges_by_label_allocated) + { + ranges_by_label_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT; + ranges_by_label = GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct, + ranges_by_label, + ranges_by_label_allocated); + memset (ranges_by_label + ranges_by_label_in_use, 0, + RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT + * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct)); + } + + ranges_by_label[in_use].begin = begin; + ranges_by_label[in_use].end = end; + ranges_by_label_in_use = in_use + 1; + + offset = add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use - 1); + if (!*added) + { + add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, offset); + *added = true; + } +} + +static void +output_ranges (void) +{ + unsigned i; + static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset %#x"; + const char *fmt = start_fmt; + + for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++) + { + int block_num = ranges_table[i].num; + + if (block_num > 0) + { + char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num); + + /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation + unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the + base of the text section. */ + if (!have_multiple_function_sections) + { + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel, + text_section_label, + fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, + text_section_label, NULL); + } + + /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero, + which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry + about whether the target supports cross-section + arithmetic. */ + else + { + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel, + fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL); + } + + fmt = NULL; + } + + /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */ + else if (block_num < 0) + { + int lab_idx = - block_num - 1; + + if (!have_multiple_function_sections) + { + gcc_unreachable (); +#if 0 + /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single + function section, all we have to do is to take out + the #if 0 above. */ + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, + ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin, + text_section_label, + fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, + ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end, + text_section_label, NULL); +#endif + } + else + { + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, + ranges_by_label[lab_idx].begin, + fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE); + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, + ranges_by_label[lab_idx].end, + NULL); + } + } + else + { + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL); + fmt = start_fmt; + } + } +} + +/* Data structure containing information about input files. */ +struct file_info +{ + const char *path; /* Complete file name. */ + const char *fname; /* File name part. */ + int length; /* Length of entire string. */ + struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */ + int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */ +}; + +/* Data structure containing information about directories with source + files. */ +struct dir_info +{ + const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */ + int length; /* Path length. */ + int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */ + int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */ + int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */ +}; + +/* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at + the directories in the path. */ + +static int +file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2) +{ + const struct file_info *const s1 = (const struct file_info *) p1; + const struct file_info *const s2 = (const struct file_info *) p2; + const unsigned char *cp1; + const unsigned char *cp2; + + /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that + we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if + we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite + orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return + 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */ + if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname)) + return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname); + + cp1 = (const unsigned char *) s1->path; + cp2 = (const unsigned char *) s2->path; + + while (1) + { + ++cp1; + ++cp2; + /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */ + if ((cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname) + || (cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname)) + return ((cp2 == (const unsigned char *) s2->fname) + - (cp1 == (const unsigned char *) s1->fname)); + + /* Character of current path component the same? */ + else if (*cp1 != *cp2) + return *cp1 - *cp2; + } +} + +struct file_name_acquire_data +{ + struct file_info *files; + int used_files; + int max_files; +}; + +/* Traversal function for the hash table. */ + +static int +file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data) +{ + struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = (struct file_name_acquire_data *) data; + struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot; + struct file_info *fi; + const char *f; + + gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number); + + if (! d->emitted_number) + return 1; + + gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files); + + fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++; + + /* Skip all leading "./". */ + f = d->filename; + while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1])) + f += 2; + + /* Create a new array entry. */ + fi->path = f; + fi->length = strlen (f); + fi->file_idx = d; + + /* Search for the file name part. */ + f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR); +#if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2) + { + char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2); + + if (g != NULL) + { + if (f == NULL || f < g) + f = g; + } + } +#endif + + fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1; + return 1; +} + +/* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize + the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large + slowdowns with many input files. */ + +static void +output_file_names (void) +{ + struct file_name_acquire_data fnad; + int numfiles; + struct file_info *files; + struct dir_info *dirs; + int *saved; + int *savehere; + int *backmap; + int ndirs; + int idx_offset; + int i; + + if (!last_emitted_file) + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table"); + return; + } + + numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number; + + /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */ + files = XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info, numfiles); + dirs = XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info, numfiles); + + fnad.files = files; + fnad.used_files = 0; + fnad.max_files = numfiles; + htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad); + gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files); + + qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp); + + /* Find all the different directories used. */ + dirs[0].path = files[0].path; + dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path; + dirs[0].prefix = -1; + dirs[0].count = 1; + dirs[0].dir_idx = 0; + files[0].dir_idx = 0; + ndirs = 1; + + for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++) + if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length + && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path, + dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0) + { + /* Same directory as last entry. */ + files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1; + ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count; + } + else + { + int j; + + /* This is a new directory. */ + dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path; + dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path; + dirs[ndirs].count = 1; + dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs; + files[i].dir_idx = ndirs; + + /* Search for a prefix. */ + dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1; + for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++) + if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length + && dirs[j].length > 1 + && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1 + || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length) + && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0) + dirs[ndirs].prefix = j; + + ++ndirs; + } + + /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which + allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table + with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search + where we would have to check out every combination of every single + possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal + results in most cases and never is much off. */ + saved = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs); + savehere = XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs); + + memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0])); + for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++) + { + int j; + int total; + + /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this + does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */ + savehere[i] = dirs[i].length; + total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count; + + for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++) + { + savehere[j] = 0; + if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length) + { + /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the + dirs[j] path. */ + int k; + + k = dirs[j].prefix; + while (k != -1 && k != (int) i) + k = dirs[k].prefix; + + if (k == (int) i) + { + /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by + writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to + dirs[i]. */ + savehere[j] = dirs[i].length; + total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count; + } + } + } + + /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i] + directory. */ + if (total > dirs[i].length + 1) + { + /* It's worthwhile adding. */ + for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++) + if (savehere[j] > 0) + { + /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */ + saved[j] = savehere[j]; + + /* Remember the prefix directory. */ + dirs[j].dir_idx = i; + } + } + } + + /* Emit the directory name table. */ + idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0; + for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++) + dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, + dirs[i].length + - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR, + "Directory Entry: %#x", i + idx_offset); + + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table"); + + /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's + used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we + generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */ + backmap = XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles); + for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++) + backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i; + + /* Now write all the file names. */ + for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++) + { + int file_idx = backmap[i]; + int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx; + +#ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO +#define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */ + + /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons, + but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */ + + int ver; + long long cdt; + long siz; + int maxfilelen = strlen (files[file_idx].path) + + dirs[dir_idx].length + + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN + 1; + char *filebuf = XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen); + + vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, 0, 0, &ver); + snprintf (filebuf, maxfilelen, "%s;%d", + files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, ver); + + dw2_asm_output_nstring + (filebuf, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1); + + /* Include directory index. */ + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL); + + /* Modification time. */ + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 + ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, &cdt, 0, 0, 0) == 0) + ? cdt : 0, + NULL); + + /* File length in bytes. */ + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 + ((vms_file_stats_name (files[file_idx].path, 0, &siz, 0, 0) == 0) + ? siz : 0, + NULL); +#else + dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1, + "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i + 1); + + /* Include directory index. */ + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL); + + /* Modification time. */ + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL); + + /* File length in bytes. */ + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL); +#endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */ + } + + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table"); +} + + +/* Output the source line number correspondence information. This + information goes into the .debug_line section. */ + +static void +output_line_info (void) +{ + char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20]; + char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + unsigned opc; + unsigned n_op_args; + unsigned long lt_index; + unsigned long current_line; + long line_offset; + long line_delta; + unsigned long current_file; + unsigned long function; + int ver = dwarf_version; + + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0); + + if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) + dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, + "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1, + "Length of Source Line Info"); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1); + + dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver, "DWARF Version"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length"); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1); + + /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in + bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for + information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, + we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are + generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the + DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information + commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct + enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1, + "Minimum Instruction Length"); + + if (ver >= 4) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN, + "Maximum Operations Per Instruction"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START, + "Default is_stmt_start flag"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE, + "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE, + "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE, + "Special Opcode Base"); + + for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++) + { + switch (opc) + { + case DW_LNS_advance_pc: + case DW_LNS_advance_line: + case DW_LNS_set_file: + case DW_LNS_set_column: + case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc: + n_op_args = 1; + break; + default: + n_op_args = 0; + break; + } + + dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: %#x has %d args", + opc, n_op_args); + } + + /* Write out the information about the files we use. */ + output_file_names (); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2); + + /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text + section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already + have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */ + + /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as + a series of state machine operations. */ + current_file = 1; + current_line = 1; + + if (cfun && in_cold_section_p) + strcpy (prev_line_label, crtl->subsections.cold_section_label); + else + strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label); + for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index) + { + dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index]; + +#if 0 + /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes + at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the + prologue. */ + + /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the + address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume + that anything after the last address is this line. */ + if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line + && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file) + continue; +#endif + + /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. + + Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always + use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta + itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length + attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We + could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to + use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */ + + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index); + if (0) + { + /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc, + "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL); + } + else + { + /* This can handle any delta. This takes + 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL); + } + + strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label); + + /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if + different from the previous line. */ + if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file) + { + current_file = line_info->dw_file_num; + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file); + } + + /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding + that uses the least amount of space. */ + if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line) + { + line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line; + line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE; + current_line = line_info->dw_line_num; + if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1)) + /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current + definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This + takes 1 byte. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta, + "line %lu", current_line); + else + { + /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes, + depending on the value being encoded. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line, + "advance to line %lu", current_line); + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy"); + } + } + else + /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy"); + } + + /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */ + if (0) + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc, + "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL); + } + else + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL); + } + + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL); + + function = 0; + current_file = 1; + current_line = 1; + for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;) + { + dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info + = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index]; + +#if 0 + /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */ + if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line + && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file + && line_info->function == function) + goto cont; +#endif + + /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is + a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need + to handle it differently. */ + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL, + lt_index); + if (function != line_info->function) + { + function = line_info->function; + + /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL); + } + else + { + /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */ + if (0) + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc, + "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL); + } + else + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL); + } + } + + strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label); + + /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if + different from the previous line. */ + if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file) + { + current_file = line_info->dw_file_num; + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file); + } + + /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding + that uses the least amount of space. */ + if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line) + { + line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line; + line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE; + current_line = line_info->dw_line_num; + if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1)) + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta, + "line %lu", current_line); + else + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line, + "advance to line %lu", current_line); + dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy"); + } + } + else + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy"); + +#if 0 + cont: +#endif + + lt_index++; + + /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */ + if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use + || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function) + { + current_file = 1; + current_line = 1; + + /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */ + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function); + if (0) + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc, + "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc"); + dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL); + } + else + { + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL); + } + + /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */ + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL); + } + } + + /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */ + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2); +} + +/* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */ + +static unsigned long +size_of_dcall_table (void) +{ + unsigned long size; + unsigned int i; + dcall_entry *p; + tree last_poc_decl = NULL; + + /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */ + size = 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1; + + /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */ + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p) + { + gcc_assert (p->targ_die != NULL); + /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */ + if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl) + { + dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl); + gcc_assert (poc_die); + last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl; + if (poc_die) + size += (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset)); + } + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset); + } + + return size; +} + +/* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when + identical function have been merged. */ + +static void +output_dcall_table (void) +{ + unsigned i; + unsigned long dcall_length = size_of_dcall_table (); + dcall_entry *p; + char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + tree last_poc_decl = NULL; + + if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) + dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, + "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, dcall_length, + "Length of Direct Call Table"); + dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number"); + dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label, + debug_info_section, + "Offset of Compilation Unit Info"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)"); + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, p) + { + /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */ + if (p->poc_decl != last_poc_decl) + { + dw_die_ref poc_die = lookup_decl_die (p->poc_decl); + last_poc_decl = p->poc_decl; + if (poc_die) + { + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, "New caller"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die->die_offset, + "Caller DIE offset"); + } + } + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num); + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->targ_die->die_offset, + "Callee DIE offset"); + } +} + +/* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */ + +static unsigned long +size_of_vcall_table (void) +{ + unsigned long size; + unsigned int i; + vcall_entry *p; + + /* Header: version + pointer size. */ + size = 2 + 1; + + /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */ + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p) + size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot); + + return size; +} + +/* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when + identical function have been merged. */ + +static void +output_vcall_table (void) +{ + unsigned i; + unsigned long vcall_length = size_of_vcall_table (); + vcall_entry *p; + char poc_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + + if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4) + dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, + "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension"); + dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, vcall_length, + "Length of Virtual Call Table"); + dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number"); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)"); + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (vcall_entry, vcall_table, i, p) + { + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label, "LPOC", p->poc_label_num); + dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, poc_label, "Point of call"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p->vtable_slot, "Vtable slot"); + } +} + +/* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to + a DIE that describes the given type. + + This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to + Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */ + +static dw_die_ref +base_type_die (tree type) +{ + dw_die_ref base_type_result; + enum dwarf_type encoding; + + if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE) + return 0; + + /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type, + use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */ + if (TREE_CODE (type) == INTEGER_TYPE && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE) + type = TREE_TYPE (type); + + switch (TREE_CODE (type)) + { + case INTEGER_TYPE: + if ((dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict) + && TYPE_NAME (type) + && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL + && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type)) + && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type))) + { + const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type))); + if (strcmp (name, "char16_t") == 0 + || strcmp (name, "char32_t") == 0) + { + encoding = DW_ATE_UTF; + break; + } + } + if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type)) + { + if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)) + encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char; + else + encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char; + } + else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)) + encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned; + else + encoding = DW_ATE_signed; + break; + + case REAL_TYPE: + if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type))) + { + if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) + encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float; + else + encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user; + } + else + encoding = DW_ATE_float; + break; + + case FIXED_POINT_TYPE: + if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) + encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user; + else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type)) + encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed; + else + encoding = DW_ATE_signed_fixed; + break; + + /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use + a user defined type for it. */ + case COMPLEX_TYPE: + if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE) + encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float; + else + encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user; + break; + + case BOOLEAN_TYPE: + /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */ + encoding = DW_ATE_boolean; + break; + + default: + /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */ + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die (), type); + + add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size, + int_size_in_bytes (type)); + add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding); + + return base_type_result; +} + +/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the + given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */ + +static inline int +is_base_type (tree type) +{ + switch (TREE_CODE (type)) + { + case ERROR_MARK: + case VOID_TYPE: + case INTEGER_TYPE: + case REAL_TYPE: + case FIXED_POINT_TYPE: + case COMPLEX_TYPE: + case BOOLEAN_TYPE: + return 1; + + case ARRAY_TYPE: + case RECORD_TYPE: + case UNION_TYPE: + case QUAL_UNION_TYPE: + case ENUMERAL_TYPE: + case FUNCTION_TYPE: + case METHOD_TYPE: + case POINTER_TYPE: + case REFERENCE_TYPE: + case NULLPTR_TYPE: + case OFFSET_TYPE: + case LANG_TYPE: + case VECTOR_TYPE: + return 0; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + return 0; +} + +/* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE + node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else + return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or + else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an + ERROR_MARK node. */ + +static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT +simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type) +{ + if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK) + return BITS_PER_WORD; + else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE) + return 0; + else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1)) + return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1); + else + return TYPE_ALIGN (type); +} + +/* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */ + +static inline double_int +double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type) +{ + if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK) + return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD); + else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE) + return double_int_zero; + else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type)) == INTEGER_CST) + return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type)); + else + return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type)); +} + +/* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer + to a DIE that describes the given type. */ + +static dw_die_ref +subrange_type_die (tree type, tree low, tree high, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref subrange_die; + const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type); + + if (context_die == NULL) + context_die = comp_unit_die (); + + subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type); + + if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes) + { + /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match, + so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */ + add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes); + } + + if (low) + add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, low); + if (high) + add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, high); + + return subrange_die; +} + +/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging + entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */ + +static dw_die_ref +modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type, + dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type); + dw_die_ref mod_type_die; + dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL; + tree item_type = NULL; + tree qualified_type; + tree name, low, high; + + if (code == ERROR_MARK) + return NULL; + + /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of + this type. */ + qualified_type + = get_qualified_type (type, + ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0) + | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0))); + + if (qualified_type == sizetype + && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) + && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL) + { + tree t = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)); + + gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (t) == INTEGER_TYPE + && TYPE_PRECISION (t) + == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type) + && TYPE_UNSIGNED (t) + == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type)); + qualified_type = t; + } + + /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */ + if (qualified_type) + { + mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type); + if (mod_type_die) + return mod_type_die; + } + + name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL; + + /* Handle C typedef types. */ + if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) + && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name)) + { + tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name); + + if (qualified_type == dtype) + { + /* For a named type, use the typedef. */ + gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die); + return lookup_type_die (qualified_type); + } + else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype) + || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype) + || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype) + && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype) + && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type)) + /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed + type to which it refers. */ + return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name), + is_const_type, is_volatile_type, + context_die); + /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */ + } + + if (is_const_type + /* If both is_const_type and is_volatile_type, prefer the path + which leads to a qualified type. */ + && (!is_volatile_type + || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_CONST) == NULL_TREE + || get_qualified_type (type, TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE) != NULL_TREE)) + { + mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die (), type); + sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die); + } + else if (is_volatile_type) + { + mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die (), type); + sub_die = modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, 0, context_die); + } + else if (code == POINTER_TYPE) + { + mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die (), type); + add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, + simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); + item_type = TREE_TYPE (type); + if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type))) + add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, + TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)); + } + else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE) + { + if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4) + mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, comp_unit_die (), + type); + else + mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die (), type); + add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, + simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT); + item_type = TREE_TYPE (type); + if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type))) + add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, + TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type)); + } + else if (code == INTEGER_TYPE + && TREE_TYPE (type) != NULL_TREE + && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type, &low, &high)) + { + mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, low, high, context_die); + item_type = TREE_TYPE (type); + } + else if (is_base_type (type)) + mod_type_die = base_type_die (type); + else + { + gen_type_die (type, context_die); + + /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the + `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have + might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the + copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and + that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original + ..._TYPE node. */ + if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE) + return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type)); + else + /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type, + not the main variant. */ + return lookup_type_die (type); + } + + /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those, + don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the + user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. + Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type + if the base type already has the same name. */ + if (name + && ((TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL + && (qualified_type == TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) + || (!is_const_type && !is_volatile_type))) + || (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL + && TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type + && DECL_NAME (name)))) + { + if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL) + /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here, + but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any + useful source coordinates anyway. */ + name = DECL_NAME (name); + add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name)); + } + /* This probably indicates a bug. */ + else if (mod_type_die && mod_type_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type) + add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, "__unknown__"); + + if (qualified_type) + equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die); + + if (item_type) + /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case + this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die + recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive + types are possible in Ada. */ + sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type, + TYPE_READONLY (item_type), + TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type), + context_die); + + if (sub_die != NULL) + add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die); + + return mod_type_die; +} + +/* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T. + T must be either a generic type or a generic function. + See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */ + +static void +gen_generic_params_dies (tree t) +{ + tree parms, args; + int parms_num, i; + dw_die_ref die = NULL; + + if (!t || (TYPE_P (t) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t))) + return; + + if (TYPE_P (t)) + die = lookup_type_die (t); + else if (DECL_P (t)) + die = lookup_decl_die (t); + + gcc_assert (die); + + parms = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t); + if (!parms) + /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type + or function. End of story. */ + return; + + parms_num = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms); + args = lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_args (t); + for (i = 0; i < parms_num; i++) + { + tree parm, arg, arg_pack_elems; + + parm = TREE_VEC_ELT (parms, i); + arg = TREE_VEC_ELT (args, i); + arg_pack_elems = lang_hooks.types.get_argument_pack_elems (arg); + gcc_assert (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg); + + if (parm && TREE_VALUE (parm) && arg) + { + /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack, + emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed + by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument + pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be + an argument pack. */ + if (arg_pack_elems) + template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), + arg_pack_elems, + die); + else + generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm), arg, + true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die); + } + } +} + +/* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be + the representation of a generic type parameter. + For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter. + ARG is the argument to PARM. + EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the + name of the PARM. + PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to, + as a child node. */ + +static dw_die_ref +generic_parameter_die (tree parm, tree arg, + bool emit_name_p, + dw_die_ref parent_die) +{ + dw_die_ref tmpl_die = NULL; + const char *name = NULL; + + if (!parm || !DECL_NAME (parm) || !arg) + return NULL; + + /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments, + type generic parameters and arguments, as well as + generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++) + and arguments. */ + if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL) + /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */ + tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param, parent_die, parm); + else if (TREE_CODE (parm) == TYPE_DECL) + /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */ + tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param, parent_die, parm); + else if (lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm)) + /* PARM is a generic generic parameter. + Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a + DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template + parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the + name of the template template argument. */ + tmpl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param, + parent_die, parm); + else + gcc_unreachable (); + + if (tmpl_die) + { + tree tmpl_type; + + /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are + emitting debug info for a template argument pack element. + In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element. + In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for + the die. */ + if (emit_name_p) + { + name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)); + gcc_assert (name); + add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_name, name); + } + + if (!lang_hooks.decls.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm)) + { + /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter + TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set + to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG. + If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a + child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */ + tmpl_type = TYPE_P (arg) ? arg : TREE_TYPE (arg); + add_type_attribute (tmpl_die, tmpl_type, 0, + TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type), + parent_die); + } + else + { + /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a + a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template + parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */ + + /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set + to the name of the argument. */ + name = dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg) ? TYPE_NAME (arg) : arg, 1); + if (name) + add_AT_string (tmpl_die, DW_AT_GNU_template_name, name); + } + + if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL) + /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter. + DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child + attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value + of ARG. + We must be careful here: + The value of ARG might reference some function decls. + We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic + type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't + know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be + emitted after cgraph computations. + So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to + after cgraph is ready. */ + append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die, arg); + } + + return tmpl_die; +} + +/* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing. + PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE + will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */ + +static dw_die_ref +template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack, + tree parm_pack_args, + dw_die_ref parent_die) +{ + dw_die_ref die; + int j; + + gcc_assert (parent_die && parm_pack); + + die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack, parent_die, parm_pack); + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, parm_pack); + for (j = 0; j < TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args); j++) + generic_parameter_die (parm_pack, + TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args, j), + false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */, + die); + return die; +} + +/* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is + an enumerated type. */ + +static inline int +type_is_enum (const_tree type) +{ + return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE; +} + +/* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */ + +static unsigned int +dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl) +{ + unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl); + + gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER); + +#ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP + if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs) + { + int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno); + if (leaf_reg != -1) + regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg; + } +#endif + + return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno); +} + +/* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression. + DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already + doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */ + +static void +add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref loc; + + if (*list_head != NULL) + { + /* Find the end of the chain. */ + for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) + ; + + if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece) + loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0); + } +} + +/* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or + zero if there is none. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum var_init_status initialized) +{ + rtx regs; + + if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) + return 0; + + /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the + post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running + register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special + argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. + Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */ + if ((rtl == arg_pointer_rtx || rtl == frame_pointer_rtx) + && eliminate_regs (rtl, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX) != rtl) + { + dw_loc_descr_ref result = NULL; + + if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict) + { + result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized); + if (result) + add_loc_descr (&result, + new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); + } + return result; + } + + regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl); + + if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs) + return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs, initialized); + else + return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl), initialized); +} + +/* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for + a given hard register number. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno, enum var_init_status initialized) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr; + + if (regno <= 31) + reg_loc_descr + = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_reg0 + regno), 0, 0); + else + reg_loc_descr = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0); + + if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) + add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); + + return reg_loc_descr; +} + +/* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that + designates a value that spans more than one register. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs, + enum var_init_status initialized) +{ + int nregs, size, i; + unsigned reg; + dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL; + + reg = REGNO (rtl); +#ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP + if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs) + { + int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg); + if (leaf_reg != -1) + reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg; + } +#endif + gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl)); + nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)]; + + /* Simple, contiguous registers. */ + if (regs == NULL_RTX) + { + size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs; + + loc_result = NULL; + while (nregs--) + { + dw_loc_descr_ref t; + + t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg), + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t); + add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size); + ++reg; + } + return loc_result; + } + + /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */ + + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL); + + size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0))); + loc_result = NULL; + + for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i) + { + dw_loc_descr_ref t; + + t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)), + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t); + size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0))); + add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size); + } + + if (loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) + add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); + return loc_result; +} + +/* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i) +{ + enum dwarf_location_atom op; + + /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just + defaulting to the LEB encoding. */ + if (i >= 0) + { + if (i <= 31) + op = (enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_lit0 + i); + else if (i <= 0xff) + op = DW_OP_const1u; + else if (i <= 0xffff) + op = DW_OP_const2u; + else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 + || i <= 0xffffffff) + op = DW_OP_const4u; + else + op = DW_OP_constu; + } + else + { + if (i >= -0x80) + op = DW_OP_const1s; + else if (i >= -0x8000) + op = DW_OP_const2s; + else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 + || i >= -0x80000000) + op = DW_OP_const4s; + else + op = DW_OP_consts; + } + + return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0); +} + +/* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value. + This can appear only as toplevel expression. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size, HOST_WIDE_INT i) +{ + int litsize; + dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL; + + if (!(dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) + return NULL; + + if (i >= 0) + { + if (i <= 31) + litsize = 1; + else if (i <= 0xff) + litsize = 2; + else if (i <= 0xffff) + litsize = 3; + else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 + || i <= 0xffffffff) + litsize = 5; + else + litsize = 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) i); + } + else + { + if (i >= -0x80) + litsize = 2; + else if (i >= -0x8000) + litsize = 3; + else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 + || i >= -0x80000000) + litsize = 5; + else + litsize = 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i); + } + /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value + is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need: + litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value) + and for DW_OP_implicit_value: + 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */ + if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE >= size && litsize + 1 <= 1 + 1 + size) + { + loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (i); + add_loc_descr (&loc_result, + new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); + return loc_result; + } + + loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value, + size, 0); + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const; + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int = i; + return loc_result; +} + +/* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset, + enum var_init_status initialized) +{ + unsigned int regno; + dw_loc_descr_ref result; + dw_fde_ref fde = current_fde (); + + /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the + post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running + register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special + argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */ + if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx) + { + rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX); + + if (elim != reg) + { + if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS) + { + offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1)); + elim = XEXP (elim, 0); + } + gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT + && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx + || elim == stack_pointer_rtx)) + || elim == (frame_pointer_needed + ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx + : stack_pointer_rtx)); + + /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame + pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack + is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to + access stack variables. */ + if (crtl->stack_realign_tried + && reg == frame_pointer_rtx) + { + int base_reg + = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde && fde->drap_reg != INVALID_REGNUM) + ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM + : REGNO (elim)); + return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg, offset); + } + + gcc_assert (frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid); + offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset; + return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0); + } + } + else if (!optimize + && fde + && (fde->drap_reg == REGNO (reg) + || fde->vdrap_reg == REGNO (reg))) + { + /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed + on the stack when drap is used to align stack. + Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking + is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register + used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something + else in other part of the routine. */ + return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0); + } + + regno = dbx_reg_number (reg); + if (regno <= 31) + result = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom) (DW_OP_breg0 + regno), + offset, 0); + else + result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset); + + if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) + add_loc_descr (&result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); + + return result; +} + +/* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */ + +static inline int +is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl) +{ + return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS + && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)) + && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER + && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))))); +} + +/* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0) + failed. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem) +{ + tree base; + dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result; + + if (MEM_EXPR (mem) == NULL_TREE || MEM_OFFSET (mem) == NULL_RTX) + return NULL; + + base = get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem)); + if (base == NULL + || TREE_CODE (base) != VAR_DECL + || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base)) + return NULL; + + loc_result = loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem), 1); + if (loc_result == NULL) + return NULL; + + if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem))) + loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem))); + + return loc_result; +} + +/* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf + expression. */ + +static void +expansion_failed (tree expr, rtx rtl, char const *reason) +{ + if (dump_file && (dump_flags & TDF_DETAILS)) + { + fprintf (dump_file, "Failed to expand as dwarf: "); + if (expr) + print_generic_expr (dump_file, expr, dump_flags); + if (rtl) + { + fprintf (dump_file, "\n"); + print_rtl (dump_file, rtl); + } + fprintf (dump_file, "\nReason: %s\n", reason); + } +} + +/* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly + or via for_each_rtx. */ + +static int +const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx *rtlp, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + rtx rtl = *rtlp; + + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UNSPEC) + { + /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume + we can't express it in the debug info. */ +#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING + /* Don't complain about TLS UNSPECs, those are just too hard to + delegitimize. */ + if (XVECLEN (rtl, 0) != 1 + || GET_CODE (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF + || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)) == NULL + || TREE_CODE (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0))) != VAR_DECL + || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XVECEXP (rtl, 0, 0)))) + inform (current_function_decl + ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl) + : UNKNOWN_LOCATION, + "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location", + XINT (rtl, 1)); +#endif + expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, + "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n"); + return 1; + } + + if (GET_CODE (rtl) != SYMBOL_REF) + return 0; + + if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl)) + { + bool marked; + get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked); + /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away, + it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */ + if (!marked) + { + expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, + "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n"); + return 1; + } + } + + if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE) + return 1; + + /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets + the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library, + and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are + dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed + to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */ + if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl)) + { + tree decl = SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl); + + if (decl == NULL || !targetm.binds_local_p (decl)) + { + expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, + "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n"); + return 1; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +/* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or + DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or + non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */ + +static bool +const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl) +{ + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF) + return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl, NULL) == 0; + + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST) + return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), const_ok_for_output_1, NULL) == 0; + + return true; +} + +/* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter + (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a + mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a + hypothetical "address evaluation" stack. + + When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming + the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression + equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning + it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes. + + MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some + autoincrement addressing modes. + + CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the + location list for RTL. + + Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode, + enum var_init_status initialized) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL; + enum dwarf_location_atom op; + dw_loc_descr_ref op0, op1; + + /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a + description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is + actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the + zeroth element of the array. */ + + rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl); + + switch (GET_CODE (rtl)) + { + case POST_INC: + case POST_DEC: + case POST_MODIFY: + return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized); + + case SUBREG: + /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register) + variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill + up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is + legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which + contains the given subreg. */ + if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl)) + break; + rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl); + if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + break; + if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl)) != MODE_INT) + break; + mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, initialized); + break; + + case REG: + /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the + method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident + object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as + a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon + what category of register the hardware believes the given register + belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with + here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident + data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg), + OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate + may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like + the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in + memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle + distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */ + if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) + mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + else if (stack_realign_drap + && crtl->drap_reg + && crtl->args.internal_arg_pointer == rtl + && REGNO (crtl->drap_reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER) + { + /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized + out, use DRAP instead. */ + mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (crtl->drap_reg, 0, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + } + break; + + case SIGN_EXTEND: + case ZERO_EXTEND: + op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + if (op0 == 0) + break; + else + { + int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE + - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))); + shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT; + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTEND) + op = DW_OP_shra; + else + op = DW_OP_shr; + mem_loc_result = op0; + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); + } + break; + + case MEM: + mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl), + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + if (mem_loc_result == NULL) + mem_loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl); + if (mem_loc_result != 0) + { + if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, "DWARF address size mismatch"); + return 0; + } + else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0)); + else + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, + new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, + GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)), 0)); + } + else + { + rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl); + if (new_rtl != rtl) + return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized); + } + break; + + case LO_SUM: + rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1); + + /* ... fall through ... */ + + case LABEL_REF: + /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because + the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant + pool. */ + case CONST: + case SYMBOL_REF: + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF + && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl) != TLS_MODEL_NONE) + { + dw_loc_descr_ref temp; + + /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */ + if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel) + break; + + /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since + DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer, + while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */ + temp = new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4 + ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u, 0, 0); + temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; + temp->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; + temp->dtprel = true; + + mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, temp); + + break; + } + + if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl)) + break; + + symref: + mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0); + mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; + mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; + VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl); + break; + + case CONCAT: + case CONCATN: + case VAR_LOCATION: + case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR: + expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, rtl, + "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor"); + return 0; + + case PRE_MODIFY: + /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into + PLUS code below. */ + rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1); + goto plus; + + case PRE_INC: + case PRE_DEC: + /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code + below. */ + rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0), + GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC + ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) + : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode))); + + /* ... fall through ... */ + + case PLUS: + plus: + if (is_based_loc (rtl)) + mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0), + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + else + { + mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + if (mem_loc_result == 0) + break; + + if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))) + loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))); + else + { + dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2 + = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + if (mem_loc_result2 == 0) + break; + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, mem_loc_result2); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, + new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0)); + } + } + break; + + /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to + be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */ + case MINUS: + op = DW_OP_minus; + goto do_binop; + + case MULT: + op = DW_OP_mul; + goto do_binop; + + case DIV: + op = DW_OP_div; + goto do_binop; + + case UMOD: + op = DW_OP_mod; + goto do_binop; + + case ASHIFT: + op = DW_OP_shl; + goto do_binop; + + case ASHIFTRT: + op = DW_OP_shra; + goto do_binop; + + case LSHIFTRT: + op = DW_OP_shr; + goto do_binop; + + case AND: + op = DW_OP_and; + goto do_binop; + + case IOR: + op = DW_OP_or; + goto do_binop; + + case XOR: + op = DW_OP_xor; + goto do_binop; + + do_binop: + op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + + if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0) + break; + + mem_loc_result = op0; + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); + break; + + case MOD: + op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + + if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0) + break; + + mem_loc_result = op0; + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0)); + break; + + case NOT: + op = DW_OP_not; + goto do_unop; + + case ABS: + op = DW_OP_abs; + goto do_unop; + + case NEG: + op = DW_OP_neg; + goto do_unop; + + do_unop: + op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + + if (op0 == 0) + break; + + mem_loc_result = op0; + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); + break; + + case CONST_INT: + mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl)); + break; + + case EQ: + op = DW_OP_eq; + goto do_scompare; + + case GE: + op = DW_OP_ge; + goto do_scompare; + + case GT: + op = DW_OP_gt; + goto do_scompare; + + case LE: + op = DW_OP_le; + goto do_scompare; + + case LT: + op = DW_OP_lt; + goto do_scompare; + + case NE: + op = DW_OP_ne; + goto do_scompare; + + do_scompare: + if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE + || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + break; + else + { + enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)); + + if (op_mode == VOIDmode) + op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)); + if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT) + break; + + op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + + if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0) + break; + + if (op_mode != VOIDmode + && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode); + shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT; + /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended, + there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */ + if (op == DW_OP_eq || op == DW_OP_ne) + { + dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1; + for (last0 = op0; + last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; + last0 = last0->dw_loc_next) + ; + for (last1 = op1; + last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; + last1 = last1->dw_loc_next) + ; + /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check + whether they are zero extended or not. */ + if (((last0->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size + && last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int + <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) + || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)) + && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) + == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) + & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode)))) + && ((last1->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_deref_size + && last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int + <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) + || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)) + && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) + == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) + & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode))))) + goto do_compare; + } + add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); + add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); + if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))) + op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) << shift); + else + { + add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); + add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); + } + } + } + + do_compare: + mem_loc_result = op0; + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); + if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE != 1) + { + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, + int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE)); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0)); + } + break; + + case GEU: + op = DW_OP_ge; + goto do_ucompare; + + case GTU: + op = DW_OP_gt; + goto do_ucompare; + + case LEU: + op = DW_OP_le; + goto do_ucompare; + + case LTU: + op = DW_OP_lt; + goto do_ucompare; + + do_ucompare: + if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE + || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + break; + else + { + enum machine_mode op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)); + + if (op_mode == VOIDmode) + op_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)); + if (op_mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode) != MODE_INT) + break; + + op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + + if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0) + break; + + if (op_mode != VOIDmode + && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode); + dw_loc_descr_ref last0, last1; + for (last0 = op0; + last0->dw_loc_next != NULL; + last0 = last0->dw_loc_next) + ; + for (last1 = op1; + last1->dw_loc_next != NULL; + last1 = last1->dw_loc_next) + ; + if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))) + op0 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) & mask); + /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */ + else if (last0->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size + || last0->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int + > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) + { + add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask)); + add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0)); + } + if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))) + op1 = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) & mask); + /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */ + else if (last1->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_deref_size + || last1->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int + > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode)) + { + add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask)); + add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0)); + } + } + else + { + HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1; + bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1); + add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0)); + if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))) + op1 = int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) bias + + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))); + else + add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, + bias, 0)); + } + } + goto do_compare; + + case SMIN: + case SMAX: + case UMIN: + case UMAX: + if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) != MODE_INT + || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE + || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 1))) + break; + + op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + + if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0) + break; + + add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0)); + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMAX) + { + if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT mask = GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))); + add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (mask)); + add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (mask)); + add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and, 0, 0)); + } + else + { + HOST_WIDE_INT bias = 1; + bias <<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * BITS_PER_UNIT - 1); + add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0)); + add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bias, 0)); + } + } + else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + int shift = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE + - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))); + shift *= BITS_PER_UNIT; + add_loc_descr (&op0, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); + add_loc_descr (&op0, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr (&op1, int_loc_descriptor (shift)); + add_loc_descr (&op1, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); + } + + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SMIN || GET_CODE (rtl) == UMIN) + op = DW_OP_lt; + else + op = DW_OP_gt; + mem_loc_result = op0; + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); + { + dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, drop_node; + + bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0)); + drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node); + bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc; + bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node; + } + break; + + case ZERO_EXTRACT: + case SIGN_EXTRACT: + if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1)) + && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 2)) + && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) + + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2)) + <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl))) + && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE + && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + int shift, size; + op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + if (op0 == 0) + break; + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SIGN_EXTRACT) + op = DW_OP_shra; + else + op = DW_OP_shr; + mem_loc_result = op0; + size = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)); + shift = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 2)); + if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) + shift = GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl, 0))) + - shift - size; + if (shift + size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, + int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE + - shift - size)); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl, 0, 0)); + } + if (size != (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, + int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE - size)); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); + } + } + break; + + case IF_THEN_ELSE: + { + dw_loc_descr_ref op2, bra_node, drop_node; + op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + op2 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 2), mode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + if (op0 == NULL || op1 == NULL || op2 == NULL) + break; + + mem_loc_result = op1; + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op2); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op0); + bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, bra_node); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap, 0, 0)); + drop_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, drop_node); + bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc; + bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = drop_node; + } + break; + + case COMPARE: + case ROTATE: + case ROTATERT: + case TRUNCATE: + /* In theory, we could implement the above. */ + /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations + natively. */ + case SS_MULT: + case US_MULT: + case SS_DIV: + case US_DIV: + case SS_PLUS: + case US_PLUS: + case SS_MINUS: + case US_MINUS: + case SS_NEG: + case US_NEG: + case SS_ABS: + case SS_ASHIFT: + case US_ASHIFT: + case SS_TRUNCATE: + case US_TRUNCATE: + case UDIV: + case UNORDERED: + case ORDERED: + case UNEQ: + case UNGE: + case UNGT: + case UNLE: + case UNLT: + case LTGT: + case FLOAT_EXTEND: + case FLOAT_TRUNCATE: + case FLOAT: + case UNSIGNED_FLOAT: + case FIX: + case UNSIGNED_FIX: + case FRACT_CONVERT: + case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT: + case SAT_FRACT: + case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT: + case SQRT: + case BSWAP: + case FFS: + case CLZ: + case CTZ: + case POPCOUNT: + case PARITY: + case ASM_OPERANDS: + case VEC_MERGE: + case VEC_SELECT: + case VEC_CONCAT: + case VEC_DUPLICATE: + case UNSPEC: + case HIGH: + /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we + can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some + TLS UNSPECs. */ + break; + + case CONST_STRING: + resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL); + goto symref; + + default: +#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING + print_rtl (stderr, rtl); + gcc_unreachable (); +#else + break; +#endif + } + + if (mem_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) + add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); + + return mem_loc_result; +} + +/* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations. + This is typically a complex variable. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1, enum var_init_status initialized) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL; + dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref + = loc_descriptor (x0, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref + = loc_descriptor (x1, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + + if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0) + return 0; + + cc_loc_result = x0_ref; + add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0))); + + add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref); + add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1))); + + if (initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) + add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); + + return cc_loc_result; +} + +/* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N + locations. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum var_init_status initialized) +{ + unsigned int i; + dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL; + unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0); + + for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) + { + dw_loc_descr_ref ref; + rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i); + + ref = loc_descriptor (x, VOIDmode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + if (ref == NULL) + return NULL; + + add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref); + add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))); + } + + if (cc_loc_result && initialized == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED) + add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit, 0, 0)); + + return cc_loc_result; +} + +/* Helper function for loc_descriptor. Return DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer + for DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR RTL. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtx rtl, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref ret; + dw_die_ref ref; + + if (dwarf_strict) + return NULL; + gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == VAR_DECL + || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == PARM_DECL + || TREE_CODE (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)) == RESULT_DECL); + ref = lookup_decl_die (DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl)); + ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer, 0, offset); + ret->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const; + if (ref) + { + ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref; + ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref; + ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0; + } + else + { + ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_decl_ref; + ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref = DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR_DECL (rtl); + } + return ret; +} + +/* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter + which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a + register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a + memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to + generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack. + + MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in + .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are + allowed, VOIDmode otherwise. + + If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode, + enum var_init_status initialized) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL; + + switch (GET_CODE (rtl)) + { + case SUBREG: + /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register) + variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill + up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is + legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which + contains the given subreg. */ + loc_result = loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl), + GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (rtl)), initialized); + break; + + case REG: + loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized); + break; + + case MEM: + loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl), + initialized); + if (loc_result == NULL) + loc_result = tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl); + if (loc_result == NULL) + { + rtx new_rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl); + if (new_rtl != rtl) + loc_result = loc_descriptor (new_rtl, mode, initialized); + } + break; + + case CONCAT: + loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1), + initialized); + break; + + case CONCATN: + loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl, initialized); + break; + + case VAR_LOCATION: + /* Single part. */ + if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl)) != PARALLEL) + { + rtx loc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl); + if (GET_CODE (loc) == EXPR_LIST) + loc = XEXP (loc, 0); + loc_result = loc_descriptor (loc, mode, initialized); + break; + } + + rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1); + /* FALLTHRU */ + + case PARALLEL: + { + rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0); + int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems); + enum machine_mode mode; + int i; + + /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */ + loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0), + VOIDmode, initialized); + if (loc_result == NULL) + return NULL; + mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0)); + add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); + for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++) + { + dw_loc_descr_ref temp; + + temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0), + VOIDmode, initialized); + if (temp == NULL) + return NULL; + add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp); + mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0)); + add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)); + } + } + break; + + case CONST_INT: + if (mode != VOIDmode && mode != BLKmode) + loc_result = address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), + INTVAL (rtl)); + break; + + case CONST_DOUBLE: + if (mode == VOIDmode) + mode = GET_MODE (rtl); + + if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) + { + gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl)); + + /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer + or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever + the constant requires more than one word in order to be + adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */ + loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value, + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0); + if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)) + { + unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); + unsigned char *array + = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length); + + insert_float (rtl, array); + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec; + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length / 4; + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = 4; + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array; + } + else + { + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_const_double; + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_double + = rtx_to_double_int (rtl); + } + } + break; + + case CONST_VECTOR: + if (mode == VOIDmode) + mode = GET_MODE (rtl); + + if (mode != VOIDmode && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) + { + unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)); + unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl); + unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) + ggc_alloc_atomic (length * elt_size); + unsigned int i; + unsigned char *p; + + gcc_assert (mode == GET_MODE (rtl) || VOIDmode == GET_MODE (rtl)); + switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode)) + { + case MODE_VECTOR_INT: + for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size) + { + rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i); + double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt); + + if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) + insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p); + else + { + gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)); + insert_double (val, p); + } + } + break; + + case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT: + for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size) + { + rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i); + insert_float (elt, p); + } + break; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value, + length * elt_size, 0); + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_vec; + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.length = length; + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size; + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_vec.array = array; + } + break; + + case CONST: + if (mode == VOIDmode + || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_INT + || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE + || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR) + { + loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode, initialized); + break; + } + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case SYMBOL_REF: + if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl)) + break; + case LABEL_REF: + if (mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE + && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) + { + loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0); + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; + add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); + VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl); + } + break; + + case DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR: + loc_result = implicit_ptr_descriptor (rtl, 0); + break; + + case PLUS: + if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == DEBUG_IMPLICIT_PTR + && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl, 1))) + { + loc_result + = implicit_ptr_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1))); + break; + } + /* FALLTHRU */ + default: + if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE (rtl) == mode + && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE + && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) + { + /* Value expression. */ + loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, initialized); + if (loc_result) + add_loc_descr (&loc_result, + new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); + } + break; + } + + return loc_result; +} + +/* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the + address ranges where a given location is valid. + 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that. + 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that. + 3. Otherwise, use the text section. + XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */ + +static const char * +secname_for_decl (const_tree decl) +{ + const char *secname; + + if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl)) + { + tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl); + secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree); + } + else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl)) + { + tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl); + secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree); + } + else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p) + secname = crtl->subsections.cold_section_label; + else + secname = text_section_label; + + return secname; +} + +/* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */ + +static bool +decl_by_reference_p (tree decl) +{ + return ((TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL + || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL) + && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl)); +} + +/* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor + for VARLOC. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc, rtx varloc, int want_address, + enum var_init_status initialized) +{ + int have_address = 0; + dw_loc_descr_ref descr; + enum machine_mode mode; + + if (want_address != 2) + { + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION); + /* Single part. */ + if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL) + { + varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc); + if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST) + varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0); + mode = GET_MODE (varloc); + if (MEM_P (varloc)) + { + rtx addr = XEXP (varloc, 0); + descr = mem_loc_descriptor (addr, mode, initialized); + if (descr) + have_address = 1; + else + { + rtx x = avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc); + if (x != varloc) + descr = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode, initialized); + } + } + else + descr = mem_loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized); + } + else + return 0; + } + else + { + if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION) + mode = DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc)); + else + mode = DECL_MODE (loc); + descr = loc_descriptor (varloc, mode, initialized); + have_address = 1; + } + + if (!descr) + return 0; + + if (want_address == 2 && !have_address + && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) + { + if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "DWARF address size mismatch"); + return 0; + } + add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); + have_address = 1; + } + /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */ + if (want_address && !have_address) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "Want address and only have value"); + return 0; + } + + /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */ + if (!want_address && have_address) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)); + enum dwarf_location_atom op; + + if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "DWARF address size mismatch"); + return 0; + } + else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + op = DW_OP_deref; + else + op = DW_OP_deref_size; + + add_loc_descr (&descr, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0)); + } + + return descr; +} + +/* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL + if it is not possible. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + if ((bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT) == 0 && offset == 0) + return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT, 0); + else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) + return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece, bitsize, offset); + else + return NULL; +} + +/* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor + for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl, rtx loc) +{ + rtx p; + unsigned int padsize = 0; + dw_loc_descr_ref descr, *descr_tail; + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size; + rtx varloc; + enum var_init_status initialized; + + if (DECL_SIZE (decl) == NULL + || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1)) + return NULL; + + decl_size = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1); + descr = NULL; + descr_tail = &descr; + + for (p = loc; p; p = XEXP (p, 1)) + { + unsigned int bitsize = decl_piece_bitsize (p); + rtx loc_note = *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p); + dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr; + dw_loc_descr_ref *tail, last = NULL; + unsigned int opsize = 0; + + if (loc_note == NULL_RTX + || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note) == NULL_RTX) + { + padsize += bitsize; + continue; + } + initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note); + varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note); + cur_descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, 2, initialized); + if (cur_descr == NULL) + { + padsize += bitsize; + continue; + } + + /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use + DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal + to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */ + for (tail = &cur_descr; *tail != NULL; + tail = &(*tail)->dw_loc_next) + if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_piece) + { + opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned + * BITS_PER_UNIT; + last = *tail; + } + else if ((*tail)->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bit_piece) + { + opsize += (*tail)->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned; + last = *tail; + } + + if (last != NULL && opsize != bitsize) + { + padsize += bitsize; + continue; + } + + /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF + expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */ + if (padsize) + { + if (padsize > decl_size) + return NULL; + decl_size -= padsize; + *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize, 0); + if (*descr_tail == NULL) + return NULL; + descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next; + padsize = 0; + } + *descr_tail = cur_descr; + descr_tail = tail; + if (bitsize > decl_size) + return NULL; + decl_size -= bitsize; + if (last == NULL) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0; + if (GET_CODE (varloc) == VAR_LOCATION + && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc)) != PARALLEL) + { + varloc = PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc); + if (GET_CODE (varloc) == EXPR_LIST) + varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0); + } + do + { + if (GET_CODE (varloc) == CONST + || GET_CODE (varloc) == SIGN_EXTEND + || GET_CODE (varloc) == ZERO_EXTEND) + varloc = XEXP (varloc, 0); + else if (GET_CODE (varloc) == SUBREG) + varloc = SUBREG_REG (varloc); + else + break; + } + while (1); + /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register + or implicit location descriptions and empty location + descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian + adjustment. */ + if (MEM_P (varloc)) + { + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize + = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc)) * BITS_PER_UNIT; + if (memsize != bitsize) + { + if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN != WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN + && (memsize > BITS_PER_WORD || bitsize > BITS_PER_WORD)) + return NULL; + if (memsize < bitsize) + return NULL; + if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN) + offset = memsize - bitsize; + } + } + + *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize, offset); + if (*descr_tail == NULL) + return NULL; + descr_tail = &(*descr_tail)->dw_loc_next; + } + } + + /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of + the decl. */ + if (descr != NULL && decl_size != 0) + { + *descr_tail = new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size, 0); + if (*descr_tail == NULL) + return NULL; + } + return descr; +} + +/* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of + DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree + function. */ + +static dw_loc_list_ref +dw_loc_list (var_loc_list *loc_list, tree decl, int want_address) +{ + const char *endname, *secname; + rtx varloc; + enum var_init_status initialized; + struct var_loc_node *node; + dw_loc_descr_ref descr; + char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + dw_loc_list_ref list = NULL; + dw_loc_list_ref *listp = &list; + + /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base, + actually construct the list of locations. + The first location information is what is passed to the + function that creates the location list, and the remaining + locations just get added on to that list. + Note that we only know the start address for a location + (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use + the range [current location start, next location start]. + This means we have to special case the last node, and generate + a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */ + + secname = secname_for_decl (decl); + + for (node = loc_list->first; node; node = node->next) + if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST + || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc) != NULL_RTX) + { + if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST) + { + /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable + inside DWARF expressions. */ + if (want_address != 2) + continue; + descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc); + if (descr == NULL) + continue; + } + else + { + initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc); + varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc); + descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, initialized); + } + if (descr) + { + bool range_across_switch = false; + /* If section switch happens in between node->label + and node->next->label (or end of function) and + we can't emit it as a single entry list, + emit two ranges, first one ending at the end + of first partition and second one starting at the + beginning of second partition. */ + if (node == loc_list->last_before_switch + && (node != loc_list->first || loc_list->first->next) + && current_function_decl) + { + endname = current_fde ()->dw_fde_end; + range_across_switch = true; + } + /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and + NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */ + else if (node->next) + endname = node->next->label; + /* If the variable has a location at the last label + it keeps its location until the end of function. */ + else if (!current_function_decl) + endname = text_end_label; + else + { + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + endname = ggc_strdup (label_id); + } + + *listp = new_loc_list (descr, node->label, endname, secname); + listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next; + + if (range_across_switch) + { + if (GET_CODE (node->loc) == EXPR_LIST) + descr = dw_sra_loc_expr (decl, node->loc); + else + { + initialized = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node->loc); + varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->loc); + descr = dw_loc_list_1 (decl, varloc, want_address, + initialized); + } + gcc_assert (descr); + /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and + NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */ + if (node->next) + endname = node->next->label; + else + endname = current_fde ()->dw_fde_second_end; + *listp = new_loc_list (descr, + current_fde ()->dw_fde_second_begin, + endname, secname); + listp = &(*listp)->dw_loc_next; + } + } + } + + /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location + expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one + location entry in the first place. If some entries were not + representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was + applies to the entire scope in which the variable is + available. */ + if (list && loc_list->first->next) + gen_llsym (list); + + return list; +} + +/* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented + as location description. */ + +static bool +single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list) +{ + gcc_assert (!list->dw_loc_next || list->ll_symbol); + return !list->ll_symbol; +} + +/* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */ + +static void +add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list, dw_loc_descr_ref ref) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref copy; + add_loc_descr (&list->expr, ref); + list = list->dw_loc_next; + while (list) + { + copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node (); + memcpy (copy, ref, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node)); + add_loc_descr (&list->expr, copy); + while (copy->dw_loc_next) + { + dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy = ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node (); + memcpy (new_copy, copy->dw_loc_next, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node)); + copy->dw_loc_next = new_copy; + copy = new_copy; + } + list = list->dw_loc_next; + } +} + +/* Given two lists RET and LIST + produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST + to expression in RET on each possition in program. + Might be destructive on both RET and LIST. + + TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one + element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order + and merging them that will need some additional work. + Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed + structures. */ + +static void +add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *ret, dw_loc_list_ref list) +{ + if (!list) + return; + if (!*ret) + { + *ret = list; + return; + } + if (!list->dw_loc_next) + { + add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret, list->expr); + return; + } + if (!(*ret)->dw_loc_next) + { + add_loc_descr_to_each (list, (*ret)->expr); + *ret = list; + return; + } + expansion_failed (NULL_TREE, NULL_RTX, + "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial" + " location lists.\n"); + *ret = NULL; + return; +} + +/* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant + pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */ + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc) +{ + /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */ + rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc); + enum machine_mode mode; + + if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl)) + { + gcc_assert (!rtl); + return 0; + } + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF); + + /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion + of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully + populated. */ + if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)))) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "CST value in contant pool but not marked."); + return 0; + } + mode = GET_MODE (rtl); + rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); + return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); +} + +/* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC + by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it + into simple arithmetics. */ + +static dw_loc_list_ref +loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc, bool toplev) +{ + tree obj, offset; + HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos; + enum machine_mode mode; + int volatilep; + int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)); + dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL; + + obj = get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), + &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode, + &unsignedp, &volatilep, false); + STRIP_NOPS (obj); + if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "bitfield access"); + return 0; + } + if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj)) + { + expansion_failed (obj, + NULL_RTX, "no indirect ref in inner refrence"); + return 0; + } + if (!offset && !bitpos) + list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), toplev ? 2 : 1); + else if (toplev + && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE + && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) + { + list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj, 0), 0); + if (!list_ret) + return 0; + if (offset) + { + /* Variable offset. */ + list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0); + if (list_ret1 == 0) + return 0; + add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1); + if (!list_ret) + return 0; + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, + new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0)); + } + bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT; + if (bytepos > 0) + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, + new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, + bytepos, 0)); + else if (bytepos < 0) + loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos); + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, + new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); + } + return list_ret; +} + + +/* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC. + If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed + If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned + if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location + will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used + to refer to register values). */ + +static dw_loc_list_ref +loc_list_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL, ret1 = NULL; + dw_loc_list_ref list_ret = NULL, list_ret1 = NULL; + int have_address = 0; + enum dwarf_location_atom op; + + /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero + extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real + problem... */ + + switch (TREE_CODE (loc)) + { + case ERROR_MARK: + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "ERROR_MARK"); + return 0; + + case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR: + /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the + position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The + only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using + the names of types. */ + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR"); + return 0; + + case CALL_EXPR: + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CALL_EXPR"); + /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */ + return 0; + + case PREINCREMENT_EXPR: + case PREDECREMENT_EXPR: + case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR: + case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR: + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT"); + /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */ + return 0; + + case ADDR_EXPR: + /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside + e.g. for &this->field. */ + if (want_address) + { + list_ret = loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref + (loc, want_address == 2); + if (list_ret) + have_address = 1; + else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)) + && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc))) + have_address = 1; + } + /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */ + if (!list_ret && !ret) + list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1); + else + { + if (want_address) + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "need address of ADDR_EXPR"); + return NULL; + } + break; + + case VAR_DECL: + if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc)) + { + rtx rtl; + enum dwarf_location_atom first_op; + enum dwarf_location_atom second_op; + bool dtprel = false; + + if (targetm.have_tls) + { + /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the + data. */ + if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel) + return 0; + + /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we + can only look up addresses of objects in the current + module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's + wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug + info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address + operand shouldn't be. */ + if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc) && !targetm.binds_local_p (loc)) + return 0; + first_op = DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE == 4 ? DW_OP_const4u : DW_OP_const8u; + dtprel = true; + second_op = DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address; + } + else + { + if (!targetm.emutls.debug_form_tls_address + || !(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) + return 0; + /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR + to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should + no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control + variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */ + loc = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc); + first_op = DW_OP_addr; + second_op = DW_OP_form_tls_address; + } + + rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc); + if (rtl == NULL_RTX) + return 0; + + if (!MEM_P (rtl)) + return 0; + rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); + if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl)) + return 0; + + ret = new_loc_descr (first_op, 0, 0); + ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; + ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; + ret->dtprel = dtprel; + + ret1 = new_loc_descr (second_op, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1); + + have_address = 1; + break; + } + /* FALLTHRU */ + + case PARM_DECL: + case RESULT_DECL: + if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc)) + return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc), + want_address); + /* FALLTHRU */ + + case FUNCTION_DECL: + { + rtx rtl; + var_loc_list *loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (loc); + + if (loc_list && loc_list->first) + { + list_ret = dw_loc_list (loc_list, loc, want_address); + have_address = want_address != 0; + break; + } + rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc); + if (rtl == NULL_RTX) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "DECL has no RTL"); + return 0; + } + else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl)) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl); + if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc))) + val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc)); + ret = int_loc_descriptor (val); + } + else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, "CONST_STRING"); + return 0; + } + else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl) && const_ok_for_output (rtl)) + { + ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0); + ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; + ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; + } + else + { + enum machine_mode mode; + + /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */ + if (want_address == 2) + { + ret = loc_descriptor (rtl, VOIDmode, + VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + have_address = 1; + } + else + { + mode = GET_MODE (rtl); + if (MEM_P (rtl)) + { + rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); + have_address = 1; + } + ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED); + } + if (!ret) + expansion_failed (loc, rtl, + "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl"); + } + } + break; + + case MEM_REF: + /* ??? FIXME. */ + if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1))) + return 0; + /* Fallthru. */ + case INDIRECT_REF: + list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); + have_address = 1; + break; + + case COMPOUND_EXPR: + return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address); + + CASE_CONVERT: + case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: + case SAVE_EXPR: + case MODIFY_EXPR: + return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address); + + case COMPONENT_REF: + case BIT_FIELD_REF: + case ARRAY_REF: + case ARRAY_RANGE_REF: + case REALPART_EXPR: + case IMAGPART_EXPR: + { + tree obj, offset; + HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos; + enum machine_mode mode; + int volatilep; + int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)); + + obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode, + &unsignedp, &volatilep, false); + + gcc_assert (obj != loc); + + list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (obj, + want_address == 2 + && !bitpos && !offset ? 2 : 1); + /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even + for nonzero bitpos. */ + if (list_ret == 0) + return 0; + if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "bitfield access"); + return 0; + } + + if (offset != NULL_TREE) + { + /* Variable offset. */ + list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (offset, 0); + if (list_ret1 == 0) + return 0; + add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1); + if (!list_ret) + return 0; + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0)); + } + + bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT; + if (bytepos > 0) + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0)); + else if (bytepos < 0) + loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, bytepos); + + have_address = 1; + break; + } + + case INTEGER_CST: + if ((want_address || !host_integerp (loc, 0)) + && (ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc))) + have_address = 1; + else if (want_address == 2 + && host_integerp (loc, 0) + && (ret = address_of_int_loc_descriptor + (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)), + tree_low_cst (loc, 0)))) + have_address = 1; + else if (host_integerp (loc, 0)) + ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0)); + else + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "Integer operand is not host integer"); + return 0; + } + break; + + case CONSTRUCTOR: + case REAL_CST: + case STRING_CST: + case COMPLEX_CST: + if ((ret = cst_pool_loc_descr (loc))) + have_address = 1; + else + /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */ + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "constructor or constant not in constant pool"); + break; + + case TRUTH_AND_EXPR: + case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR: + case BIT_AND_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_and; + goto do_binop; + + case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR: + case BIT_XOR_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_xor; + goto do_binop; + + case TRUTH_OR_EXPR: + case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR: + case BIT_IOR_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_or; + goto do_binop; + + case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR: + case CEIL_DIV_EXPR: + case ROUND_DIV_EXPR: + case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR: + if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc))) + return 0; + op = DW_OP_div; + goto do_binop; + + case MINUS_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_minus; + goto do_binop; + + case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR: + case CEIL_MOD_EXPR: + case ROUND_MOD_EXPR: + case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR: + if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc))) + { + op = DW_OP_mod; + goto do_binop; + } + list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); + list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0); + if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0) + return 0; + + add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1); + if (list_ret == 0) + return 0; + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0)); + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0)); + break; + + case MULT_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_mul; + goto do_binop; + + case LSHIFT_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_shl; + goto do_binop; + + case RSHIFT_EXPR: + op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra); + goto do_binop; + + case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR: + case PLUS_EXPR: + if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0)) + { + list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); + if (list_ret == 0) + return 0; + + loc_list_plus_const (list_ret, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0)); + break; + } + + op = DW_OP_plus; + goto do_binop; + + case LE_EXPR: + if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)))) + return 0; + + op = DW_OP_le; + goto do_binop; + + case GE_EXPR: + if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)))) + return 0; + + op = DW_OP_ge; + goto do_binop; + + case LT_EXPR: + if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)))) + return 0; + + op = DW_OP_lt; + goto do_binop; + + case GT_EXPR: + if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)))) + return 0; + + op = DW_OP_gt; + goto do_binop; + + case EQ_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_eq; + goto do_binop; + + case NE_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_ne; + goto do_binop; + + do_binop: + list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); + list_ret1 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0); + if (list_ret == 0 || list_ret1 == 0) + return 0; + + add_loc_list (&list_ret, list_ret1); + if (list_ret == 0) + return 0; + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); + break; + + case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR: + case BIT_NOT_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_not; + goto do_unop; + + case ABS_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_abs; + goto do_unop; + + case NEGATE_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_neg; + goto do_unop; + + do_unop: + list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); + if (list_ret == 0) + return 0; + + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); + break; + + case MIN_EXPR: + case MAX_EXPR: + { + const enum tree_code code = + TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR; + + loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc), + build2 (code, integer_type_node, + TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)), + TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0)); + } + + /* ... fall through ... */ + + case COND_EXPR: + { + dw_loc_descr_ref lhs + = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0); + dw_loc_list_ref rhs + = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0); + dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp; + + list_ret = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0); + if (list_ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0) + return 0; + + bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, bra_node); + + add_loc_list (&list_ret, rhs); + jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, jump_node); + + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, lhs); + bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc; + bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs; + + /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */ + tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, tmp); + jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc; + jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp; + } + break; + + case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR: + return 0; + + default: + /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes + up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */ + if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc) + >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "language specific tree node"); + return 0; + } + +#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING + /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of + these explicitly. We forgot one. */ + gcc_unreachable (); +#else + /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to + generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */ + return NULL; +#endif + } + + if (!ret && !list_ret) + return 0; + + if (want_address == 2 && !have_address + && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) + { + if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "DWARF address size mismatch"); + return 0; + } + if (ret) + add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); + else + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, + new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); + have_address = 1; + } + /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */ + if (want_address && !have_address) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "Want address and only have value"); + return 0; + } + + gcc_assert (!ret || !list_ret); + + /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */ + if (!want_address && have_address) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc)); + + if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "DWARF address size mismatch"); + return 0; + } + else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + op = DW_OP_deref; + else + op = DW_OP_deref_size; + + if (ret) + add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0)); + else + add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0)); + } + if (ret) + list_ret = new_loc_list (ret, NULL, NULL, NULL); + + return list_ret; +} + +/* Same as above but return only single location expression. */ +static dw_loc_descr_ref +loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc, int want_address) +{ + dw_loc_list_ref ret = loc_list_from_tree (loc, want_address); + if (!ret) + return NULL; + if (ret->dw_loc_next) + { + expansion_failed (loc, NULL_RTX, + "Location list where only loc descriptor needed"); + return NULL; + } + return ret->expr; +} + +/* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary' + which is not less than the value itself. */ + +static inline HOST_WIDE_INT +ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary) +{ + return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary); +} + +/* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a + pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return + `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an + ERROR_MARK node. */ + +static inline tree +field_type (const_tree decl) +{ + tree type; + + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK) + return integer_type_node; + + type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl); + if (type == NULL_TREE) + type = TREE_TYPE (decl); + + return type; +} + +/* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for + it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to + be an ERROR_MARK node. */ + +static inline unsigned +simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type) +{ + return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD; +} + +static inline unsigned +simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl) +{ + return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD; +} + +/* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */ + +static inline double_int +round_up_to_align (double_int t, unsigned int align) +{ + double_int alignd = uhwi_to_double_int (align); + t = double_int_add (t, alignd); + t = double_int_add (t, double_int_minus_one); + t = double_int_div (t, alignd, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR); + t = double_int_mul (t, alignd); + return t; +} + +/* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the + lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL, + or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either + because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or + because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case + just yet). */ + +static HOST_WIDE_INT +field_byte_offset (const_tree decl) +{ + double_int object_offset_in_bits; + double_int object_offset_in_bytes; + double_int bitpos_int; + + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK) + return 0; + + gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL); + + /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so + for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may + be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */ + if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl)) != INTEGER_CST) + return 0; + + bitpos_int = tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl)); + +#ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS + if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS) + { + tree type; + tree field_size_tree; + double_int deepest_bitpos; + double_int field_size_in_bits; + unsigned int type_align_in_bits; + unsigned int decl_align_in_bits; + double_int type_size_in_bits; + + type = field_type (decl); + type_size_in_bits = double_int_type_size_in_bits (type); + type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type); + + field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl); + + /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for + a flexible array member. */ + if (!field_size_tree) + field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node; + + /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */ + if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree) == INTEGER_CST) + field_size_in_bits = tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree); + else + field_size_in_bits = type_size_in_bits; + + decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl); + + /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the + starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing + structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a + bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the + start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce + this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in + some cases. For example, handling the following structure type + definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only + aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky: + + struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; }; + + Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used + in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will + allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to + do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation. + GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at + the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary + (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared + type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the + condition that there is still enough available space remaining + in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point) + to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself. + + This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for + each object of the structure type shown above. When looking + for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2', + the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing + object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero) + until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that + at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain + within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the + example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the + "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the + structure type.) + + Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts + we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC + must have believed that the containing object started (within + the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the + callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and + DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in + the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */ + + /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to + the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */ + deepest_bitpos = double_int_add (bitpos_int, field_size_in_bits); + + /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce + where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must + be. */ + object_offset_in_bits + = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos, type_size_in_bits); + + /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for + bitfields. */ + object_offset_in_bits + = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits); + + if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits, bitpos_int) > 0) + { + object_offset_in_bits + = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos, type_size_in_bits); + + /* Round up to decl_align instead. */ + object_offset_in_bits + = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits); + } + } + else +#endif /* PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS */ + object_offset_in_bits = bitpos_int; + + object_offset_in_bytes + = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits, + uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT), true, + TRUNC_DIV_EXPR); + return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes); +} + +/* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data + associated with them. */ + +/* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. + + This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and + whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are + generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */ + +static inline void +add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, + dw_loc_list_ref descr) +{ + if (descr == 0) + return; + if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr)) + add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr->expr); + else + add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, descr); +} + +/* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */ + +static void +add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) +{ + /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type + children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2 + the default has always been DW_ACCESS_public. */ + if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl)) + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected); + else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl)) + { + if (dwarf_version == 2 + || die->die_parent == NULL + || die->die_parent->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type) + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private); + } + else if (dwarf_version > 2 + && die->die_parent + && die->die_parent->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type) + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public); +} + +/* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of + struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which + represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location + descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed + byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of + the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset' + function above). + + For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object + (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The + type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the + declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the + DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in + bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the + DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the + `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the + value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute' + function below.) */ + +static void +add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) +{ + HOST_WIDE_INT offset; + dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0; + + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO) + { + /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */ + if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ()) + { + /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they + aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same + type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our + vtable. The following dwarf expression means + + BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset) + + This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */ + + dw_loc_descr_ref tmp; + + /* Make a copy of the object address. */ + tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); + + /* Extract the vtable address. */ + tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); + + /* Calculate the address of the offset. */ + offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0); + gcc_assert (offset < 0); + + tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset); + add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); + tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); + + /* Extract the offset. */ + tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); + + /* Add it to the object address. */ + tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0); + add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp); + } + else + offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0); + } + else + offset = field_byte_offset (decl); + + if (! loc_descr) + { + if (dwarf_version > 2) + { + /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */ + if (offset < 0) + add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset); + else + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, offset); + return; + } + else + { + enum dwarf_location_atom op; + + /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure + address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure + field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */ + +#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO + /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst + operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the + stack. */ + op = DW_OP_constu; +#else + op = DW_OP_plus_uconst; +#endif + + loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0); + } + } + + add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr); +} + +/* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */ + +static void +insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest) +{ + while (size != 0) + { + *dest++ = val & 0xff; + val >>= 8; + --size; + } +} + +/* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */ + +static HOST_WIDE_INT +extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size) +{ + HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0; + + src += size; + while (size != 0) + { + val <<= 8; + val |= *--src & 0xff; + --size; + } + return val; +} + +/* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */ + +static void +insert_double (double_int val, unsigned char *dest) +{ + unsigned char *p0 = dest; + unsigned char *p1 = dest + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT); + + if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN) + { + p0 = p1; + p1 = dest; + } + + insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.low, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0); + insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT) val.high, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1); +} + +/* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */ + +static void +insert_float (const_rtx rtl, unsigned char *array) +{ + REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv; + long val[4]; + int i; + + REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl); + real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl)); + + /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */ + for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++) + { + insert_int (val[i], 4, array); + array += 4; + } +} + +/* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which + does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These + things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter + to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared + constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */ + +static bool +add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl) +{ + switch (GET_CODE (rtl)) + { + case CONST_INT: + { + HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl); + + if (val < 0) + add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val); + else + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val); + } + return true; + + case CONST_DOUBLE: + /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a + floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the + constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately + represented. */ + { + enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl); + + if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)) + { + unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode); + unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length); + + insert_float (rtl, array); + add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array); + } + else + add_AT_double (die, DW_AT_const_value, + CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl)); + } + return true; + + case CONST_VECTOR: + { + enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl); + unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode); + unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl); + unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic + (length * elt_size); + unsigned int i; + unsigned char *p; + + switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode)) + { + case MODE_VECTOR_INT: + for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size) + { + rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i); + double_int val = rtx_to_double_int (elt); + + if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)) + insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val), elt_size, p); + else + { + gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT)); + insert_double (val, p); + } + } + break; + + case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT: + for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size) + { + rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i); + insert_float (elt, p); + } + break; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array); + } + return true; + + case CONST_STRING: + if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict) + { + dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result; + resolve_one_addr (&rtl, NULL); + rtl_addr: + loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0); + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr; + loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl; + add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value, 0, 0)); + add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_location, loc_result); + VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl); + return true; + } + return false; + + case CONST: + if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))) + return add_const_value_attribute (die, XEXP (rtl, 0)); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case SYMBOL_REF: + if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl)) + return false; + case LABEL_REF: + if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict) + goto rtl_addr; + return false; + + case PLUS: + /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed + the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we + can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local + variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the + corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look + like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not + exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address + of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the + *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its + lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant + values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */ + return false; + + case HIGH: + case CONST_FIXED: + return false; + + case MEM: + if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == CONST_STRING + && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) + && GET_MODE (rtl) == BLKmode) + { + add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0)); + return true; + } + return false; + + default: + /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */ + gcc_unreachable (); + } + return false; +} + +/* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables + or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be + output). */ +static tree +reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees, + void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp)) + *walk_subtrees = 0; + + if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp) + && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp)) + return *tp; + /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so + putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now + be conservative. */ + else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready + && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL)) + return *tp; + else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL) + { + struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (*tp); + if (!node || !node->needed) + return *tp; + } + else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL + && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp))) + { + /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing, + optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now. + So if *TP has no call graph node associated + to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */ + if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp)) + return *tp; + } + else if (TREE_CODE (*tp) == STRING_CST && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp)) + return *tp; + + return NULL_TREE; +} + +/* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE, + for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */ + +static rtx +rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type) +{ + rtx rtl = NULL_RTX; + + STRIP_NOPS (init); + + /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded + zeros, build CONST_STRING. */ + if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) + { + tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type); + tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); + enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype); + + if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1 + && domain + && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain)) + && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain), + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0 + && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) + == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1)) + { + rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode, + ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init))); + rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, rtl); + MEM_READONLY_P (rtl) = 1; + } + } + /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using + CONCAT: FIXME! */ + else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) + || (TREE_CODE (init) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR + && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0)))) + || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE) + ; + /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target. + FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */ + else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE + && !VECTOR_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type))) + ; + /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an + immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to + reference variables which won't be output. */ + else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) + && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL)) + { + /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if + possible. */ + if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE) + switch (TREE_CODE (init)) + { + case VECTOR_CST: + break; + case CONSTRUCTOR: + if (TREE_CONSTANT (init)) + { + VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init); + bool constant_p = true; + tree value; + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix; + + /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST + elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't + belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */ + FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value) + if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value)) + { + constant_p = false; + break; + } + + if (constant_p) + { + init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts); + break; + } + } + /* FALLTHRU */ + + default: + return NULL; + } + + rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER); + + /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */ + gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl)); + } + + return rtl; +} + +/* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */ + +static rtx +rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl) +{ + rtx rtl; + + /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives" + (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of + choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL. + + DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the + activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this + could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate + that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code + generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's + activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never + referenced within the function. + + We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL + non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be + a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases + where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg. + + Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as + a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases + where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl), + we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is + declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL + points us to a place where a value of that type is passed. + + In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different, + we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL + because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some + type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus, + if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in + such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a + `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a + `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing + output at debug-time. + + So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL + in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There + are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can + get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is + not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is + an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise + when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a + parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases, + TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will + be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the + passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch + a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be + the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below. + + Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal + parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the + end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best + as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified + sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at + debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new* + value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens + rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and + I'd like to fix it. + + A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for + any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed + type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition + to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the + "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes + could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that + sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also. + This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal + parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be + happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL + DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */ + + /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */ + rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl); + + /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except + constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in + fixed registers. */ + if (! reload_completed) + { + if (rtl + && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) + || (MEM_P (rtl) + && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))) + || (REG_P (rtl) + && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL + && TREE_STATIC (decl)))) + { + rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl); + return rtl; + } + rtl = NULL_RTX; + } + else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL) + { + if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl)) + { + tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl); + tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl); + enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type); + enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type); + + /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out. + Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle + all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */ + if (dmode == pmode) + rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl); + else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode) + && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode) + && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) + { + rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl); + if (REG_P (inc)) + rtl = inc; + else if (MEM_P (inc)) + { + if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) + rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode, + GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode) + - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode)); + else + rtl = inc; + } + } + } + + /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then + make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the + parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */ + /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before + we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all + of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe + thing to do. */ + else if (MEM_P (rtl) + && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx + && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)) + /* Not passed in memory. */ + && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) + /* Not passed by invisible reference. */ + && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)) + || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM + || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM +#if !HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER + || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM +#endif + ) + /* Big endian correction check. */ + && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN + && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl) + && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))) + < UNITS_PER_WORD)) + { + int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD + - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))); + + rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), + plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset)); + } + } + else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL + && rtl + && MEM_P (rtl) + && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) + && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) + { + int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)); + int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))); + + /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than + a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it + looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in + fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the + storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes, + else gdb will not be able to display it. */ + if (rsize > dsize) + rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), + plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize)); + } + + /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant, + and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it. + C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */ + if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl)) + rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl)); + + if (rtl) + rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl); + + /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a + reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from + code, and thus is not emitted. */ + if (rtl) + rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl); + + /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted + in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing + it. */ + if (rtl == NULL_RTX + && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL + && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) + && TREE_STATIC (decl) + && DECL_NAME (decl) + && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl) + && DECL_MODE (decl) != VOIDmode) + { + rtl = make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl); + if (!MEM_P (rtl) + || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF + || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != decl) + rtl = NULL_RTX; + } + + return rtl; +} + +/* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is + returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the + value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */ + +static tree +fortran_common (tree decl, HOST_WIDE_INT *value) +{ + tree val_expr, cvar; + enum machine_mode mode; + HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos; + tree offset; + int volatilep = 0, unsignedp = 0; + + /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if + it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it + is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't + be handled as such. */ + if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL + || !TREE_STATIC (decl) + || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl) + || !is_fortran ()) + return NULL_TREE; + + val_expr = DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl); + if (TREE_CODE (val_expr) != COMPONENT_REF) + return NULL_TREE; + + cvar = get_inner_reference (val_expr, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, + &mode, &unsignedp, &volatilep, true); + + if (cvar == NULL_TREE + || TREE_CODE (cvar) != VAR_DECL + || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar) + || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar)) + return NULL_TREE; + + *value = 0; + if (offset != NULL) + { + if (!host_integerp (offset, 0)) + return NULL_TREE; + *value = tree_low_cst (offset, 0); + } + if (bitpos != 0) + *value += bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT; + + return cvar; +} + +/* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value + data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the + DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable + or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a + register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an + actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that + these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of + constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant + pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined + function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. + + CACHE_P is true if it is worth caching the location list for DECL, + so that future calls can reuse it rather than regenerate it from scratch. + This is true for BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS in inlined subroutines, + since we will need to refer to them each time the function is inlined. */ + +static bool +add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl, bool cache_p, + enum dwarf_attribute attr) +{ + rtx rtl; + dw_loc_list_ref list; + var_loc_list *loc_list; + cached_dw_loc_list *cache; + void **slot; + + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK) + return false; + + gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL + || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL); + + /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of + the location. */ + + rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl); + if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING) + && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)) + return true; + + /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to + a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute + rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */ + loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl); + if (loc_list + && loc_list->first + && loc_list->first->next == NULL + && NOTE_P (loc_list->first->loc) + && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list->first->loc) + && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list->first->loc)) + { + struct var_loc_node *node; + + node = loc_list->first; + rtl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->loc); + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == EXPR_LIST) + rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); + if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING) + && add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)) + return true; + } + /* If this decl is from BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS, we might need its + list several times. See if we've already cached the contents. */ + list = NULL; + if (loc_list == NULL || cached_dw_loc_list_table == NULL) + cache_p = false; + if (cache_p) + { + cache = (cached_dw_loc_list *) + htab_find_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl)); + if (cache) + list = cache->loc_list; + } + if (list == NULL) + { + list = loc_list_from_tree (decl, decl_by_reference_p (decl) ? 0 : 2); + /* It is usually worth caching this result if the decl is from + BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VARS and if the list has at least two elements. */ + if (cache_p && list && list->dw_loc_next) + { + slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (cached_dw_loc_list_table, decl, + DECL_UID (decl), INSERT); + cache = ggc_alloc_cleared_cached_dw_loc_list (); + cache->decl_id = DECL_UID (decl); + cache->loc_list = list; + *slot = cache; + } + } + if (list) + { + add_AT_location_description (die, attr, list); + return true; + } + /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location; + try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */ + return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die, decl); +} + +/* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */ + +static void +defer_location (tree variable, dw_die_ref die) +{ + deferred_locations entry; + entry.variable = variable; + entry.die = die; + VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations, gc, deferred_locations_list, &entry); +} + +/* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode + initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */ + +static bool +native_encode_initializer (tree init, unsigned char *array, int size) +{ + tree type; + + if (init == NULL_TREE) + return false; + + STRIP_NOPS (init); + switch (TREE_CODE (init)) + { + case STRING_CST: + type = TREE_TYPE (init); + if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) + { + tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type); + enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype); + + if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) != MODE_INT || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) != 1) + return false; + if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size) + return false; + if (size > TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)) + { + memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)); + memset (array + TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init), + '\0', size - TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)); + } + else + memcpy (array, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init), size); + return true; + } + return false; + case CONSTRUCTOR: + type = TREE_TYPE (init); + if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size) + return false; + if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT min_index; + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt; + int curpos = 0, fieldsize; + constructor_elt *ce; + + if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) == NULL_TREE + || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0)) + return false; + + fieldsize = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)); + if (fieldsize <= 0) + return false; + + min_index = tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)), 0); + memset (array, '\0', size); + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce) + { + tree val = ce->value; + tree index = ce->index; + int pos = curpos; + if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) + pos = (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0) - min_index) + * fieldsize; + else if (index) + pos = (tree_low_cst (index, 0) - min_index) * fieldsize; + + if (val) + { + STRIP_NOPS (val); + if (!native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize)) + return false; + } + curpos = pos + fieldsize; + if (index && TREE_CODE (index) == RANGE_EXPR) + { + int count = tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 1), 0) + - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index, 0), 0); + while (count-- > 0) + { + if (val) + memcpy (array + curpos, array + pos, fieldsize); + curpos += fieldsize; + } + } + gcc_assert (curpos <= size); + } + return true; + } + else if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE + || TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE) + { + tree field = NULL_TREE; + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt; + constructor_elt *ce; + + if (int_size_in_bytes (type) != size) + return false; + + if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE) + field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (constructor_elt, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init), cnt, ce) + { + tree val = ce->value; + int pos, fieldsize; + + if (ce->index != 0) + field = ce->index; + + if (val) + STRIP_NOPS (val); + + if (field == NULL_TREE || DECL_BIT_FIELD (field)) + return false; + + if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == ARRAY_TYPE + && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field)) + && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field)))) + return false; + else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field) == NULL_TREE + || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0)) + return false; + fieldsize = tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field), 0); + pos = int_byte_position (field); + gcc_assert (pos + fieldsize <= size); + if (val + && !native_encode_initializer (val, array + pos, fieldsize)) + return false; + } + return true; + } + return false; + case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: + case NON_LVALUE_EXPR: + return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init, 0), array, size); + default: + return native_encode_expr (init, array, size) == size; + } +} + +/* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the + attribute is the const value T. */ + +static bool +tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree t) +{ + tree init; + tree type = TREE_TYPE (t); + rtx rtl; + + if (!t || !TREE_TYPE (t) || TREE_TYPE (t) == error_mark_node) + return false; + + init = t; + gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init)); + + rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type); + if (rtl) + return add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl); + /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */ + else if (CHAR_BIT == 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT == 8 + && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init)); + if (size > 0 && (int) size == size) + { + unsigned char *array = (unsigned char *) + ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size); + + if (native_encode_initializer (init, array, size)) + { + add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, size, 1, array); + return true; + } + } + } + return false; +} + +/* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the + attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant + variable with static storage duration + (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */ + +static bool +tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl) +{ + + if (!decl + || (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL + && TREE_CODE (decl) != CONST_DECL)) + return false; + + if (TREE_READONLY (decl) + && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) + && DECL_INITIAL (decl)) + /* OK */; + else + return false; + + /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */ + if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_const_value)) + return false; + + return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, DECL_INITIAL (decl)); +} + +/* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a + location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting + a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3 + DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA + expressions. */ + +static dw_loc_list_ref +convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + dw_fde_ref fde; + dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail; + dw_cfi_ref cfi; + dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa; + const char *start_label, *last_label, *section; + dw_cfa_location remember; + + fde = current_fde (); + gcc_assert (fde != NULL); + + section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl); + list_tail = &list; + list = NULL; + + memset (&next_cfa, 0, sizeof (next_cfa)); + next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM; + remember = next_cfa; + + start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin; + + /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain + advance opcodes. */ + for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) + lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember); + + last_cfa = next_cfa; + last_label = start_label; + + if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi == NULL) + { + /* If the first partition contained no CFI adjustments, the + CIE opcodes apply to the whole first partition. */ + *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset), + fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_end, section); + list_tail =&(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next; + start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin; + } + + for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next) + { + switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc) + { + case DW_CFA_set_loc: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc1: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc2: + case DW_CFA_advance_loc4: + if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa)) + { + *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset), + start_label, last_label, section); + + list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next; + last_cfa = next_cfa; + start_label = last_label; + } + last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr; + break; + + case DW_CFA_advance_loc: + /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */ + gcc_unreachable (); + + default: + lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa, &remember); + break; + } + if (cfi == fde->dw_fde_switch_cfi) + { + if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa)) + { + *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset), + start_label, last_label, section); + + list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next; + last_cfa = next_cfa; + start_label = last_label; + } + *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset), + start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section); + list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next; + start_label = last_label = fde->dw_fde_second_begin; + } + } + + if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa)) + { + *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset), + start_label, last_label, section); + list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next; + start_label = last_label; + } + + *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset), + start_label, + fde->dw_fde_second_begin + ? fde->dw_fde_second_end : fde->dw_fde_end, + section); + + if (list && list->dw_loc_next) + gen_llsym (list); + + return list; +} + +/* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the + frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in + frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement + before the latter is negated. */ + +static void +compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset) +{ + rtx reg, elim; + +#ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET + reg = frame_pointer_rtx; + offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl); +#else + reg = arg_pointer_rtx; + offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl); +#endif + + elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX); + if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS) + { + offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1)); + elim = XEXP (elim, 0); + } + + frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset; + + /* ??? AVR doesn't set up valid eliminations when there is no stack frame + in which to eliminate. This is because it's stack pointer isn't + directly accessible as a register within the ISA. To work around + this, assume that while we cannot provide a proper value for + frame_pointer_fb_offset, we won't need one either. */ + frame_pointer_fb_offset_valid + = ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT + && (elim == hard_frame_pointer_rtx + || elim == stack_pointer_rtx)) + || elim == (frame_pointer_needed + ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx + : stack_pointer_rtx)); +} + +/* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as + the value of the attribute. */ + +static void +add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string) +{ + if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0) + { + if (demangle_name_func) + name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string); + + add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string); + } +} + +/* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */ + +static void +add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die) +{ + const char *wd = get_src_pwd (); + char *wd1; + + if (wd == NULL) + return; + + if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR) + { + int wdlen; + + wdlen = strlen (wd); + wd1 = (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen + 2); + strcpy (wd1, wd); + wd1 [wdlen] = DIR_SEPARATOR; + wd1 [wdlen + 1] = 0; + wd = wd1; + } + + add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, remap_debug_filename (wd)); +} + +/* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any + default. */ + +static int +lower_bound_default (void) +{ + switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language)) + { + case DW_LANG_C: + case DW_LANG_C89: + case DW_LANG_C99: + case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus: + case DW_LANG_ObjC: + case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus: + case DW_LANG_Java: + return 0; + case DW_LANG_Fortran77: + case DW_LANG_Fortran90: + case DW_LANG_Fortran95: + return 1; + case DW_LANG_UPC: + case DW_LANG_D: + case DW_LANG_Python: + return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 0 : -1; + case DW_LANG_Ada95: + case DW_LANG_Ada83: + case DW_LANG_Cobol74: + case DW_LANG_Cobol85: + case DW_LANG_Pascal83: + case DW_LANG_Modula2: + case DW_LANG_PLI: + return dwarf_version >= 4 ? 1 : -1; + default: + return -1; + } +} + +/* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output + a representation for that bound. */ + +static void +add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound) +{ + switch (TREE_CODE (bound)) + { + case ERROR_MARK: + return; + + /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */ + case INTEGER_CST: + { + unsigned int prec = simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound)); + int dflt; + + /* Use the default if possible. */ + if (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound + && host_integerp (bound, 0) + && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1 + && tree_low_cst (bound, 0) == dflt) + ; + + /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the + precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the + type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */ + else if (prec < HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT) + { + unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask + = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) 1 << prec) - 1; + add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, + TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound) & mask); + } + else if (prec == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT + || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound) == 0) + add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, + TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound)); + else + add_AT_double (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound), + TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound)); + } + break; + + CASE_CONVERT: + case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR: + add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0)); + break; + + case SAVE_EXPR: + break; + + case VAR_DECL: + case PARM_DECL: + case RESULT_DECL: + { + dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound); + + /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound + first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create + the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in + the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a + later parameter. */ + if (decl_die != NULL) + { + add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die); + break; + } + } + /* FALLTHRU */ + + default: + { + /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to + evaluate the value of the array bound. */ + + dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die; + dw_loc_list_ref list; + + list = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 2); + if (list == NULL || single_element_loc_list_p (list)) + { + /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is + a DWARF expression rather than location description. + For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed. + If that fails to give a single element list, + fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */ + dw_loc_list_ref list2 = loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0); + if (list2 && single_element_loc_list_p (list2)) + { + add_AT_loc (subrange_die, bound_attr, list2->expr); + break; + } + } + if (list == NULL) + break; + + if (current_function_decl == 0) + ctx = comp_unit_die (); + else + ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl); + + decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound); + add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); + add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx); + add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, list); + add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die); + break; + } + } +} + +/* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing + possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true. + Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also + includes information about the element type of the given array type. */ + +static void +add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type, bool collapse_p) +{ + unsigned dimension_number; + tree lower, upper; + dw_die_ref subrange_die; + + for (dimension_number = 0; + TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE && (dimension_number == 0 || collapse_p); + type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++) + { + tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type); + + if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && is_fortran () && dimension_number > 0) + break; + + /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds, + and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms + here. */ + subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL); + if (domain) + { + /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */ + lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain); + upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain); + + /* Define the index type. */ + if (TREE_TYPE (domain)) + { + /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the + TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this + because it is an unnamed integral type. */ + if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE + && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE + && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE + && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE) + ; + else + add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0, + type_die); + } + + /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length, + but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran + dimension arr(N:*) + Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N + to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower + bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */ + + add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower); + if (upper) + add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper); + } + + /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The + DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the + bounds. */ + } +} + +static void +add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node) +{ + unsigned size; + + switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node)) + { + case ERROR_MARK: + size = 0; + break; + case ENUMERAL_TYPE: + case RECORD_TYPE: + case UNION_TYPE: + case QUAL_UNION_TYPE: + size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node); + break; + case FIELD_DECL: + /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is + generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an + object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true + even for bit-fields. */ + size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT; + break; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that + indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We + have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time, + so just let the -1 pass on through. */ + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size); +} + +/* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute + which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the + "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the + bit-field itself. + + For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object + (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The + type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the + declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the + exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather + complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above). + + Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" + which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. + (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */ + +static inline void +add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) +{ + HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl); + tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl); + HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int; + HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset; + HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset; + HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset; + + /* Must be a field and a bit field. */ + gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL); + + /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we + encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute + whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */ + if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0) + || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1)) + return; + + bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl); + + /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the + highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of + the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field + is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation + below must take account of these differences. */ + highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT; + highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int; + + if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN) + { + highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0); + highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type); + } + + bit_offset + = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN + ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset + : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset); + + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset); +} + +/* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute + which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */ + +static inline void +add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) +{ + /* Must be a field and a bit field. */ + gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL + && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl)); + + if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1)) + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1)); +} + +/* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped' + attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */ + +static inline void +add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type) +{ + if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89 + && prototype_p (func_type)) + add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1); +} + +/* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found + by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration + equate table. */ + +static inline dw_die_ref +add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin) +{ + dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL; + + if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL) + { + /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined + function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make + sure that the abstract function has been written out. + + Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are + distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */ + tree fn = origin; + + if (TYPE_P (fn)) + fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn); + + fn = decl_function_context (fn); + if (fn) + dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn); + } + + if (DECL_P (origin)) + origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin); + else if (TYPE_P (origin)) + origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin); + + /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block + trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other + languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to + output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather + than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will + have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all + functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die) + here. */ + + if (origin_die) + add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die); + return origin_die; +} + +/* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */ + +static inline void +add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl) +{ + if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl)) + { + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual); + + if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0)) + add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location, + new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu, + tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0), + 0)); + + /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */ + if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE + && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)) + add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type, + lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl))); + } +} + +/* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the + given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4 + standardized it. */ + +static void +add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) +{ + const char *name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)); + + /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */ + if (name[0] == '*') + name = &name[1]; + + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_linkage_name, name); + else + add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name, name); +} + +/* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */ + +static void +add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) +{ + expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl)); + + add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file)); + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line); +} + +/* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */ + +static void +add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) +{ + if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL) + && TREE_PUBLIC (decl) + && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) + && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)) + && die->die_tag != DW_TAG_member) + { + /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */ + if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl)) + { + limbo_die_node *asm_name; + + asm_name = ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node (); + asm_name->die = die; + asm_name->created_for = decl; + asm_name->next = deferred_asm_name; + deferred_asm_name = asm_name; + } + else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)) + add_linkage_attr (die, decl); + } +} + +/* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the + given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */ + +static void +add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl) +{ + tree decl_name; + + decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl); + if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL) + { + const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0); + if (name) + add_name_attribute (die, name); + if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) + add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl); + + add_linkage_name (die, decl); + } + +#ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO + /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different + from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */ + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl)) + { + add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address, + XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)); + VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0)); + } +#endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */ +} + +#ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO +/* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */ + +void +dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void) +{ + char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + dw_die_ref die; + + /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */ + die = ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node (); + die->die_tag = DW_TAG_subprogram; + add_name_attribute (die, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label); + + /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die (). */ + die->die_parent = comp_unit_die (); + if (comp_unit_die ()->die_child) + { + die->die_sib = comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib; + comp_unit_die ()->die_child->die_sib = die; + } + else + { + die->die_sib = die; + comp_unit_die ()->die_child = die; + } +} +#endif /* VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO */ + +/* Push a new declaration scope. */ + +static void +push_decl_scope (tree scope) +{ + VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope); +} + +/* Pop a declaration scope. */ + +static inline void +pop_decl_scope (void) +{ + VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table); +} + +/* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type. + Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other + types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope + otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get + the current active scope. */ + +static dw_die_ref +scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL; + tree containing_scope; + int i; + + /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */ + gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t)); + + containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t); + + /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */ + if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL) + { + if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope)) + /* OK */; + else + containing_scope = NULL_TREE; + } + + /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that + a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but + that isn't useful to DWARF. */ + if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE) + containing_scope = NULL_TREE; + + if (SCOPE_FILE_SCOPE_P (containing_scope)) + scope_die = comp_unit_die (); + else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope)) + { + /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But + first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it + so we know where the new DIE should go. */ + for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i) + if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope) + break; + + if (i < 0) + { + gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE + || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope)); + /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type + CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */ + scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope); + + /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */ + if (scope_die == NULL) + scope_die = comp_unit_die (); + } + else + scope_die = lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (containing_scope); + } + else + scope_die = context_die; + + return scope_die; +} + +/* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */ + +static inline int +local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent) + if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine + || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram) + return 1; + + return 0; +} + +/* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */ + +static inline int +class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + return (context_die + && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type + || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type + || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_interface_type + || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type)); +} + +/* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding + whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */ + +static inline int +class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + return (class_scope_p (context_die) + || (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace)); +} + +/* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This + routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given + by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */ + +static void +add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const, + int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type); + dw_die_ref type_die = NULL; + + /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point + or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no + support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is + an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */ + if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE || code == FIXED_POINT_TYPE) + && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0) + type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type); + + if (code == ERROR_MARK + /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we + generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type + `void', so this only applies to function return types). */ + || code == VOID_TYPE) + return; + + type_die = modified_type_die (type, + decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type), + decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type), + context_die); + + if (type_die != NULL) + add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die); +} + +/* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the + function call type. */ +static void +add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree decl) +{ + enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal; + + value = ((enum dwarf_calling_convention) + targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl))); + + if (is_fortran () + && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)), "MAIN__")) + { + /* DWARF 2 doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level + entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant + to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a + better way to signal the Fortran main program, we used this for + a long time, following existing custom. Now, DWARF 4 has + DW_AT_main_subprogram, which we add below, but some tools still + rely on the old way, which we thus keep. */ + value = DW_CC_program; + + if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict) + add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_main_subprogram, 1); + } + + /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and + is not DW_CC_normal. */ + if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal)) + add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value); +} + +/* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return + a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type + was declared without a tag. */ + +static const char * +type_tag (const_tree type) +{ + const char *name = 0; + + if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0) + { + tree t = 0; + + /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */ + if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE + && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type)) + t = TYPE_NAME (type); + + /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to + a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was + involved. */ + else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL + && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type))) + { + /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if + DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name + doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return + 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */ + if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type)) + && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type))) + name = lang_hooks.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type), 2); + } + + /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */ + if (!name && t != 0) + name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t); + } + + return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name; +} + +/* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check + for bit field types. */ + +static inline tree +member_declared_type (const_tree member) +{ + return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) + ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member)); +} + +/* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different + from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */ + +#if 0 +static const char * +decl_start_label (tree decl) +{ + rtx x; + const char *fnname; + + x = DECL_RTL (decl); + gcc_assert (MEM_P (x)); + + x = XEXP (x, 0); + gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF); + + fnname = XSTR (x, 0); + return fnname; +} +#endif + +/* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for + the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking + the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */ + +static void +gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die); + dw_die_ref array_die; + + /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one + dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types. + We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple + subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification + say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because + there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional + array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the + actual representation, which is especially important against the language + flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */ + + bool collapse_nested_arrays = !is_ada (); + tree element_type; + + /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as + DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */ + if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) + && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE + && is_fortran () + && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node)) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT size; + + array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die, type); + add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type)); + equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die); + size = int_size_in_bytes (type); + if (size >= 0) + add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size); + else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type) != NULL_TREE + && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) != NULL_TREE + && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)))) + { + tree szdecl = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)); + dw_loc_list_ref loc = loc_list_from_tree (szdecl, 2); + + size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl)); + if (loc && size > 0) + { + add_AT_location_description (array_die, DW_AT_string_length, loc); + if (size != DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size); + } + } + return; + } + + /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types + (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner + array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die + before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this + target. */ + +#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO + gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die); + collapse_nested_arrays = false; +#endif + + array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type); + add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type)); + equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die); + + if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE) + add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1); + + /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */ + if (is_fortran () + && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE + && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == ARRAY_TYPE + && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type))) + add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major); + +#if 0 + /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do + the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even + an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If + SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays, + then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if + and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so + for multidimensional arrays. */ + add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major); +#endif + +#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO + /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting + AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */ + if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE + && ! TYPE_DOMAIN (type)) + add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); + else +#endif + if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE) + { + /* For VECTOR_TYPEs we use an array die with appropriate bounds. */ + dw_die_ref subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL); + add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, size_zero_node); + add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, + size_int (TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (type) - 1)); + } + else + add_subscript_info (array_die, type, collapse_nested_arrays); + + /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and + emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */ + element_type = TREE_TYPE (type); + if (collapse_nested_arrays) + while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE) + { + if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type) && is_fortran ()) + break; + element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type); + } + +#ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO + gen_type_die (element_type, context_die); +#endif + + add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die); + + if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name)) + add_pubtype (type, array_die); +} + +static dw_loc_descr_ref +descr_info_loc (tree val, tree base_decl) +{ + HOST_WIDE_INT size; + dw_loc_descr_ref loc, loc2; + enum dwarf_location_atom op; + + if (val == base_decl) + return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address, 0, 0); + + switch (TREE_CODE (val)) + { + CASE_CONVERT: + return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl); + case VAR_DECL: + return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val, 0); + case INTEGER_CST: + if (host_integerp (val, 0)) + return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val, 0)); + break; + case INDIRECT_REF: + size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val)); + if (size < 0) + break; + loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl); + if (!loc) + break; + if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE) + add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0)); + else + add_loc_descr (&loc, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size, size, 0)); + return loc; + case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR: + case PLUS_EXPR: + if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1) + && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 1) + < 16384) + { + loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl); + if (!loc) + break; + loc_descr_plus_const (&loc, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), 0)); + } + else + { + op = DW_OP_plus; + do_binop: + loc = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 0), base_decl); + if (!loc) + break; + loc2 = descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val, 1), base_decl); + if (!loc2) + break; + add_loc_descr (&loc, loc2); + add_loc_descr (&loc2, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0)); + } + return loc; + case MINUS_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_minus; + goto do_binop; + case MULT_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_mul; + goto do_binop; + case EQ_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_eq; + goto do_binop; + case NE_EXPR: + op = DW_OP_ne; + goto do_binop; + default: + break; + } + return NULL; +} + +static void +add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr, + tree val, tree base_decl) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref loc; + + if (host_integerp (val, 0)) + { + add_AT_unsigned (die, attr, tree_low_cst (val, 0)); + return; + } + + loc = descr_info_loc (val, base_decl); + if (!loc) + return; + + add_AT_loc (die, attr, loc); +} + +/* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details + are filled into *info by a langhook. */ + +static void +gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type, struct array_descr_info *info, + dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die); + dw_die_ref array_die; + int dim; + + array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type); + add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type)); + equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die); + + /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */ + if (is_fortran () + && info->ndimensions >= 2) + add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_col_major); + + if (info->data_location) + add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_data_location, info->data_location, + info->base_decl); + if (info->associated) + add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_associated, info->associated, + info->base_decl); + if (info->allocated) + add_descr_info_field (array_die, DW_AT_allocated, info->allocated, + info->base_decl); + + for (dim = 0; dim < info->ndimensions; dim++) + { + dw_die_ref subrange_die + = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, array_die, NULL); + + if (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound) + { + /* If it is the default value, omit it. */ + int dflt; + + if (host_integerp (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) + && (dflt = lower_bound_default ()) != -1 + && tree_low_cst (info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, 0) == dflt) + ; + else + add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, + info->dimen[dim].lower_bound, + info->base_decl); + } + if (info->dimen[dim].upper_bound) + add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, + info->dimen[dim].upper_bound, + info->base_decl); + if (info->dimen[dim].stride) + add_descr_info_field (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_stride, + info->dimen[dim].stride, + info->base_decl); + } + + gen_type_die (info->element_type, context_die); + add_type_attribute (array_die, info->element_type, 0, 0, context_die); + + if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name)) + add_pubtype (type, array_die); +} + +#if 0 +static void +gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl); + dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl); + + if (origin != NULL) + add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin); + else + { + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl); + add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), + 0, 0, context_die); + } + + if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)) + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die); + else + add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl)); +} +#endif + +/* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to + emit full debugging info for them. */ + +static void +retry_incomplete_types (void) +{ + int i; + + for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), + DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE)) + gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die ()); +} + +/* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */ + +static enum dwarf_tag +record_type_tag (tree type) +{ + if (! lang_hooks.types.classify_record) + return DW_TAG_structure_type; + + switch (lang_hooks.types.classify_record (type)) + { + case RECORD_IS_STRUCT: + return DW_TAG_structure_type; + + case RECORD_IS_CLASS: + return DW_TAG_class_type; + + case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE: + if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) + return DW_TAG_interface_type; + return DW_TAG_structure_type; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } +} + +/* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs + include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each + enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type + DIE. */ + +static dw_die_ref +gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type); + + if (type_die == NULL) + { + type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, + scope_die_for (type, context_die), type); + equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die); + add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type)); + if (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict) + { + if (ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type)) + add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_enum_class, 1); + if (ENUM_IS_OPAQUE (type)) + add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); + } + } + else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type)) + return type_die; + else + remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration); + + /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the + given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size + attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */ + if (TYPE_SIZE (type)) + { + tree link; + + TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; + add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type); + if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE) + { + add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)); + add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)); + } + + /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an + inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */ + if (type_die->die_parent == NULL) + add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die); + + for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type); + link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) + { + dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link); + tree value = TREE_VALUE (link); + + add_name_attribute (enum_die, + IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link))); + + if (TREE_CODE (value) == CONST_DECL) + value = DECL_INITIAL (value); + + if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value)))) + /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or + not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB + always assumes the values are signed, so we output all + values as if they were signed. That means that + enumeration constants with very large unsigned values + will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */ + add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value, + tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0)); + } + } + else + add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); + + if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name)) + add_pubtype (type, type_die); + + return type_die; +} + +/* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to + represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function + type. + + Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a + ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which + represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE + node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a + DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If + it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a + DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal + argument type of some subprogram type. + If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes + are emitted. */ + +static dw_die_ref +gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, tree origin, bool emit_name_p, + dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + tree node_or_origin = node ? node : origin; + tree ultimate_origin; + dw_die_ref parm_die + = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node); + + switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin))) + { + case tcc_declaration: + ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin); + if (node || ultimate_origin) + origin = ultimate_origin; + if (origin != NULL) + add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin); + else if (emit_name_p) + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node); + if (origin == NULL + || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin) + && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin), + decl_function_context + (node_or_origin)))) + { + tree type = TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin); + if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin)) + add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, + context_die); + else + add_type_attribute (parm_die, type, + TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin), + TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin), + context_die); + } + if (origin == NULL && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node)) + add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); + + if (node && node != origin) + equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die); + if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin)) + add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, + node == NULL, DW_AT_location); + + break; + + case tcc_type: + /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */ + add_type_attribute (parm_die, node_or_origin, 0, 0, context_die); + break; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + return parm_die; +} + +/* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate + children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the + parameter pack. + + PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack. + PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN + must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to. + SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to. + If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument + following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */ + +static dw_die_ref +gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack, + tree pack_arg, + dw_die_ref subr_die, + tree *next_arg) +{ + tree arg; + dw_die_ref parm_pack_die; + + gcc_assert (parm_pack + && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack) + && subr_die); + + parm_pack_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack, subr_die, parm_pack); + add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die, parm_pack); + + for (arg = pack_arg; arg; arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg)) + { + if (! lang_hooks.decls.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg, + parm_pack)) + break; + gen_formal_parameter_die (arg, NULL, + false /* Don't emit name attribute. */, + parm_pack_die); + } + if (next_arg) + *next_arg = arg; + return parm_pack_die; +} + +/* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis + at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */ + +static void +gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type); +} + +/* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a + DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal + parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for + those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */ + +static void +gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + tree link; + tree formal_type = NULL; + tree first_parm_type; + tree arg; + + if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL) + { + arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type); + function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type); + } + else + arg = NULL_TREE; + + first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type); + + /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a + DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */ + for (link = first_parm_type; link; ) + { + dw_die_ref parm_die; + + formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link); + if (formal_type == void_type_node) + break; + + /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */ + parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, NULL, + true /* Emit name attribute. */, + context_die); + if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE + && link == first_parm_type) + { + add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); + if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) + add_AT_die_ref (context_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die); + } + else if (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)) + add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); + + link = TREE_CHAIN (link); + if (arg) + arg = DECL_CHAIN (arg); + } + + /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a + DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */ + if (formal_type != void_type_node) + gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die); + + /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types + and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */ + for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type); + link && TREE_VALUE (link); + link = TREE_CHAIN (link)) + gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die); +} + +/* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the + die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back + to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to + generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the + trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */ + +static void +gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + gen_type_die (type, context_die); + + /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have + emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */ + if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) + && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)) + && ! lookup_decl_die (member)) + { + dw_die_ref type_die; + gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member)); + + push_decl_scope (type); + type_die = lookup_type_die_strip_naming_typedef (type); + if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL) + gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die); + else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL) + { + /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle + C++ anonymous unions and structs. */ + if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE + || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE + || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE) + { + gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die); + gen_field_die (member, type_die); + } + } + else + gen_variable_die (member, NULL_TREE, type_die); + + pop_decl_scope (); + } +} + +/* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we + may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl) +{ + dw_die_ref old_die; + tree save_fn; + tree context; + int was_abstract; + htab_t old_decl_loc_table; + htab_t old_cached_dw_loc_list_table; + + /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */ + decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl); + + old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); + if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline)) + /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */ + return; + + /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine + DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would + get locations in abstract instantces. */ + old_decl_loc_table = decl_loc_table; + decl_loc_table = NULL; + old_cached_dw_loc_list_table = cached_dw_loc_list_table; + cached_dw_loc_list_table = NULL; + + /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so + we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */ + if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + { + context = decl_class_context (decl); + if (context) + gen_type_die_for_member + (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die ()); + } + + /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */ + save_fn = current_function_decl; + current_function_decl = decl; + push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl)); + + was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl); + set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1); + dwarf2out_decl (decl); + if (! was_abstract) + set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0); + + current_function_decl = save_fn; + decl_loc_table = old_decl_loc_table; + cached_dw_loc_list_table = old_cached_dw_loc_list_table; + pop_cfun (); +} + +/* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through + htab_traverse. + + Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets + marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */ + +static int +premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + tree type; + dw_die_ref die; + + type = (tree) *slot; + die = lookup_type_die (type); + if (die != NULL) + die->die_perennial_p = 1; + return 1; +} + +/* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called + through htab_traverse. + + Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets + marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked + only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */ + +static int +premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot, + void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + struct types_used_by_vars_entry *entry; + dw_die_ref die; + + entry = (struct types_used_by_vars_entry *) *slot; + gcc_assert (entry->type != NULL + && entry->var_decl != NULL); + die = lookup_type_die (entry->type); + if (die) + { + /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted. + If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */ + struct varpool_node *node = varpool_get_node (entry->var_decl); + if (node && node->needed) + { + die->die_perennial_p = 1; + /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */ + while ((die = die->die_parent) && die->die_perennial_p == 0) + die->die_perennial_p = 1; + } + } + return 1; +} + +/* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */ + +static void +premark_used_types (void) +{ + if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash) + htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL); +} + +/* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */ + +static void +premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void) +{ + if (types_used_by_vars_hash) + htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash, + premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper, NULL); +} + +/* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or + block-local). */ + +static void +gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl); + dw_die_ref subr_die; + tree outer_scope; + dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); + int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl + || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)); + + premark_used_types (); + + /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we + started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output + its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline + from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority; + we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */ + + /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */ + if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)) + { + origin = NULL; + gcc_assert (!old_die); + } + + /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we + might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */ + if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die + && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) + && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die) + && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + old_die = force_decl_die (decl); + + if (origin != NULL) + { + gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die)); + + /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested + inline function. */ + if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL) + add_child_die (context_die, old_die); + + subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl); + add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin); + } + else if (old_die) + { + expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl)); + struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file); + + if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) + /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the + case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines. + It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */ + && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline)) + { + /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output + something we have already output. */ + return; + } + + /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration, + maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function + that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the + debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract + instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy + to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't + apply; we just use the old DIE. */ + if ((is_cu_die (old_die->die_parent) || context_die == NULL) + && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) + || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index + && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) + == (unsigned) s.line)))) + { + subr_die = old_die; + + /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters. + Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this + declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such + cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module) + is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */ + remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration); + remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer); + remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter); + } + else + { + subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl); + add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die); + if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index) + add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index); + if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line) + add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line); + } + } + else + { + subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl); + + if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) + add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1); + + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl); + if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + { + add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl)); + add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), + 0, 0, context_die); + } + + add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl); + if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) + add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); + + add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die, decl); + } + + if (declaration) + { + if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline)) + { + add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); + + /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate + a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */ + if (lang_hooks.decls.function_decl_explicit_p (decl) + && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) + add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_explicit, 1); + + /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of + the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting + the class first. The next time is the definition, which is + handled above. The two may come from the same source text. + + Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is + later reused to represent definition. */ + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die); + } + } + else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)) + { + if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl)) + { + if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)) + add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined); + else + add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined); + } + else + { + if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)) + add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined); + else + add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined); + } + + if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl) + && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl))) + add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); + + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die); + } + else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)) + { + HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset; + + if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline)) + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die); + + if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition) + { + dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[current_funcdef_fde]; + if (fde->dw_fde_begin) + { + /* We have already generated the labels. */ + add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, fde->dw_fde_begin); + add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, fde->dw_fde_end); + } + else + { + /* Create start/end labels and add the range. */ + char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL, + current_function_funcdef_no); + add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id); + } + +#if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO + /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions + Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes: + When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally + desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first + instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the + function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local + declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of + the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally + cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a + breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue + attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */ + + { + if (fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue) + add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_prologue, + fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue); + + if (fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue) + add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die, DW_AT_HP_epilogue, + fde->dw_fde_begin, fde->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue); + } +#endif + + add_pubname (decl, subr_die); + } + else + { /* Generate pubnames entries for the split function code + ranges. */ + dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[current_funcdef_fde]; + + if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin) + { + if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) + { + /* We should use ranges for non-contiguous code section + addresses. Use the actual code range for the initial + section, since the HOT/COLD labels might precede an + alignment offset. */ + bool range_list_added = false; + add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_begin, + fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added); + add_ranges_by_labels (subr_die, fde->dw_fde_second_begin, + fde->dw_fde_second_end, + &range_list_added); + add_pubname (decl, subr_die); + if (range_list_added) + add_ranges (NULL); + } + else + { + /* There is no real support in DW2 for this .. so we make + a work-around. First, emit the pub name for the segment + containing the function label. Then make and emit a + simplified subprogram DIE for the second segment with the + name pre-fixed by __hot/cold_sect_of_. We use the same + linkage name for the second die so that gdb will find both + sections when given "b foo". */ + const char *name = NULL; + tree decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl); + dw_die_ref seg_die; + + /* Do the 'primary' section. */ + add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, + fde->dw_fde_begin); + add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, + fde->dw_fde_end); + /* Add it. */ + add_pubname (decl, subr_die); + + /* Build a minimal DIE for the secondary section. */ + seg_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, + subr_die->die_parent, decl); + + if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) + add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_external, 1); + + if (decl_name != NULL + && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL) + { + name = dwarf2_name (decl, 1); + if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) + add_src_coords_attributes (seg_die, decl); + + add_linkage_name (seg_die, decl); + } + gcc_assert (name != NULL); + add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (seg_die, decl); + if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) + add_AT_flag (seg_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); + + name = concat ("__second_sect_of_", name, NULL); + add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_low_pc, + fde->dw_fde_second_begin); + add_AT_lbl_id (seg_die, DW_AT_high_pc, + fde->dw_fde_second_end); + add_name_attribute (seg_die, name); + add_pubname_string (name, seg_die); + } + } + else + { + add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, fde->dw_fde_begin); + add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, fde->dw_fde_end); + add_pubname (decl, subr_die); + } + } + +#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO + /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */ + add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde); +#endif + + cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl); + + /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more + convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue + and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer, + (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us + to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that, + (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation + code that determines the CFA position at various points in the + function. */ + if (dwarf_version >= 3) + { + dw_loc_descr_ref op = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa, 0, 0); + add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, op); + } + else + { + dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset); + if (list->dw_loc_next) + add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list); + else + add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr); + } + + /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to + the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots + will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the + debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references + by this displacement. */ + compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset); + + if (cfun->static_chain_decl) + add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link, + loc_list_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl, 2)); + } + + /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */ + if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + gen_generic_params_dies (decl); + + /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets + (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list + for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing + `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if + there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type + associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type + FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this + FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be + an ellipsis at the end. */ + + /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we + need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of + its formal parameters. */ + if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + ; + else if (declaration) + gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die); + else + { + /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */ + tree parm = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl); + tree generic_decl = lang_hooks.decls.get_generic_function_decl (decl); + tree generic_decl_parm = generic_decl + ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl) + : NULL; + + /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and + emit their relevant DIEs. + + We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function + as well as it being a normal function. + + If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the + parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of + DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for + function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the + generic function declaration. In that particular case, + the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE. + That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments + of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty. + In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any + children DIE. + + Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */ + while (generic_decl_parm || parm) + { + if (generic_decl_parm + && lang_hooks.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm)) + gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm, + parm, subr_die, + &parm); + else if (parm) + { + dw_die_ref parm_die = gen_decl_die (parm, NULL, subr_die); + + if (parm == DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl) + && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == METHOD_TYPE + && parm_die + && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) + add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_object_pointer, parm_die); + + parm = DECL_CHAIN (parm); + } + + if (generic_decl_parm) + generic_decl_parm = DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm); + } + + /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end. + There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration - + this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a + void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a + definition). This just means that we have no info about the + parameters at all. */ + if (prototype_p (TREE_TYPE (decl))) + { + /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */ + if (stdarg_p (TREE_TYPE (decl))) + gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die); + } + else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE) + gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die); + } + + /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function + (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */ + outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl); + + /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent + a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour + for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal + parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front + end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto + the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the + DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead. + + The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of + the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info + for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be + a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces, + and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++ + constructor function. */ + if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK) + { + /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */ + if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl))) + gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), NULL, subr_die); + + current_function_has_inlines = 0; + decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0); + } + /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */ + add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, decl); + +} + +/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */ + +static hashval_t +common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x) +{ + const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x; + return (hashval_t) d->decl_id ^ htab_hash_pointer (d->die_parent); +} + +/* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same + as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */ + +static int +common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y) +{ + const_dw_die_ref d = (const_dw_die_ref) x; + const_dw_die_ref e = (const_dw_die_ref) y; + return d->decl_id == e->decl_id && d->die_parent == e->die_parent; +} + +/* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. + Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */ + +static void +gen_variable_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + HOST_WIDE_INT off; + tree com_decl; + tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin; + tree ultimate_origin; + dw_die_ref var_die; + dw_die_ref old_die = decl ? lookup_decl_die (decl) : NULL; + dw_die_ref origin_die; + bool declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin) + || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)); + bool specialization_p = false; + + ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin); + if (decl || ultimate_origin) + origin = ultimate_origin; + com_decl = fortran_common (decl_or_origin, &off); + + /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form + of a data member. */ + if (com_decl) + { + dw_die_ref com_die; + dw_loc_list_ref loc; + die_node com_die_arg; + + var_die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin); + if (var_die) + { + if (get_AT (var_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL) + { + loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, off ? 1 : 2); + if (loc) + { + if (off) + { + /* Optimize the common case. */ + if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc) + && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr + && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL + && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) + == SYMBOL_REF) + loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr + = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off); + else + loc_list_plus_const (loc, off); + } + add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc); + remove_AT (var_die, DW_AT_declaration); + } + } + return; + } + + if (common_block_die_table == NULL) + common_block_die_table + = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash, + common_block_die_table_eq, NULL); + + com_die_arg.decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl); + com_die_arg.die_parent = context_die; + com_die = (dw_die_ref) htab_find (common_block_die_table, &com_die_arg); + loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2); + if (com_die == NULL) + { + const char *cnam + = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl)); + void **slot; + + com_die = new_die (DW_TAG_common_block, context_die, decl); + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die, com_decl); + if (loc) + { + add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc); + /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between + DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */ + loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2); + } + else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)) + add_AT_flag (com_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); + add_pubname_string (cnam, com_die); /* ??? needed? */ + com_die->decl_id = DECL_UID (com_decl); + slot = htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table, com_die, INSERT); + *slot = (void *) com_die; + } + else if (get_AT (com_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL && loc) + { + add_AT_location_description (com_die, DW_AT_location, loc); + loc = loc_list_from_tree (com_decl, 2); + remove_AT (com_die, DW_AT_declaration); + } + var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, com_die, decl); + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl); + add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl), + TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die); + add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1); + if (loc) + { + if (off) + { + /* Optimize the common case. */ + if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc) + && loc->expr->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr + && loc->expr->dw_loc_next == NULL + && GET_CODE (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr) == SYMBOL_REF) + loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr + = plus_constant (loc->expr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, off); + else + loc_list_plus_const (loc, off); + } + add_AT_location_description (var_die, DW_AT_location, loc); + } + else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)) + add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die); + return; + } + + /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration + and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second + DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are + inside functions, though. */ + if (old_die && declaration && !local_scope_p (context_die)) + return; + + /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed + to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be + DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */ + if (declaration && class_scope_p (context_die)) + var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl); + else + var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl); + + origin_die = NULL; + if (origin != NULL) + origin_die = add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin); + + /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same + static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag. + + ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to + copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of + sharing them. + + ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. + + ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one + variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering + one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a + declaration. */ + else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration + && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1) + { + /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */ + add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die); + specialization_p = true; + if (DECL_NAME (decl)) + { + expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl)); + struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file); + + if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index) + add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index); + + if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line) + add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line); + + if (old_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_member) + add_linkage_name (var_die, decl); + } + } + else + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl); + + if ((origin == NULL && !specialization_p) + || (origin != NULL + && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin) + && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), + decl_function_context + (decl_or_origin)))) + { + tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin); + + if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin)) + add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die); + else + add_type_attribute (var_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin), + TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin), context_die); + } + + if (origin == NULL && !specialization_p) + { + if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) + add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1); + + if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) + add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); + + add_accessibility_attribute (var_die, decl); + } + + if (declaration) + add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); + + if (decl && (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration || old_die == NULL)) + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die); + + if (! declaration + && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin) + /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines, + so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is + already set. */ + || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL + && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin) + && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin))) + /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need + to add it again. */ + && (origin_die == NULL || get_AT (origin_die, DW_AT_location) == NULL)) + { + if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin) + && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin))) + defer_location (decl_or_origin, var_die); + else + add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl_or_origin, + decl == NULL, DW_AT_location); + add_pubname (decl_or_origin, var_die); + } + else + tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die, decl_or_origin); +} + +/* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */ + +static void +gen_const_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref const_die; + tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl); + + const_die = new_die (DW_TAG_constant, context_die, decl); + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die, decl); + add_type_attribute (const_die, type, 1, 0, context_die); + if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl)) + add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_external, 1); + if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) + add_AT_flag (const_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); + tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die, decl); +} + +/* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */ + +static void +gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl); + dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl); + rtx insn; + char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + + if (origin != NULL) + add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin); + else + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl); + + if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)) + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die); + else + { + insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl); + + /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been + eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them + here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */ + if (insn + && (LABEL_P (insn) + || ((NOTE_P (insn) + && NOTE_KIND (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))) + { + /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler + (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which + represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by + the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch + it if it ever does happen. */ + gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn)); + + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn)); + add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label); + } + } +} + +/* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate + attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined + function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */ + +static inline void +add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die) +{ + expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt)); + + if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) + { + add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file)); + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line); + } +} + + +/* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die. + Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */ + +static inline void +add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die) +{ + char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES]; + + if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt) + && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) + { + tree chain; + + if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt)) + { + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, + BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt)); + add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_entry_pc, label); + } + + add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt)); + + chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt); + do + { + add_ranges (chain); + chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain); + } + while (chain); + add_ranges (NULL); + } + else + { + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, + BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt)); + add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL, + BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt)); + add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label); + } +} + +/* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */ + +static void +gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth) +{ + dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt); + + if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)) + add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die); + + decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth); +} + +/* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */ + +static void +gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth) +{ + tree decl; + + /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not + be abstract. */ + gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)); + + decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt); + + /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We + must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we + emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit + a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */ + dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl); + + if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)) + { + dw_die_ref subr_die + = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt); + + add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl); + if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)) + add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die); + add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die); + + decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth); + current_function_has_inlines = 1; + } +} + +/* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */ + +static void +gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref decl_die; + + if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node) + return; + + decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl); + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl); + add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl), + TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), + context_die); + + if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl)) + { + add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl); + add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl); + add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl); + } + + if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE) + add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl); + + if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)) + add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1); + + add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die, decl); + + /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */ + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die); +} + +#if 0 +/* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here. + Use modified_type_die instead. + We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to + represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */ + +static void +gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref ptr_die + = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type); + + equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die); + add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die); + add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE); +} + +/* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here. + Use modified_type_die instead. + We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to + represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */ + +static void +gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref ref_die, scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die); + + if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type) && dwarf_version >= 4) + ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type, scope_die, type); + else + ref_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die, type); + + equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die); + add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die); + add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE); +} +#endif + +/* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */ + +static void +gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref ptr_die + = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type, + scope_die_for (type, context_die), type); + + equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die); + add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type, + lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type))); + add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die); +} + +/* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */ + +static dw_die_ref +gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename) +{ + dw_die_ref die; + char producer[250]; + const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name; + int language; + + die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL); + + if (filename) + { + add_name_attribute (die, filename); + /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */ + if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<') + add_comp_dir_attribute (die); + } + + sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string); + +#ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO + /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer + string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do + not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion + that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information. + To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging + information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */ + if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + strcat (producer, " -g"); +#endif + + add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer); + + /* If our producer is LTO try to figure out a common language to use + from the global list of translation units. */ + if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU GIMPLE") == 0) + { + unsigned i; + tree t; + const char *common_lang = NULL; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree, all_translation_units, i, t) + { + if (!TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t)) + continue; + if (!common_lang) + common_lang = TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t); + else if (strcmp (common_lang, TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t)) == 0) + ; + else if (strncmp (common_lang, "GNU C", 5) == 0 + && strncmp (TRANSLATION_UNIT_LANGUAGE (t), "GNU C", 5) == 0) + /* Mixing C and C++ is ok, use C++ in that case. */ + common_lang = "GNU C++"; + else + { + /* Fall back to C. */ + common_lang = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (common_lang) + language_string = common_lang; + } + + language = DW_LANG_C89; + if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0) + language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus; + else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0) + language = DW_LANG_Fortran77; + else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0) + language = DW_LANG_Pascal83; + else if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) + { + if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0) + language = DW_LANG_Ada95; + else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Fortran") == 0) + language = DW_LANG_Fortran95; + else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0) + language = DW_LANG_Java; + else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0) + language = DW_LANG_ObjC; + else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0) + language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus; + } + + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language); + + switch (language) + { + case DW_LANG_Fortran77: + case DW_LANG_Fortran90: + case DW_LANG_Fortran95: + /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end + lowercases everything. */ + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_identifier_case, DW_ID_down_case); + break; + default: + /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */ + break; + } + return die; +} + +/* Generate the DIE for a base class. */ + +static void +gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo); + + add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die); + add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo); + + if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo)) + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual); + + /* In DWARF3+ the default is DW_ACCESS_private only in DW_TAG_class_type + children, otherwise the default is DW_ACCESS_public. In DWARF2 + the default has always been DW_ACCESS_private. */ + if (access == access_public_node) + { + if (dwarf_version == 2 + || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_class_type) + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public); + } + else if (access == access_protected_node) + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected); + else if (dwarf_version > 2 + && context_die->die_tag != DW_TAG_class_type) + add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private); +} + +/* Generate a DIE for a class member. */ + +static void +gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + tree member; + tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type); + dw_die_ref child; + + /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its + members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the + members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output + DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type' + function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member + types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except + for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being + members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can + force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing) + type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to + the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */ + + /* First output info about the base classes. */ + if (binfo) + { + VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo); + int i; + tree base; + + for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++) + gen_inheritance_die (base, + (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i) + : access_public_node), context_die); + } + + /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */ + for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member)) + { + /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE + and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations + may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but + do put them in the right order. */ + + child = lookup_decl_die (member); + if (child) + splice_child_die (context_die, child); + else + gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die); + } + + /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */ + for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = DECL_CHAIN (member)) + { + /* Don't include clones in the member list. */ + if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member)) + continue; + + child = lookup_decl_die (member); + if (child) + splice_child_die (context_die, child); + else + gen_decl_die (member, NULL, context_die); + } +} + +/* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG + is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the + member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */ + +static void +gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die, + enum debug_info_usage usage) +{ + dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type); + dw_die_ref scope_die = 0; + int nested = 0; + int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type) + && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) + || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))); + int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace); + complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage); + + if (type_die && ! complete) + return; + + if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE + && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) + || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL)) + nested = 1; + + scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die); + + if (! type_die || (nested && is_cu_die (scope_die))) + /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */ + { + dw_die_ref old_die = type_die; + + type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE + ? record_type_tag (type) : DW_TAG_union_type, + scope_die, type); + equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die); + if (old_die) + add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die); + else + add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type)); + } + else + remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration); + + /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */ + if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE + && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type)) + schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (type); + + /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and + then give a list of members. */ + if (complete && !ns_decl) + { + /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of + this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */ + TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; + add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type); + if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE) + { + add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)); + add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)); + } + + /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an + inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */ + if (type_die->die_parent == NULL) + add_child_die (scope_die, type_die); + + push_decl_scope (type); + gen_member_die (type, type_die); + pop_decl_scope (); + + /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */ + if (TYPE_VFIELD (type)) + { + tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type)); + + gen_type_die (vtype, context_die); + add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type, + lookup_type_die (vtype)); + } + } + else + { + add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); + + /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */ + if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) + && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))) + VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type); + } + + if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name)) + add_pubtype (type, type_die); +} + +/* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */ + +static void +gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type); + dw_die_ref subr_die + = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type, + scope_die_for (type, context_die), type); + + equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die); + add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type); + add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die); + gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die); + + if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name)) + add_pubtype (type, subr_die); +} + +/* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */ + +static void +gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref type_die; + tree origin; + + if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl)) + return; + + TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1; + type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl); + origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl); + if (origin != NULL) + add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin); + else + { + tree type; + + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl); + if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl)) + { + type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl); + + gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl)); + equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die); + } + else + { + type = TREE_TYPE (decl); + + if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type))) + { + /* Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming + an anonymous type, e.g: + typedef struct {...} foo; + In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant + type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the + TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by + the C++ FE. + + TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef + DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the + DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's + generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute + called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that + anonymous struct DIE. */ + if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)) + gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE); + + /* This is a GNU Extension. We are adding a + DW_AT_linkage_name attribute to the DIE of the + anonymous struct TYPE. The value of that attribute + is the name of the typedef decl naming the anonymous + struct. This greatly eases the work of consumers of + this debug info. */ + add_linkage_attr (lookup_type_die (type), decl); + } + } + + add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl), + TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die); + + if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl)) + /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with + TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just + created. */ + equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die); + + add_accessibility_attribute (type_die, decl); + } + + if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)) + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die); + + if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name)) + add_pubtype (decl, type_die); +} + +/* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */ + +static void +gen_tagged_type_die (tree type, + dw_die_ref context_die, + enum debug_info_usage usage) +{ + int need_pop; + + if (type == NULL_TREE + || !is_tagged_type (type)) + return; + + /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written + out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply + to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to + the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the + idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict + what set of template instantiations we'll get. */ + if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) + && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) + && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))) + { + gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage); + + if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)) + return; + + /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */ + push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)); + context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)); + need_pop = 1; + } + else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE + && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == FUNCTION_DECL)) + { + /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written + out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in + decls_for_scope. */ + context_die = lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)); + /* A declaration DIE doesn't count; nested types need to go in the + specification. */ + if (context_die && is_declaration_die (context_die)) + context_die = NULL; + need_pop = 0; + } + else + { + context_die = declare_in_namespace (type, context_die); + need_pop = 0; + } + + if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE) + { + /* This might have been written out by the call to + declare_in_namespace. */ + if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)) + gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die); + } + else + gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage); + + if (need_pop) + pop_decl_scope (); + + /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix + it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us + when appropriate. */ +} + +/* Generate a type description DIE. */ + +static void +gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die, + enum debug_info_usage usage) +{ + struct array_descr_info info; + + if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node) + return; + + if (TYPE_NAME (type) != NULL_TREE + && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL + && is_redundant_typedef (TYPE_NAME (type)) + && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type))) + /* The DECL of this type is a typedef we don't want to emit debug + info for but we want debug info for its underlying typedef. + This can happen for e.g, the injected-class-name of a C++ + type. */ + type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)); + + /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info + for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */ + if (typedef_variant_p (type)) + { + if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)) + return; + + /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */ + gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type); + + /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of + the type description DIE we want to generate. */ + if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)) + && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL) + context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))); + + TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; + + gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die); + return; + } + + /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's + generate debug info for the typedef. */ + if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type))) + { + /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of + the type description DIE we want to generate. */ + if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type)) + && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))) == NAMESPACE_DECL) + context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type))); + + gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), NULL, context_die); + return; + } + + /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */ + if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) + && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info + && lang_hooks.types.get_array_descr_info (type, &info) + && (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) + { + gen_descr_array_type_die (type, &info, context_die); + TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; + return; + } + + /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version + of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so + get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type + now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the + cloned type itself). */ + if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE) + type = type_main_variant (type); + + if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type)) + return; + + switch (TREE_CODE (type)) + { + case ERROR_MARK: + break; + + case POINTER_TYPE: + case REFERENCE_TYPE: + /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This + ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the + type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */ + /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch + statement. */ + TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; + + /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a + set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */ + gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die, + DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE); + break; + + case OFFSET_TYPE: + /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types. + Output a description of the relevant class type. */ + gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die, + DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE); + + /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */ + gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die, + DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE); + + /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type + itself. */ + gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die); + break; + + case FUNCTION_TYPE: + /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */ + gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die, + DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE); + gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die); + break; + + case METHOD_TYPE: + /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */ + gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die, + DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE); + gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die); + break; + + case ARRAY_TYPE: + gen_array_type_die (type, context_die); + break; + + case VECTOR_TYPE: + gen_array_type_die (type, context_die); + break; + + case ENUMERAL_TYPE: + case RECORD_TYPE: + case UNION_TYPE: + case QUAL_UNION_TYPE: + gen_tagged_type_die (type, context_die, usage); + return; + + case VOID_TYPE: + case INTEGER_TYPE: + case REAL_TYPE: + case FIXED_POINT_TYPE: + case COMPLEX_TYPE: + case BOOLEAN_TYPE: + /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */ + break; + + case NULLPTR_TYPE: + case LANG_TYPE: + /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */ + { + dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type); + if (type_die == NULL) + { + tree name = TYPE_NAME (type); + if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL) + name = DECL_NAME (name); + type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type, comp_unit_die (), type); + add_name_attribute (type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name)); + equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die); + } + } + break; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1; +} + +static void +gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE); +} + +/* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the + things which are local to the given block. */ + +static void +gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth) +{ + int must_output_die = 0; + bool inlined_func; + + /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */ + if (stmt == NULL_TREE) + return; + + inlined_func = inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt); + + /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not + process the variables, since they will have been done by the + origin block. Do process subblocks. */ + if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt)) + { + tree sub; + + for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub)) + gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1); + + return; + } + + /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this + block. */ + if (inlined_func) + /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We + generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */ + must_output_die = 1; + else + { + /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant" + local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */ + if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts + as being a "significant" one. */ + must_output_die = ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL + || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt)) + && (TREE_USED (stmt) + || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) + || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))); + else if ((TREE_USED (stmt) + || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) + || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)) + && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt)) + must_output_die = 1; + } + + /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block + DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at + all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any + needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note + that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant" + local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function + instances and local (nested) function definitions. */ + if (must_output_die) + { + if (inlined_func) + { + /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called + indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function. + That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of + the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract, + precisely to prevent us from emitting any + DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent + of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should + not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die. + + Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info + for the concrete instance of the function decl into which + the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead + to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */ + if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)) + gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth); + } + else + gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth); + } + else + decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth); +} + +/* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within + block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */ +static void +process_scope_var (tree stmt, tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref die; + tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin; + + if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == FUNCTION_DECL) + die = lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin); + else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == TYPE_DECL + && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin)) + die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)); + else + die = NULL; + + if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL) + add_child_die (context_die, die); + else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin) == IMPORTED_DECL) + dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin), + stmt, context_die); + else + gen_decl_die (decl, origin, context_die); +} + +/* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively) + all of its sub-blocks. */ + +static void +decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth) +{ + tree decl; + unsigned int i; + tree subblocks; + + /* Ignore NULL blocks. */ + if (stmt == NULL_TREE) + return; + + /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs + declared directly within this block but not within any nested + sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been + generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */ + for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl)) + process_scope_var (stmt, decl, NULL_TREE, context_die); + for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt); i++) + process_scope_var (stmt, NULL, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt, i), + context_die); + + /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */ + if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + return; + + /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared + therein) of this block. */ + for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); + subblocks != NULL; + subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks)) + gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1); +} + +/* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */ + +static inline int +is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl) +{ + if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)) + return 1; + + if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) + && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) + && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) + && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL + && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)))) + /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */ + return 1; + + return 0; +} + +/* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage + purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for + constructs like: + + typedef struct {...} foo; + + In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo. + Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous + struct type. */ + +static bool +is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl) +{ + if (decl == NULL_TREE + || TREE_CODE (decl) != TYPE_DECL + || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) + || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl) + || is_redundant_typedef (decl) + /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar + to C++ naming typedefs but that have different + semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */ + || !is_cxx ()) + return FALSE; + + return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl) == NULL_TREE + && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == decl + && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)) + != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl)))); +} + +/* Returns the DIE for a context. */ + +static inline dw_die_ref +get_context_die (tree context) +{ + if (context) + { + /* Find die that represents this context. */ + if (TYPE_P (context)) + { + context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context); + return strip_naming_typedef (context, force_type_die (context)); + } + else + return force_decl_die (context); + } + return comp_unit_die (); +} + +/* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */ + +static dw_die_ref +force_decl_die (tree decl) +{ + dw_die_ref decl_die; + unsigned saved_external_flag; + tree save_fn = NULL_TREE; + decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); + if (!decl_die) + { + dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)); + + decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); + if (decl_die) + return decl_die; + + switch (TREE_CODE (decl)) + { + case FUNCTION_DECL: + /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks + that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force + declaration die. */ + save_fn = current_function_decl; + current_function_decl = NULL_TREE; + gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die); + current_function_decl = save_fn; + break; + + case VAR_DECL: + /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after + gen_decl_die() call. */ + saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl); + DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1; + gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die); + DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag; + break; + + case NAMESPACE_DECL: + if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) + dwarf2out_decl (decl); + else + /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */ + decl_die = comp_unit_die (); + break; + + case TRANSLATION_UNIT_DECL: + decl_die = comp_unit_die (); + break; + + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + + /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */ + if (!decl_die) + decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); + gcc_assert (decl_die); + } + + return decl_die; +} + +/* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is + always returned. */ + +static dw_die_ref +force_type_die (tree type) +{ + dw_die_ref type_die; + + type_die = lookup_type_die (type); + if (!type_die) + { + dw_die_ref context_die = get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)); + + type_die = modified_type_die (type, TYPE_READONLY (type), + TYPE_VOLATILE (type), context_die); + gcc_assert (type_die); + } + return type_die; +} + +/* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL, + and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */ + +static dw_die_ref +setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + tree context = (DECL_P (thing) + ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing)); + if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL) + /* Force out the namespace. */ + context_die = force_decl_die (context); + + return context_die; +} + +/* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged + type) within its namespace, if appropriate. + + For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain + declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */ + +static dw_die_ref +declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref ns_context; + + if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + return context_die; + + /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its + namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted + when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */ + if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing)) + return context_die; + + ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die); + + if (ns_context != context_die) + { + if (is_fortran ()) + return ns_context; + if (DECL_P (thing)) + gen_decl_die (thing, NULL, ns_context); + else + gen_type_die (thing, ns_context); + } + return context_die; +} + +/* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */ + +static void +gen_namespace_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + dw_die_ref namespace_die; + + /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace + they are an alias of. */ + if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL) + { + /* Output a real namespace or module. */ + context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ()); + namespace_die = new_die (is_fortran () + ? DW_TAG_module : DW_TAG_namespace, + context_die, decl); + /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */ + if (namespace_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_module && DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)) + { + const char *name = dwarf2_name (decl, 0); + if (name) + add_name_attribute (namespace_die, name); + } + else + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl); + if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)) + add_AT_flag (namespace_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1); + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die); + } + else + { + /* Output a namespace alias. */ + + /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */ + dw_die_ref origin_die + = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl)); + + if (DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl) + || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)) == NAMESPACE_DECL) + context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die ()); + /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */ + namespace_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl); + add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl); + add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die); + equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die); + } +} + +/* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. + The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs, + for all other decls it returns NULL. */ + +static dw_die_ref +gen_decl_die (tree decl, tree origin, dw_die_ref context_die) +{ + tree decl_or_origin = decl ? decl : origin; + tree class_origin = NULL, ultimate_origin; + + if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin)) + return NULL; + + switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin)) + { + case ERROR_MARK: + break; + + case CONST_DECL: + if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ()) + { + /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output + the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */ + break; + } + + /* Emit its type. */ + gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die); + + /* And its containing namespace. */ + context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die); + + gen_const_die (decl, context_die); + break; + + case FUNCTION_DECL: + /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations, + unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */ + if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin) == NULL_TREE + && DECL_FILE_SCOPE_P (decl_or_origin) + && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE + || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin))) + break; + +#if 0 + /* FIXME */ + /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN + on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */ + if (current_function_decl != decl) + /* This is only a declaration. */; +#endif + + /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */ + if (origin || DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl) + dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin + ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin) + : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl)); + + /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function, + emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */ + else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl) + && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) + && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die) + /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just + a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in + that case, because that works only if we have a die. */ + && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE) + { + dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl); + set_decl_origin_self (decl); + } + + /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */ + else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + { + /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we + have its containing type. */ + if (!origin) + origin = decl_class_context (decl); + if (origin != NULL_TREE) + gen_type_die (origin, context_die); + + /* And its return type. */ + gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die); + + /* And its virtual context. */ + if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE) + gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die); + + /* Make sure we have a member DIE for decl. */ + if (origin != NULL_TREE) + gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die); + + /* And its containing namespace. */ + context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die); + } + + /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */ + if (decl) + gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die); + break; + + case TYPE_DECL: + /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any + actual typedefs. */ + if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + break; + + /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration + of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been + instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which + was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we + used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type, + DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing + should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that + type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always + removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this + case. */ + if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE) + break; + + if (is_redundant_typedef (decl)) + gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die); + else + /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */ + gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die); + break; + + case LABEL_DECL: + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL) + gen_label_die (decl, context_die); + break; + + case VAR_DECL: + case RESULT_DECL: + /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any + variable declarations or definitions. */ + if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + break; + + /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data + object. */ + if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin)) + gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die); + else + gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die); + + /* And its containing type. */ + class_origin = decl_class_context (decl_or_origin); + if (class_origin != NULL_TREE) + gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin, decl_or_origin, context_die); + + /* And its containing namespace. */ + context_die = declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin, context_die); + + /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets + complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really + represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline + function. */ + ultimate_origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin); + if (ultimate_origin != NULL_TREE + && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin) == PARM_DECL) + gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin, + true /* Emit name attribute. */, + context_die); + else + gen_variable_die (decl, origin, context_die); + break; + + case FIELD_DECL: + /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++ + anonymous unions and structs. */ + if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE + || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE + || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE) + { + gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die); + gen_field_die (decl, context_die); + } + break; + + case PARM_DECL: + if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin)) + gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin)), context_die); + else + gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin), context_die); + return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, origin, + true /* Emit name attribute. */, + context_die); + + case NAMESPACE_DECL: + case IMPORTED_DECL: + if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) + gen_namespace_die (decl, context_die); + break; + + default: + /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */ + gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES); + break; + } + + return NULL; +} + +/* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after + compilation proper has finished. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl) +{ + /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object + declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which + had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations + and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */ + if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl)) + dwarf2out_decl (decl); +} + +/* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c + and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */ +static void +dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local) +{ + if (!local) + dwarf2out_decl (decl); +} + +/* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL. + NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed. + LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK) + that DECL belongs to. + LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */ +static void +dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl, + tree name, + tree lexical_block, + dw_die_ref lexical_block_die) +{ + expanded_location xloc; + dw_die_ref imported_die = NULL; + dw_die_ref at_import_die; + + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == IMPORTED_DECL) + { + xloc = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl)); + decl = IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl); + gcc_assert (decl); + } + else + xloc = expand_location (input_location); + + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL) + { + at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl)); + /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die + returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires + the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */ + if (!at_import_die) + { + gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL); + gen_typedef_die (decl, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))); + at_import_die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl)); + gcc_assert (at_import_die); + } + } + else + { + at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl); + if (!at_import_die) + { + /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have + emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */ + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL) + { + tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl); + + if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) + && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) + && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), + DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE)) + return; + gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, + get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))); + } + at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl); + } + } + + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL) + { + if (dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict) + imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, + lexical_block_die, + lexical_block); + else + return; + } + else + imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, + lexical_block_die, + lexical_block); + + add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file)); + add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line); + if (name) + add_AT_string (imported_die, DW_AT_name, + IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name)); + add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die); +} + +/* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL. + NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed. + CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of + importing whole module. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree name, tree context, + bool child) +{ + /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */ + dw_die_ref scope_die; + + if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + return; + + gcc_assert (decl); + + /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs. + We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl + itself. */ + + /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module + or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */ + if (context + && TYPE_P (context) + && !should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE)) + return; + + if (!(dwarf_version >= 3 || !dwarf_strict)) + return; + + scope_die = get_context_die (context); + + if (child) + { + gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child); + gcc_assert (scope_die->die_child->die_tag == DW_TAG_imported_module); + gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) != NAMESPACE_DECL); + scope_die = scope_die->die_child; + } + + /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */ + dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl, name, context, scope_die); + +} + +/* Write the debugging output for DECL. */ + +void +dwarf2out_decl (tree decl) +{ + dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die (); + + switch (TREE_CODE (decl)) + { + case ERROR_MARK: + return; + + case FUNCTION_DECL: + /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere + file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never + referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones + that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have + no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later + on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all + file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If + and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions, + it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated + with the definition of the function. + + We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL + nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere + declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because + the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline" + function definitions. These can get inlined within the current + translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their + abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined + instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never + generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact + that they *are* definitions). + + The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern + inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for + them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games + for inline function definitions appearing within include files which + also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */ + if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE) + return; + + /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're + a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If + we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */ + if (decl_function_context (decl) + /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */ + && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + context_die = NULL; + break; + + case VAR_DECL: + /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object + declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from + within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in + order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries + which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress + block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that + would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to + miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */ + if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl)) + return; + + /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */ + if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl)) + context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)); + + /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any + variable declarations or definitions. */ + if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + return; + break; + + case CONST_DECL: + if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + return; + if (!is_fortran () && !is_ada ()) + return; + if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl)) + context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl)); + break; + + case NAMESPACE_DECL: + case IMPORTED_DECL: + if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + return; + if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL) + return; + break; + + case TYPE_DECL: + /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */ + if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl)) + return; + + /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the + normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */ + if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl)) + return; + + /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */ + if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE) + return; + + /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL; + this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */ + if (decl_function_context (decl)) + context_die = NULL; + + break; + + default: + return; + } + + gen_decl_die (decl, NULL, context_die); +} + +/* Write the debugging output for DECL. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl) +{ + dwarf2out_decl (decl); + + htab_empty (decl_loc_table); + htab_empty (cached_dw_loc_list_table); +} + +/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for + a lexical block. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + unsigned int blocknum) +{ + switch_to_section (current_function_section ()); + ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum); +} + +/* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a + lexical block. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum) +{ + switch_to_section (current_function_section ()); + ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum); +} + +/* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging + information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions. + + Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes + as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling + we may end up calling them anyway. */ + +static bool +dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block) +{ + tree decl; + unsigned int i; + + for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = DECL_CHAIN (decl)) + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL + || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))) + return 0; + for (i = 0; i < BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block); i++) + { + decl = BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block, i); + if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL + || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))) + return 0; + } + + return 1; +} + +/* Hash table routines for file_hash. */ + +static int +file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p) +{ + const struct dwarf_file_data *const p1 = + (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p1_p; + const char *const p2 = (const char *) p2_p; + return filename_cmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0; +} + +static hashval_t +file_table_hash (const void *p_p) +{ + const struct dwarf_file_data *const p = (const struct dwarf_file_data *) p_p; + return htab_hash_string (p->filename); +} + +/* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in + dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is + just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We + need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames + section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo + and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not + found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next + available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember + the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of + all searches. */ + +static struct dwarf_file_data * +lookup_filename (const char *file_name) +{ + void ** slot; + struct dwarf_file_data * created; + + /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous + call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */ + if (file_table_last_lookup + && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename + || filename_cmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0)) + return file_table_last_lookup; + + /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */ + slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name, + htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT); + if (*slot) + return (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot; + + created = ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data (); + created->filename = file_name; + created->emitted_number = 0; + *slot = created; + return created; +} + +/* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler + internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit + a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table + numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and + types, which may include filenames. */ + +static int +maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd) +{ + if (! fd->emitted_number) + { + if (last_emitted_file) + fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1; + else + fd->emitted_number = 1; + last_emitted_file = fd; + + if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO) + { + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number); + output_quoted_string (asm_out_file, + remap_debug_filename (fd->filename)); + fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); + } + } + + return fd->emitted_number; +} + +/* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. + That generation should happen after function debug info has been + generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */ + +static void +append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die, tree arg) +{ + die_arg_entry entry; + + if (!die || !arg) + return; + + if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table) + tmpl_value_parm_die_table + = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry, gc, 32); + + entry.die = die; + entry.arg = arg; + VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry, gc, + tmpl_value_parm_die_table, + &entry); +} + +/* Return TRUE if T is an instance of generic type, FALSE + otherwise. */ + +static bool +generic_type_p (tree t) +{ + if (t == NULL_TREE || !TYPE_P (t)) + return false; + return lang_hooks.get_innermost_generic_parms (t) != NULL_TREE; +} + +/* Schedule the generation of the generic parameter dies for the + instance of generic type T. The proper generation itself is later + done by gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies. */ + +static void +schedule_generic_params_dies_gen (tree t) +{ + if (!generic_type_p (t)) + return; + + if (generic_type_instances == NULL) + generic_type_instances = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256); + + VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, generic_type_instances, t); +} + +/* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled + by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must + be called after function DIEs have been generated. */ + +static void +gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void) +{ + if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table) + { + unsigned i; + die_arg_entry *e; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (die_arg_entry, tmpl_value_parm_die_table, i, e) + tree_add_const_value_attribute (e->die, e->arg); + } +} + +/* Generate generic parameters DIEs for instances of generic types + that have been previously scheduled by + schedule_generic_params_dies_gen. This function must be called + after all the types of the CU have been laid out. */ + +static void +gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (void) +{ + unsigned i; + tree t; + + if (generic_type_instances == NULL) + return; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (tree, generic_type_instances, i, t) + gen_generic_params_dies (t); +} + + +/* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl, tree name) +{ + dw_die_ref die; + dw_attr_ref attr; + const char *dname; + + die = TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl); + if (!die) + return; + + dname = dwarf2_name (name, 0); + if (!dname) + return; + + attr = get_AT (die, DW_AT_name); + if (attr) + { + struct indirect_string_node *node; + + node = find_AT_string (dname); + /* replace the string. */ + attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node; + } + + else + add_name_attribute (die, dname); +} + +/* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call. + Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call + and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ) +{ + dcall_entry e; + tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (targ); + + /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */ + if (origin) + targ = origin; + + e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++; + e.poc_decl = current_function_decl; + e.targ_die = force_decl_die (targ); + VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry, gc, dcall_table, &e); + + /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */ + ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num); +} + +/* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */ + +static hashval_t +vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x) +{ + return (hashval_t) ((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid; +} + +/* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as + insnd_uid of *Y. */ + +static int +vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y) +{ + return (((const struct vcall_insn *) x)->insn_uid + == ((const struct vcall_insn *) y)->insn_uid); +} + +/* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */ + +static void +store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot, int insn_uid) +{ + struct vcall_insn *item = ggc_alloc_vcall_insn (); + struct vcall_insn **slot; + + gcc_assert (item); + item->insn_uid = insn_uid; + item->vtable_slot = vtable_slot; + slot = (struct vcall_insn **) + htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, &item, + (hashval_t) insn_uid, INSERT); + *slot = item; +} + +/* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */ + +static unsigned int +lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid) +{ + struct vcall_insn item; + struct vcall_insn *p; + + item.insn_uid = insn_uid; + item.vtable_slot = 0; + p = (struct vcall_insn *) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table, + (void *) &item, + (hashval_t) insn_uid); + if (p == NULL) + return (unsigned int) -1; + return p->vtable_slot; +} + + +/* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID + and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token + is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call + table later. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr, int insn_uid) +{ + if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr) == OBJ_TYPE_REF) + { + tree token = OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr); + if (TREE_CODE (token) == INTEGER_CST) + store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token), insn_uid); + } +} + +/* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the + OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it + with NEW_INSN. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn, rtx new_insn) +{ + unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn)); + + if (vtable_slot != (unsigned int) -1) + store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot, INSN_UID (new_insn)); +} + +/* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call. + Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call + and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member + function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the + lowering to RTL. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid) +{ + unsigned int vtable_slot = lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid); + vcall_entry e; + + if (vtable_slot == (unsigned int) -1) + return; + + e.poc_label_num = poc_label_num++; + e.vtable_slot = vtable_slot; + VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry, gc, vcall_table, &e); + + /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */ + ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LPOC", e.poc_label_num); +} + +/* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We + use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in + our lookup table. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note) +{ + char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES + 2]; + struct var_loc_node *newloc; + rtx next_real; + static const char *last_label; + static const char *last_postcall_label; + static bool last_in_cold_section_p; + tree decl; + + if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note))) + return; + + next_real = next_real_insn (loc_note); + /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note, + don't do anything. */ + if (next_real == NULL_RTX && !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)) + return; + + /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time + and this note (or if it is the first note), clear + last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */ + if (last_var_location_insn == NULL_RTX + || last_var_location_insn != next_real + || last_in_cold_section_p != in_cold_section_p) + { + last_label = NULL; + last_postcall_label = NULL; + } + + decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note); + newloc = add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, loc_note, + NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note) + ? last_postcall_label : last_label); + if (newloc == NULL) + return; + + /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time + and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise + create a new label and emit it. */ + if (last_label == NULL) + { + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num); + ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num); + loclabel_num++; + last_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel); + } + + if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note)) + newloc->label = last_label; + else + { + if (!last_postcall_label) + { + sprintf (loclabel, "%s-1", last_label); + last_postcall_label = ggc_strdup (loclabel); + } + newloc->label = last_postcall_label; + } + + last_var_location_insn = next_real; + last_in_cold_section_p = in_cold_section_p; +} + +/* Note in one location list that text section has changed. */ + +static int +var_location_switch_text_section_1 (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + var_loc_list *list = (var_loc_list *) *slot; + if (list->first) + list->last_before_switch + = list->last->next ? list->last->next : list->last; + return 1; +} + +/* Note in all location lists that text section has changed. */ + +static void +var_location_switch_text_section (void) +{ + if (decl_loc_table == NULL) + return; + + htab_traverse (decl_loc_table, var_location_switch_text_section_1, NULL); +} + +/* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each + function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the + declarations that use the locations won't have been output when + that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun) +{ + if (function_section (fun) != text_section) + have_multiple_function_sections = true; + if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition && !cold_text_section) + { + gcc_assert (current_function_decl == fun); + cold_text_section = unlikely_text_section (); + switch_to_section (cold_text_section); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label); + switch_to_section (current_function_section ()); + } + + dwarf2out_note_section_used (); +} + +/* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry + and record information relating to this source line, in + 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename, + int discriminator, bool is_stmt) +{ + static bool last_is_stmt = true; + + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL + && line != 0) + { + int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename)); + + switch_to_section (current_function_section ()); + + /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */ + if (flag_debug_asm) + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START, + filename, line); + + if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO) + { + /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */ + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num, line); + if (is_stmt != last_is_stmt) + { + fprintf (asm_out_file, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt ? 1 : 0); + last_is_stmt = is_stmt; + } + if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR && discriminator != 0 + && (dwarf_version >= 4 || !dwarf_strict)) + fprintf (asm_out_file, " discriminator %d", discriminator); + fputc ('\n', asm_out_file); + + /* Indicate that line number info exists. */ + line_info_table_in_use++; + } + else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section) + { + dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info; + targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, + SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL, + separate_line_info_table_in_use); + + /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */ + if (separate_line_info_table_in_use + == separate_line_info_table_allocated) + { + separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT; + separate_line_info_table + = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry, + separate_line_info_table, + separate_line_info_table_allocated); + memset (separate_line_info_table + + separate_line_info_table_in_use, + 0, + (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT + * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry))); + } + + /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */ + line_info + = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++]; + line_info->dw_file_num = file_num; + line_info->dw_line_num = line; + line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no; + } + else + { + dw_line_info_ref line_info; + + targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL, + line_info_table_in_use); + + /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */ + if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated) + { + line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT; + line_info_table + = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry, line_info_table, + line_info_table_allocated); + memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0, + LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)); + } + + /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */ + line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++]; + line_info->dw_file_num = file_num; + line_info->dw_line_num = line; + } + } +} + +/* Record the beginning of a new source file. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename) +{ + if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4) + { + /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */ + dw_die_ref bincl_die; + + bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL); + add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, remap_debug_filename (filename)); + } + + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) + { + macinfo_entry e; + e.code = DW_MACINFO_start_file; + e.lineno = lineno; + e.info = xstrdup (filename); + VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e); + } +} + +/* Record the end of a source file. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4) + /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */ + new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die (), NULL); + + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) + { + macinfo_entry e; + e.code = DW_MACINFO_end_file; + e.lineno = lineno; + e.info = NULL; + VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e); + } +} + +/* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains + the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the + initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) + { + macinfo_entry e; + e.code = DW_MACINFO_define; + e.lineno = lineno; + e.info = xstrdup (buffer);; + VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e); + } +} + +/* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains + the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the + initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, + const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) + { + macinfo_entry e; + e.code = DW_MACINFO_undef; + e.lineno = lineno; + e.info = xstrdup (buffer);; + VEC_safe_push (macinfo_entry, gc, macinfo_table, &e); + } +} + +static void +output_macinfo (void) +{ + unsigned i; + unsigned long length = VEC_length (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table); + macinfo_entry *ref; + + if (! length) + return; + + for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table, i, ref); i++) + { + switch (ref->code) + { + case DW_MACINFO_start_file: + { + int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (ref->info)); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 + (ref->lineno, "Included from line number %lu", + (unsigned long)ref->lineno); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", ref->info); + } + break; + case DW_MACINFO_end_file: + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file"); + break; + case DW_MACINFO_define: + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu", + (unsigned long)ref->lineno); + dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref->info, -1, "The macro"); + break; + case DW_MACINFO_undef: + dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro"); + dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (ref->lineno, "At line number %lu", + (unsigned long)ref->lineno); + dw2_asm_output_nstring (ref->info, -1, "The macro"); + break; + default: + fprintf (asm_out_file, "%s unrecognized macinfo code %lu\n", + ASM_COMMENT_START, (unsigned long)ref->code); + break; + } + } +} + +/* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + /* Allocate the file_table. */ + file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash, + file_table_eq, NULL); + + /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */ + decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash, + decl_die_table_eq, NULL); + + /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */ + decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash, + decl_loc_table_eq, NULL); + + /* Allocate the cached_dw_loc_list_table. */ + cached_dw_loc_list_table + = htab_create_ggc (10, cached_dw_loc_list_table_hash, + cached_dw_loc_list_table_eq, NULL); + + /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */ + decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256); + + /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */ + abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref + (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT); + abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT; + /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */ + abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1; + + /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */ + line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_line_info_entry + (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT); + line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT; + + /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */ + line_info_table_in_use = 1; + + /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */ + pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32); + pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32); + + /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */ + vcall_insn_table = htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash, + vcall_insn_table_eq, NULL); + + incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64); + + used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32); + + debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_dcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_vcall_section = get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, + DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL); + debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, + SECTION_DEBUG, NULL); + + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label, + DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label, + COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0); + + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label, + DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label, + DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label, + DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label, + DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0); + + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) + macinfo_table = VEC_alloc (macinfo_entry, gc, 64); + + switch_to_section (text_section); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label); +} + +/* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables + and toplevel asms into assembly. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_assembly_start (void) +{ + if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE + && dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm () + && (!(flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions) + || targetm.except_unwind_info (&global_options) != UI_DWARF2)) + fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n"); +} + +/* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through + htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */ + +static int +output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h; + + if (node->label && node->refcount) + { + switch_to_section (debug_str_section); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label); + assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1); + } + + return 1; +} + +#if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING +/* Verify that all marks are clear. */ + +static void +verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + gcc_assert (! die->die_mark); + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c)); +} +#endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */ + +/* Clear the marks for a die and its children. + Be cool if the mark isn't set. */ + +static void +prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + if (die->die_mark) + die->die_mark = 0; + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c)); +} + +/* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies + it references as attributes and mark them as used. */ + +static void +prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + { + if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref) + { + /* A reference to another DIE. + Make sure that it will get emitted. + If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */ + if (dwarf_version < 4 + || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification + || a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die->die_id.die_type_node == NULL) + prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1); + } + /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark + accounts properly for it. */ + if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str) + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0; + } +} + +/* Mark the generic parameters and arguments children DIEs of DIE. */ + +static void +prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + if (die == NULL || die->die_child == NULL) + return; + c = die->die_child; + do + { + switch (c->die_tag) + { + case DW_TAG_template_type_param: + case DW_TAG_template_value_param: + case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param: + case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack: + prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1); + break; + default: + break; + } + c = c->die_sib; + } while (c && c != die->die_child); +} + +/* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down + to DIE's children. */ + +static void +prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + if (die->die_mark == 0) + { + /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */ + die->die_mark = 1; + /* If this is the DIE of a generic type instantiation, + mark the children DIEs that describe its generic parms and + args. */ + prune_unused_types_mark_generic_parms_dies (die); + + /* We also have to mark its parents as used. + (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */ + if (die->die_parent) + prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0); + + /* Mark any referenced nodes. */ + prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die); + + /* If this node is a specification, + also mark the definition, if it exists. */ + if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition) + prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1); + } + + if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2) + { + /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet. + Remember that we've walked the kids. */ + die->die_mark = 2; + + /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our + kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're + breaking out types into comdat sections, do this + for all type definitions. */ + if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type + || (dwarf_version >= 4 + && is_type_die (die) && ! is_declaration_die (die))) + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1)); + else + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c)); + } +} + +/* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted + and if so, mark them. */ + +static void +prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + if (die->die_mark == 2) + return; + + switch (die->die_tag) + { + case DW_TAG_structure_type: + case DW_TAG_union_type: + case DW_TAG_class_type: + break; + + case DW_TAG_subprogram: + if (!get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) + || die->die_definition != NULL) + prune_unused_types_mark (die, 1); + return; + + default: + return; + } + + /* Mark children. */ + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c)); +} + +/* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */ + +static void +prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and + children have been marked as well. */ + if (die->die_mark == 2) + return; + + switch (die->die_tag) + { + case DW_TAG_structure_type: + case DW_TAG_union_type: + case DW_TAG_class_type: + if (die->die_perennial_p) + break; + + for (c = die->die_parent; c; c = c->die_parent) + if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram) + break; + + /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes + is needed just for local classes, because for other classes + static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification + are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change + it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */ + if (c) + prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die); + + /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */ + return; + + case DW_TAG_const_type: + case DW_TAG_packed_type: + case DW_TAG_pointer_type: + case DW_TAG_reference_type: + case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type: + case DW_TAG_volatile_type: + case DW_TAG_typedef: + case DW_TAG_array_type: + case DW_TAG_interface_type: + case DW_TAG_friend: + case DW_TAG_variant_part: + case DW_TAG_enumeration_type: + case DW_TAG_subroutine_type: + case DW_TAG_string_type: + case DW_TAG_set_type: + case DW_TAG_subrange_type: + case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type: + case DW_TAG_file_type: + if (die->die_perennial_p) + break; + + /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */ + return; + + default: + /* Mark everything else. */ + break; + } + + if (die->die_mark == 0) + { + die->die_mark = 1; + + /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */ + prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die); + } + + die->die_mark = 2; + + /* Mark children. */ + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c)); +} + +/* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's + attributes. */ + +static void +prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str) + { + struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str; + s->refcount++; + /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than + twice in the hash table. */ + if (s->refcount + == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2)) + { + void ** slot; + slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str, + htab_hash_string (s->str), + INSERT); + gcc_assert (*slot == NULL); + *slot = s; + } + } +} + +/* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */ + +static void +prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + + gcc_assert (die->die_mark); + prune_unused_types_update_strings (die); + + if (! die->die_child) + return; + + c = die->die_child; + do { + dw_die_ref prev = c; + for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib) + if (c == die->die_child) + { + /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */ + if (prev == c) + /* No marked children at all. */ + die->die_child = NULL; + else + { + prev->die_sib = c->die_sib; + die->die_child = prev; + } + return; + } + + if (c != prev->die_sib) + prev->die_sib = c; + prune_unused_types_prune (c); + } while (c != die->die_child); +} + +/* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through + htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already + decided to emit. */ + +static int +prune_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h; + + if (!node->label || !node->refcount) + htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash, h); + + return 1; +} + +/* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */ + +static void +prune_unused_types (void) +{ + unsigned int i; + limbo_die_node *node; + comdat_type_node *ctnode; + pubname_ref pub; + dcall_entry *dcall; + +#if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING + /* All the marks should already be clear. */ + verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die ()); + for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) + verify_marks_clear (node->die); + for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next) + verify_marks_clear (ctnode->root_die); +#endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */ + + /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */ + premark_types_used_by_global_vars (); + + /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */ + prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die ()); + for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) + prune_unused_types_walk (node->die); + for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next) + { + prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode->root_die); + prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode->type_die, 1); + } + + /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the + pubname_table. */ + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub) + prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1); + + /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */ + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dcall_entry, dcall_table, i, dcall) + prune_unused_types_mark (dcall->targ_die, 1); + + /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */ + if (debug_str_hash && debug_str_hash_forced) + htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, prune_indirect_string, NULL); + else if (debug_str_hash) + htab_empty (debug_str_hash); + prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die ()); + for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) + prune_unused_types_prune (node->die); + for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next) + prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode->root_die); + + /* Leave the marks clear. */ + prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die ()); + for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) + prune_unmark_dies (node->die); + for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode; ctnode = ctnode->next) + prune_unmark_dies (ctnode->root_die); +} + +/* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in + the file table. */ +static int +file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param) +{ + bool *p = (bool *) param; + struct dwarf_file_data *d = (struct dwarf_file_data *) *slot; + if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename)) + { + *p = true; + return 0; + } + return 1; +} + +/* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */ + +static hashval_t +htab_ct_hash (const void *of) +{ + hashval_t h; + const comdat_type_node *const type_node = (const comdat_type_node *) of; + + memcpy (&h, type_node->signature, sizeof (h)); + return h; +} + +static int +htab_ct_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2) +{ + const comdat_type_node *const type_node_1 = (const comdat_type_node *) of1; + const comdat_type_node *const type_node_2 = (const comdat_type_node *) of2; + + return (! memcmp (type_node_1->signature, type_node_2->signature, + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE)); +} + +/* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref + to the location it would have been added, should we know its + DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will + probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent + abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the + computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */ + +static inline void +move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die) +{ + unsigned ix = VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr); + dw_attr_node linkage = *VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1); + + gcc_assert (linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_linkage_name + || linkage.dw_attr == DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name); + + while (--ix > 0) + { + dw_attr_node *prev = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix - 1); + + if (prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_line || prev->dw_attr == DW_AT_name) + break; + } + + if (ix != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr) - 1) + { + VEC_pop (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr); + VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, &linkage); + } +} + +/* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve + one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that + SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */ + +static int +resolve_one_addr (rtx *addr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) +{ + rtx rtl = *addr; + + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING) + { + size_t len = strlen (XSTR (rtl, 0)) + 1; + tree t = build_string (len, XSTR (rtl, 0)); + tree tlen = build_int_cst (NULL_TREE, len - 1); + TREE_TYPE (t) + = build_array_type (char_type_node, build_index_type (tlen)); + rtl = lookup_constant_def (t); + if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl)) + return 1; + rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0); + VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl); + *addr = rtl; + return 0; + } + + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF + && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl) + && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl))) + return 1; + + if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST + && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl, 0), resolve_one_addr, NULL)) + return 1; + + return 0; +} + +/* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location + expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in + the location list couldn't be resolved. */ + +static bool +resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc) +{ + for (; loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next) + if (((loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr || loc->dtprel) + && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, NULL)) + || (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_implicit_value + && loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class == dw_val_class_addr + && resolve_one_addr (&loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_addr, NULL))) + return false; + else if (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer + && loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class == dw_val_class_decl_ref) + { + dw_die_ref ref + = lookup_decl_die (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_decl_ref); + if (ref == NULL) + return false; + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref; + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.die = ref; + loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_die_ref.external = 0; + } + return true; +} + +/* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to + an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there, + or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value + with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found + in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer + to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */ + +static void +resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_attr_ref a; + dw_loc_list_ref *curr, *start, loc; + unsigned ix; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + switch (AT_class (a)) + { + case dw_val_class_loc_list: + start = curr = AT_loc_list_ptr (a); + loc = *curr; + gcc_assert (loc); + /* The same list can be referenced more than once. See if we have + already recorded the result from a previous pass. */ + if (loc->replaced) + *curr = loc->dw_loc_next; + else if (!loc->resolved_addr) + { + /* As things stand, we do not expect or allow one die to + reference a suffix of another die's location list chain. + References must be identical or completely separate. + There is therefore no need to cache the result of this + pass on any list other than the first; doing so + would lead to unnecessary writes. */ + while (*curr) + { + gcc_assert (!(*curr)->replaced && !(*curr)->resolved_addr); + if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr)->expr)) + { + dw_loc_list_ref next = (*curr)->dw_loc_next; + if (next && (*curr)->ll_symbol) + { + gcc_assert (!next->ll_symbol); + next->ll_symbol = (*curr)->ll_symbol; + } + *curr = next; + } + else + curr = &(*curr)->dw_loc_next; + } + if (loc == *start) + loc->resolved_addr = 1; + else + { + loc->replaced = 1; + loc->dw_loc_next = *start; + } + } + if (!*start) + { + remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr); + ix--; + } + break; + case dw_val_class_loc: + if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a))) + { + remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr); + ix--; + } + break; + case dw_val_class_addr: + if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_const_value + && resolve_one_addr (&a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr, NULL)) + { + remove_AT (die, a->dw_attr); + ix--; + } + break; + default: + break; + } + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, resolve_addr (c)); +} + +/* Helper routines for optimize_location_lists. + This pass tries to share identical local lists in .debug_loc + section. */ + +/* Iteratively hash operands of LOC opcode. */ + +static inline hashval_t +hash_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, hashval_t hash) +{ + dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1; + dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2; + + switch (loc->dw_loc_opc) + { + case DW_OP_const4u: + case DW_OP_const8u: + if (loc->dtprel) + goto hash_addr; + /* FALLTHRU */ + case DW_OP_const1u: + case DW_OP_const1s: + case DW_OP_const2u: + case DW_OP_const2s: + case DW_OP_const4s: + case DW_OP_const8s: + case DW_OP_constu: + case DW_OP_consts: + case DW_OP_pick: + case DW_OP_plus_uconst: + case DW_OP_breg0: + case DW_OP_breg1: + case DW_OP_breg2: + case DW_OP_breg3: + case DW_OP_breg4: + case DW_OP_breg5: + case DW_OP_breg6: + case DW_OP_breg7: + case DW_OP_breg8: + case DW_OP_breg9: + case DW_OP_breg10: + case DW_OP_breg11: + case DW_OP_breg12: + case DW_OP_breg13: + case DW_OP_breg14: + case DW_OP_breg15: + case DW_OP_breg16: + case DW_OP_breg17: + case DW_OP_breg18: + case DW_OP_breg19: + case DW_OP_breg20: + case DW_OP_breg21: + case DW_OP_breg22: + case DW_OP_breg23: + case DW_OP_breg24: + case DW_OP_breg25: + case DW_OP_breg26: + case DW_OP_breg27: + case DW_OP_breg28: + case DW_OP_breg29: + case DW_OP_breg30: + case DW_OP_breg31: + case DW_OP_regx: + case DW_OP_fbreg: + case DW_OP_piece: + case DW_OP_deref_size: + case DW_OP_xderef_size: + hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash); + break; + case DW_OP_skip: + case DW_OP_bra: + { + int offset; + + gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc); + offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3); + hash = iterative_hash_object (offset, hash); + } + break; + case DW_OP_implicit_value: + hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_unsigned, hash); + switch (val2->val_class) + { + case dw_val_class_const: + hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash); + break; + case dw_val_class_vec: + { + unsigned int elt_size = val2->v.val_vec.elt_size; + unsigned int len = val2->v.val_vec.length; + + hash = iterative_hash_object (elt_size, hash); + hash = iterative_hash_object (len, hash); + hash = iterative_hash (val2->v.val_vec.array, + len * elt_size, hash); + } + break; + case dw_val_class_const_double: + hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.low, hash); + hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_double.high, hash); + break; + case dw_val_class_addr: + hash = iterative_hash_rtx (val2->v.val_addr, hash); + break; + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + break; + case DW_OP_bregx: + case DW_OP_bit_piece: + hash = iterative_hash_object (val1->v.val_int, hash); + hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash); + break; + case DW_OP_addr: + hash_addr: + if (loc->dtprel) + { + unsigned char dtprel = 0xd1; + hash = iterative_hash_object (dtprel, hash); + } + hash = iterative_hash_rtx (val1->v.val_addr, hash); + break; + case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer: + hash = iterative_hash_object (val2->v.val_int, hash); + break; + + default: + /* Other codes have no operands. */ + break; + } + return hash; +} + +/* Iteratively hash the whole DWARF location expression LOC. */ + +static inline hashval_t +hash_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, hashval_t hash) +{ + dw_loc_descr_ref l; + bool sizes_computed = false; + /* Compute sizes, so that DW_OP_skip/DW_OP_bra can be checksummed. */ + size_of_locs (loc); + + for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next) + { + enum dwarf_location_atom opc = l->dw_loc_opc; + hash = iterative_hash_object (opc, hash); + if ((opc == DW_OP_skip || opc == DW_OP_bra) && !sizes_computed) + { + size_of_locs (loc); + sizes_computed = true; + } + hash = hash_loc_operands (l, hash); + } + return hash; +} + +/* Compute hash of the whole location list LIST_HEAD. */ + +static inline void +hash_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head) +{ + dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head; + hashval_t hash = 0; + + for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next) + { + hash = iterative_hash (curr->begin, strlen (curr->begin) + 1, hash); + hash = iterative_hash (curr->end, strlen (curr->end) + 1, hash); + if (curr->section) + hash = iterative_hash (curr->section, strlen (curr->section) + 1, + hash); + hash = hash_locs (curr->expr, hash); + } + list_head->hash = hash; +} + +/* Return true if X and Y opcodes have the same operands. */ + +static inline bool +compare_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref x, dw_loc_descr_ref y) +{ + dw_val_ref valx1 = &x->dw_loc_oprnd1; + dw_val_ref valx2 = &x->dw_loc_oprnd2; + dw_val_ref valy1 = &y->dw_loc_oprnd1; + dw_val_ref valy2 = &y->dw_loc_oprnd2; + + switch (x->dw_loc_opc) + { + case DW_OP_const4u: + case DW_OP_const8u: + if (x->dtprel) + goto hash_addr; + /* FALLTHRU */ + case DW_OP_const1u: + case DW_OP_const1s: + case DW_OP_const2u: + case DW_OP_const2s: + case DW_OP_const4s: + case DW_OP_const8s: + case DW_OP_constu: + case DW_OP_consts: + case DW_OP_pick: + case DW_OP_plus_uconst: + case DW_OP_breg0: + case DW_OP_breg1: + case DW_OP_breg2: + case DW_OP_breg3: + case DW_OP_breg4: + case DW_OP_breg5: + case DW_OP_breg6: + case DW_OP_breg7: + case DW_OP_breg8: + case DW_OP_breg9: + case DW_OP_breg10: + case DW_OP_breg11: + case DW_OP_breg12: + case DW_OP_breg13: + case DW_OP_breg14: + case DW_OP_breg15: + case DW_OP_breg16: + case DW_OP_breg17: + case DW_OP_breg18: + case DW_OP_breg19: + case DW_OP_breg20: + case DW_OP_breg21: + case DW_OP_breg22: + case DW_OP_breg23: + case DW_OP_breg24: + case DW_OP_breg25: + case DW_OP_breg26: + case DW_OP_breg27: + case DW_OP_breg28: + case DW_OP_breg29: + case DW_OP_breg30: + case DW_OP_breg31: + case DW_OP_regx: + case DW_OP_fbreg: + case DW_OP_piece: + case DW_OP_deref_size: + case DW_OP_xderef_size: + return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int; + case DW_OP_skip: + case DW_OP_bra: + gcc_assert (valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc + && valy1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc + && x->dw_loc_addr == y->dw_loc_addr); + return valx1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr == valy1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr; + case DW_OP_implicit_value: + if (valx1->v.val_unsigned != valy1->v.val_unsigned + || valx2->val_class != valy2->val_class) + return false; + switch (valx2->val_class) + { + case dw_val_class_const: + return valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int; + case dw_val_class_vec: + return valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size == valy2->v.val_vec.elt_size + && valx2->v.val_vec.length == valy2->v.val_vec.length + && memcmp (valx2->v.val_vec.array, valy2->v.val_vec.array, + valx2->v.val_vec.elt_size + * valx2->v.val_vec.length) == 0; + case dw_val_class_const_double: + return valx2->v.val_double.low == valy2->v.val_double.low + && valx2->v.val_double.high == valy2->v.val_double.high; + case dw_val_class_addr: + return rtx_equal_p (valx2->v.val_addr, valy2->v.val_addr); + default: + gcc_unreachable (); + } + case DW_OP_bregx: + case DW_OP_bit_piece: + return valx1->v.val_int == valy1->v.val_int + && valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int; + case DW_OP_addr: + hash_addr: + return rtx_equal_p (valx1->v.val_addr, valy1->v.val_addr); + case DW_OP_GNU_implicit_pointer: + return valx1->val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref + && valx1->val_class == valy1->val_class + && valx1->v.val_die_ref.die == valy1->v.val_die_ref.die + && valx2->v.val_int == valy2->v.val_int; + default: + /* Other codes have no operands. */ + return true; + } +} + +/* Return true if DWARF location expressions X and Y are the same. */ + +static inline bool +compare_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref x, dw_loc_descr_ref y) +{ + for (; x != NULL && y != NULL; x = x->dw_loc_next, y = y->dw_loc_next) + if (x->dw_loc_opc != y->dw_loc_opc + || x->dtprel != y->dtprel + || !compare_loc_operands (x, y)) + break; + return x == NULL && y == NULL; +} + +/* Return precomputed hash of location list X. */ + +static hashval_t +loc_list_hash (const void *x) +{ + return ((const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) x)->hash; +} + +/* Return 1 if location lists X and Y are the same. */ + +static int +loc_list_eq (const void *x, const void *y) +{ + const struct dw_loc_list_struct *a = (const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) x; + const struct dw_loc_list_struct *b = (const struct dw_loc_list_struct *) y; + if (a == b) + return 1; + if (a->hash != b->hash) + return 0; + for (; a != NULL && b != NULL; a = a->dw_loc_next, b = b->dw_loc_next) + if (strcmp (a->begin, b->begin) != 0 + || strcmp (a->end, b->end) != 0 + || (a->section == NULL) != (b->section == NULL) + || (a->section && strcmp (a->section, b->section) != 0) + || !compare_locs (a->expr, b->expr)) + break; + return a == NULL && b == NULL; +} + +/* Recursively optimize location lists referenced from DIE + children and share them whenever possible. */ + +static void +optimize_location_lists_1 (dw_die_ref die, htab_t htab) +{ + dw_die_ref c; + dw_attr_ref a; + unsigned ix; + void **slot; + + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a) + if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list) + { + dw_loc_list_ref list = AT_loc_list (a); + /* TODO: perform some optimizations here, before hashing + it and storing into the hash table. */ + hash_loc_list (list); + slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab, list, list->hash, + INSERT); + if (*slot == NULL) + *slot = (void *) list; + else + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = (dw_loc_list_ref) *slot; + } + + FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, optimize_location_lists_1 (c, htab)); +} + +/* Optimize location lists referenced from DIE + children and share them whenever possible. */ + +static void +optimize_location_lists (dw_die_ref die) +{ + htab_t htab = htab_create (500, loc_list_hash, loc_list_eq, NULL); + optimize_location_lists_1 (die, htab); + htab_delete (htab); +} + +/* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file, + and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */ + +static void +dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename) +{ + limbo_die_node *node, *next_node; + comdat_type_node *ctnode; + htab_t comdat_type_table; + unsigned int i; + + gen_scheduled_generic_parms_dies (); + gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (); + + /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from + dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */ + add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die (), remap_debug_filename (filename)); + if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename)) + add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ()); + else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL) + { + bool p = false; + htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p); + if (p) + add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die ()); + } + + for (i = 0; i < VEC_length (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list); i++) + { + add_location_or_const_value_attribute ( + VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->die, + VEC_index (deferred_locations, deferred_locations_list, i)->variable, + false, + DW_AT_location); + } + + /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only + dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of + inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die. + For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract + instance. */ + for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node) + { + dw_die_ref die = node->die; + next_node = node->next; + + if (die->die_parent == NULL) + { + dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin); + + if (origin) + add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die); + else if (is_cu_die (die)) + ; + else if (seen_error ()) + /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */ + add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die); + else + { + /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a + nested function can be optimized away, which results + in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise + with the return type of that nested function. Force + this to be a child of the containing function. + + It may happen that even the containing function got fully + inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and + assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as + the function is likely unreachable too. */ + tree context = NULL_TREE; + + gcc_assert (node->created_for); + + if (DECL_P (node->created_for)) + context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for); + else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for)) + context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for); + + gcc_assert (context + && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL + || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)); + + origin = lookup_decl_die (context); + if (origin) + add_child_die (origin, die); + else + add_child_die (comp_unit_die (), die); + } + } + } + + limbo_die_list = NULL; + + resolve_addr (comp_unit_die ()); + + for (node = deferred_asm_name; node; node = node->next) + { + tree decl = node->created_for; + if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)) + { + add_linkage_attr (node->die, decl); + move_linkage_attr (node->die); + } + } + + deferred_asm_name = NULL; + + /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to + emit full debugging info for them. */ + retry_incomplete_types (); + + if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types) + prune_unused_types (); + + /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen. + They will go into limbo_die_list. */ + if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups && dwarf_version < 4) + break_out_includes (comp_unit_die ()); + + /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */ + if (dwarf_version >= 4) + { + break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die ()); + + /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created. + Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the + limbo die list. */ + limbo_die_list = NULL; + + /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete + types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct + references to the main compile unit). */ + for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next) + copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode->root_die); + copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die ()); + + /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another, + we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer + referenced. Prune them. */ + prune_unused_types (); + } + + /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's + that have children. */ + add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die ()); + for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) + add_sibling_attributes (node->die); + for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next) + add_sibling_attributes (ctnode->root_die); + + /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */ + switch_to_section (text_section); + targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0); + if (cold_text_section) + { + switch_to_section (cold_text_section); + targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0); + } + + /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was + in .text. */ + if (!have_multiple_function_sections + || (dwarf_version < 3 && dwarf_strict)) + { + add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label); + add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label); + } + + else + { + unsigned fde_idx = 0; + bool range_list_added = false; + + /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate + "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become + absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected + DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose. + Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */ + add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_low_pc, const0_rtx); + add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx); + + if (text_section_used) + add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), text_section_label, + text_end_label, &range_list_added); + if (cold_text_section_used) + add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), cold_text_section_label, + cold_end_label, &range_list_added); + + for (fde_idx = 0; fde_idx < fde_table_in_use; fde_idx++) + { + dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_idx]; + + if (!fde->in_std_section) + add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_begin, + fde->dw_fde_end, &range_list_added); + if (fde->dw_fde_second_begin && !fde->second_in_std_section) + add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die (), fde->dw_fde_second_begin, + fde->dw_fde_second_end, &range_list_added); + } + + if (range_list_added) + add_ranges (NULL); + } + + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL) + add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_stmt_list, + debug_line_section_label); + + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) + add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die (), DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label); + + if (have_location_lists) + optimize_location_lists (comp_unit_die ()); + + /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that + the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */ + for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next) + output_comp_unit (node->die, 0); + + comdat_type_table = htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash, htab_ct_eq, NULL); + for (ctnode = comdat_type_list; ctnode != NULL; ctnode = ctnode->next) + { + void **slot = htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table, ctnode, INSERT); + + /* Don't output duplicate types. */ + if (*slot != HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY) + continue; + + /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit + so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file + attributes. */ + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL) + add_AT_lineptr (ctnode->root_die, DW_AT_stmt_list, + debug_line_section_label); + + output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode); + *slot = ctnode; + } + htab_delete (comdat_type_table); + + /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo + will be emitted. */ + output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die (), debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE); + + /* Output the abbreviation table. */ + switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label); + output_abbrev_section (); + + /* Output location list section if necessary. */ + if (have_location_lists) + { + /* Output the location lists info. */ + switch_to_section (debug_loc_section); + ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label, + DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label); + output_location_lists (comp_unit_die ()); + } + + /* Output public names table if necessary. */ + if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table)) + { + gcc_assert (info_section_emitted); + switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section); + output_pubnames (pubname_table); + } + + /* Output public types table if necessary. */ + /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2. + It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers + simply won't look for the section. */ + if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table)) + { + bool empty = false; + + if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types) + { + /* The pubtypes table might be emptied by pruning unused items. */ + unsigned i; + pubname_ref p; + empty = true; + FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (pubname_entry, pubtype_table, i, p) + if (p->die->die_offset != 0) + { + empty = false; + break; + } + } + if (!empty) + { + gcc_assert (info_section_emitted); + switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section); + output_pubnames (pubtype_table); + } + } + + /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */ + if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry, dcall_table)) + { + switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section); + output_dcall_table (); + } + if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry, vcall_table)) + { + switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section); + output_vcall_table (); + } + + /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the + arange table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */ + if (info_section_emitted) + { + unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges (); + + /* Empty .debug_aranges would contain just header and + terminating 0,0. */ + if (aranges_length + != (unsigned long) (DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE + + 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)) + { + switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section); + output_aranges (aranges_length); + } + } + + /* Output ranges section if necessary. */ + if (ranges_table_in_use) + { + switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label); + output_ranges (); + } + + /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this + even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty + translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty, + .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when + examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames + used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */ + switch_to_section (debug_line_section); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label); + if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO) + output_line_info (); + + /* Have to end the macro section. */ + if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE) + { + switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section); + ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label); + if (!VEC_empty (macinfo_entry, macinfo_table)) + output_macinfo (); + dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit"); + } + + /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string + table too. */ + if (debug_str_hash) + htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL); +} + +#include "gt-dwarf2out.h" |